GN Stor Nord A/S
Annual Report 202
5
GN Store Nord A/S
2/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Introduction
Letter from the Chair and CEO 3
GN at a glance 5
Our key brands and portfolio 6
Key events in 2025 7
Performance highlights 8
GN’s strategy
Our purpose and strategic framework 10
Our strategy at a glance 12
Financials 2025
Five year overview 22
Group financial review 23
Hearing division 25
Enterprise division 26
Gaming division 27
Financial guidance 2026 28
Company information
Shareholder information 30
Risk management 33
Corporate governance 37
Board and leadership 41
General information
Our Better for planet sustainability strategy 47
Our material impacts, risks, and opportunities 49
Sustainability governance 51
Stakeholder engagement 53
General disclosure requirements 54
Environment
EU Taxonomy Regulation disclosure 57
Climate change 61
Pollution 71
Resource use and circular economy 74
Social
Own workforce 81
Workers in the value chain 90
Consumers and end-users 93
Governance
Business conduct 98
Appendices
Q4 2025 (unaudited)
Q4 financial highlights 107
Quarterly financial highlights 108
Quarterly reporting by segment 109
Quarterly reporting 110
Q4 segment disclosures 111
2025 segment disclosures 112
Expensed development cost 113
Consolidated Financial statements
Income statement 115
Statement of comprehensive income 115
Balance sheet at December 31 116
Statement of cash flow 117
Statement of equity 118
Consolidated notes 120
Parent company Financial statements
Statements 170
Parent Company notes 174
Statements
Statements by the Executive Management
and the Board of Directors 187
Independent Auditor’s Reports 188
Independent Auditor’s limited assurance
report on the Sustainability Statement 192
Table of contents
Statements
Business review
Sustainability statement
Additional financials
Other 2025 reports
www.gn.com/remuneration2025
www.gn.com/corporategovernance2025
Reporting framework
Our annual reporting suite comprises this Annual Report on GN Store Nord’s financial, environmental, social, and governance p
erformance – including
sustainability statement in accordance with the EU’s Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive
, as well as a separate Remuneration Report and a Cor-
porate Governance Report. Our reporting is prepared in accordance with International Financial Reporting Standards as adopted
by the EU and further
requirements in the Danish Financial Statement
s Act. This annual reporting suite constitutes GN’s reporting according to Section 99a, 99d, 107d, and
107f in the Danish Financial Statements Act and the Communication on Progress to the UN Global Compact.
GN Store Nord A/S
Lautrupbjerg 7
2750 Ballerup
Denmark
+45 45 75 00 00
info@gn.com
www.gn.com
Co.reg. no 24257843
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
3/195
Investments in innovation and agile
operations create strong foundation for
profitable growth in years ahead
Solid financial performance in a challenging year
During 2025, uncertain trade policies and macroeconomic weakness
presented multiple challenges to consumers and companies around
the world including GN. In this environment, GN managed to deliver
-1% organic growth with a revenue of DKK 16.8 billion, an EBITA mar-
gin of 11.4%, and free cash flow excl. M&A of DKK 1.1 billion. While we
would have liked to continue our revenue and profitability growth jour-
ney, we are pleased with our ability to manage our results well in this
difficult environment, while also strengthening our business fundamen-
tals.
Our Hearing division outperformed the market with 5% organic
growth, our Enterprise division maintained its leadership in difficult
markets with -6% organic growth, and our Gaming division battled
equally challenging conditions with -2% organic growth and winning
market share.
For all three divisions, the key to success in challenging times lies in
customer-centric and relevant product innovation, tight value-adding
partnerships, and focused market execution supported by our agile
and scalable global operations.
Based on strong fundamental operational improvements in the past
few years, GN in 2025 successfully refinanced its primary loan facilities.
With a strong commitment from our core banking group, the new facil-
ities will allow us to continue to drive our strategic priorities, while at
the same time allowing us to reduce our financing costs.
Letter from the Chair and CEO
3/195
Chair of the Board of Directors Jukka Pertola (right)
and Chief Executive Officer Peter Karlstromer (left)
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
4/195
Flexible operating model helped mitigate
the uncertain trade and macro-environment
GN in 2025 worked diligently with what is within our control to miti-
gate negative impact from new tariffs and macroeconomic headwinds.
During the past several years, GN has pursued an operational strategy
to leverage scale and increase supply chain agility and resilience. This
diversification strategy was accelerated during 2025, which has de-
risked GN. 31 Enterprise and Gaming production lines were relocated,
so that all major products now can be supplied from multiple countries.
Investments in our operations around the world will over time also help
improve our efficiency, enhance quality, and augment our customer
service. In addition to a strong operational response, the tariff impact
was reduced via targeted price increases for Enterprise and Gaming
products and via company-wide cost control.
Innovating for growth
Preparing for growth in 2026 and beyond, GN has also invested signifi-
cantly in new product innovation:
In Hearing, we launched our most intelligent hearing solutions portfolio
to date, based on GN’s unique approach to AI and Deep Neural Net-
work technology. Thanks to this and years of focus we are able to offer
the world's best hearing in noise experience. Our launches this year
continue a successful product introduction trajectory that have helped
us grow faster than the market for three consecutive years.
Our Enterprise division defended its leadership position with a broad
portfolio engineered to address key customer needs and daily pains in
enterprises of all sizes and built for Unified Communications with en-
terprise grade quality and security. Growth in 2026 will be supported by
the launch of next-generation solutions for video and audio collabora-
tion. Our updated video portfolio targeting the rapidly expanding mar-
ket for intelligent meetings will enable us to serve all room sizes. And
with the announcement of the new Evolve3 headset series, we have re-
inforced innovation leadership, introducing a boomless attractive de-
sign with class-leading comfort and portability, future-ready voice ac-
cess for AI, and real-time adaptive noise cancellation.
In our Gaming division, we continue to elevate the gaming experience
through a unified suite of products and software, enhancing gamers'
skills and experiences to help them improve and enjoy their gaming
better than ever. We continue to push boundaries. An example of this
is the new flagship Arctis Nova Elite that brings audiophile-grade sound
to wireless gaming headsets and has opened a new “ultra-premium
category for the gaming headset market.
These are just some of the product innovations that will reaffirm our in-
novation leadership and support above-market growth in 2026.
Important transformational milestones completed
With our one-company transformation completed, we are now turning
to a new chapter in the pursuit of a range of exciting future business
opportunities which we can begin capitalizing on already this year.
Each of our three business divisions made significant strategic ad-
vances supported by group-wide functions with strong shared capabili-
ties. Today, Hearing stands out as consistently growing faster than the
market. Enterprise is a clear leader in hybrid work solutions based on
unrivaled innovation and enterprise grade experiences. And Gaming
commands the leading brand in esports, software development, and
being the number one brand gamers talk about.
In summary we believe that as we enter 2026, our three businesses,
product roadmaps, innovation, and operational agility are in a better
position than they ever have been.
Our future growth opportunities are stimulated by rapid technological
developments, machine learning and the adoption of Artificial Intelli-
gence for a host of daily tasks at home, at work, and on the go.
GN has a unique position as we develop products to be used “at the
edge”, meaning on or near the end-user, providing seamless user expe-
riences where hardware and software play optimally together. Shipping
a product every second, we touch a staggering number of people with
such “at the edge” products. We take our responsibility to provide cus-
tomers with optimal and safe products and solutions very seriously.
Only by serving our customers in a reliable way can we fulfill our pur-
pose of Bringing People Closer.
In conclusion, we feel that we have greatly improved our strategic and
execution capabilities across GN. We have placed solid investments in
innovation, technology, and operations, which support profitable
growth in 2026 and beyond. The past few years have been challenging
in our markets. We feel good about how we have navigated this and
how we have fundamentally strengthened our company. We are well
positioned to continue to navigate macroeconomic challenges and
ready to benefit from improving markets.
Thanks to our employees, customers, and partners
Our progress is driven by the loyalty and outstanding contributions of
our employees across the globe thank you for everything you do.
Thanks also to our customers and partners around the world for your
trust and support. Our journey and success are only possible thanks to
you.
Jukka Pertola, Chair Peter Karlstromer, CEO
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
5/195
Own presence
GN distributors
GN offices
Born global
In 1869, Danish industrialist
C.F. Tietgen envisioned a more
connected world and founded
GN to facilitate communication
for people worldwide
.
GN at a glance
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
5/195
100 countries
Serving customers across the globe
7,500+
employees worldwide (FTE)
Hearing
Enterprise
Gaming
We help people with hearing loss overcome real-life challenges,
improve communication and collaboration for businesses, and
provide great experiences for gaming enthusiasts.
41%
Revenue by division
Enterprise
16%
Gaming
43%
Hearing
~30 million
products produced
annually
21%
Revenue by regions
Rest of World
39%
North
America
40%
Europe
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
6/195
Innovative medical grade
hearing aids and care solutions
Audio and video solutions for
enterprises and organizations
in and beyond the office
Premium software-enabled and
system-integrated gaming gear
Our key brands and portfolio
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
6/195
Highly advanced and innovative medical grade in-
dividualized hearing solutions sold globally via
hearing care professionals
Leading hearing brand based on individual care
and technically optimal hearing solutions sold
via 1,500 Beltone branded hearing care stores in
the U.S. and via hearing care professionals in se-
lect other markets
Medical-grade hearing aids providing excellent
speech clarity and advanced features for every
budget and lifestyle, offering more choice and con-
venience for select direct-to-consumer channels
Cutting-edge headsets, speakerphones, and
video collaboration solutions to help people work
in the way that suits them best, from the office
to the home office and everywhere in between
Communication headsets for professional drivers
and enterprise workers, providing superior call
quality in high-noise environments, all-day com-
fort, and durability
Integrated communications and hearing protec-
tion system for special operations, military, law
enforcement and security personnel for optimal
perception in extreme environments
Worldwide leader in gaming and esports periph-
erals and industry-leading pioneer in innovation
for over 20 years, creating premium gaming gear
and software
Creator of Performance Gaming Gear, combin-
ing the latest science of ergonomics and proprie-
tary non-slip materials to enhance the player ex-
perience by maximizing comfort, precision, and
control
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
7/195
DecNovOctSep AugJulJunMayAprMarFebJan
Jabra Perform 75
The purpose-built headset for
retail shiftwork to boost
collaboration and productivity.
Jabra Speak2 75
linking feature
Extending meeting room audio
with Speak2 75 linking feature
to double the audio.
Jabra PanaCast
40 VBS
The first 180° Android-powered
video bar designed for small
rooms.
GNs most intelligent
hearing portfolio yet
ReSound Vivia, the world's
smallest AI powered hearing aid,
and ReSound Savi, an essentials
range featuring Bluetooth® Low
Energy Audio and Auracast
broadcast audio.
Bringing Auracast
to hearing aid users
GN collaborates with other
institutions to implement
Auracast broadcast audio
technology in Sydney Opera
House.
Human-focused AI
software for call centers
Jabra launches Engage AI
Complete, software for call
centers uniquely analyzing not
only what is said, but also how it
is said.
ReSound Enzo IA and
Beltone Boost Max S
Exceptional speech under -
standing and all-day battery life
in the worlds smallest re -
chargeable Super Power
hearing aid.
GN signs two new
loan facilities
GN finalizes loan agreements
for Term Loan Facility and
Revolving Credit Facility.
Partnering with Huddly
Jabra and Huddly
partner to
bring plug-and-play simplicity to
large meeting rooms.
Arctis Nova Elite
SteelSeriesnew flagship product
brings audiophile-grade sound to
wireless gaming headsets.
Arctis Nova 3
wireless series
headsets x Arctis app
SteelSeries raises the bar for a
new level of premium audio
with real-time audio control for
console gamers.
FalCom launches 12
new products
New revolutionary suite of
tactical communication and
hearing protection systems
delivering unmatched flexibility,
modularity, and user-centric
innovation.
Jabra announces
extended collaboration
with Zoom
Empowering both frontline and
hybrid workers with communi-
cation tools that help them stay
connected and productive in
any environment.
Mitigating tariff impacts
Accelerate diversification of
supply chain to mitigate negative
impact from tariffs and
macroeconomic headwinds.
Opening new North
American headquarter
In Shakopee, Minnesota, USA,
GN opens new 218,000 sq. ft.
(20,000 m2) facility to serve as
a regional operational center
for all GN divisions and U.S.
headquarter for GN's Hearing
business.
Key events in 2025
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
7/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
8/195
Performance highlights
8/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Guidance 2026
See more details on
financial performance and ESG performance
*) 2021 is the baseline year for our climate target
s
Revenue (DKK)
-
1% organic revenue growth
16.8bn
Reported EBITA (DKK)
11.4
% EBITA margin
1.9bn
Free cash flow excl. M&A (DKK)
1.1bn
Reduction in net interest-bearing
debt (DKK)
vs 2024
0.8
bn
Reduction in
scopes 1
and 2 carbon emissions
vs 2021*
53
%
People with hearing loss helped
vs 1
1.2 million in 2024
12.1m
Reduction in
scope 3
carbon emissions
vs 2021*
33
%
Women in GN’s Senior
Leadership
31
%
AGM
-elected women
on GN’s Board
43
%
ESG rating
MSCI
AA
ESG rating
Sustainalytics
14
.6
(low risk)
ESG rating
CDP Climate
Change
A
-
Financials
Sustainability
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
9/195
Our purpose and strategic framework 10
Our strategy at a glance 12
Business review
GN’s
strategy
9/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Jabra Evolve3 series
Next generation professional headsets bring together industry-
leading voice technology, attractive design, and seamless integra-
tion with the tools and platforms enterprises rely on every day.
Building on the success of Evolve and Evolve2, this new generation
Jabra Evolve3 delivers professional-grade voice clarity with new deep
learning technology, future-ready voice access for AI, real-time adap-
tive noise cancellation, and spatial sound for clear conversations in
any environment without the customary boom arm.
It features a slim, modern silhouette in black or warm gray, with long
battery life and wireless charging. Jabra Evolve3 is built for business
with platform certifications, secure Bluetooth connections, and cen-
tralized device management through the Jabra Plus software suite to
support easy deployment, updates and long-term performance.
It’s engineered for the needs of today’s hybrid professionals.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
10/195
We are driven by a single, unifying purpose: Bringing People Closer.
We design, engineer, and deliver products and technologies that make
connecting more natural and more powerful.
Our products shape the ways people communicate with one another and
increasingly with intelligent, AI-enabled tools.
From innovative hearing aids that restore the richness of sound, to headsets,
speakerphones and video systems that transform workplace collaboration,
to high-performance gear that elevates the gaming experience.
Every day we bring our purpose to life through a shared set of Commitments
that unlock the creative potential of the people of GNhelping us serve cus-
tomers better, execute with discipline, and build a workplace where diverse back-
grounds and perspectives are a source of competitive strength.
For more than 155 years, GN has focused on enabling meaningful human
interaction through customer-centric technology, always with the aim of
bringing people closer to one another and to what matters most.
Our purpose and
strategic framework
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
10/195
Our Commitments
BE A CUSTOMER GEEK EMBRACE TO WINMAKE IT HAPPEN
Hearing division
Helping even more people hear
better and live better lives
Gaming division
Helping every gamer feel
like a star
Enterprise division
Making work-life better for
businesses and professionals
Our corporate winning aspiration
Being a customer-centric innovator at scale and drive profitable growth
Our purpose
Bringing People Closer
Customer-
centric
innovation
Multiplying our
impact through
partnerships
Agile and
scalable
operations
Better for
people
Better for
planet
Winning in
our markets
Our business division strategy
Our key strategic pillars
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
11/195
Global megatrends driving GN’s market opportunities
Gaming: a permanent part of life
Ubiquitous, social, cross-demographic more than a trend, a permanent part of life
High demand for premium peripherals + integrated software experiences
Evergreen market with continuous growth in users and hours played
Business division drivers
Group-wide drivers
Technology personalized to you
Growing demand for personalized, adaptable hardware + software
Seamless integration with users' preferred ecosystems is essential
GN leverages cross-vertical competencies to deliver individualized offerings
Healthy aging fuels hearing growth
Global aging, rising affluence, and active lifestyles increase demand
Adoption still relatively low significant growth opportunity
Complex tech + high entry barriers → attractive margins
Sustainability as investment
Net-zero and circular design shape manufacturing and supply chains
Sustainability drives product and business development opportunities
Decisions that help the planet also support long-term business success
AI utilized in products and operations
Machine Learning/AI personalize offerings and improve productivity
GN applies combined AI expertise across R&D and IT
AI supports innovation in products and internal operations
Hearing Enterprise Gaming powered by personalization, AI and sustainability
Hybrid work and GenAI adoption
Less physical space, more tech supporting productivity anywhere
High certification and security barriers favors global players and partners
Premium pricing for enterprise-grade solutions
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
12/195
Customer-
centric
innovation
Drive innovation to deliver real
customer value and solve
unmet needs
Develop hardware and
software for seamless user
experiences
Maintain lead in AI, Bluetooth
LE Audio / Auracast, and
Always -On Connectivity
Agile and
scalable
operations
Enhance supply-chain
resilience, including de -risking
Improve cost and operational
efficiency through digitization
and automation
Pursue customer and quality
centricity
Integrate sustainability to
drive responsible growth
Multiplying
our impact
through
partnerships
Innovate and co -develop with
partners to unlock value
Strengthen commercial
partnerships
Partner to become leading
device interface to GenAI
Build roadmaps with partners
to boost customer stickiness
and drive adoption
Better
for people
Foster an attractive and global
workplace with an engaging
employee experience
Deliver a future fit
organization with capabilities,
leadership, and talent needed
for success
Improve global processes to
support performance
Better
for planet
Reduce our carbon footprint
Advance circular products and
services
Safeguard the rights of people
in our value chain
Limit
our use of hazardous
substances
Winning in
our markets
Hearing: Helping even more
people hear better and live
better lives
Enterprise: Making work-life
better for businesses and
professionals
Gaming: Helping every gamer
push the boundaries of
awesome and feel like a star
Our strategy at a glance
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
12/195
Being a customer-centric innovator at scale and drive profitable growth
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
13/195
GN’s innovation philosophy emphasizes customer-centricity to deliver
real customer value and solve unmet needs. We have a unique position
as we develop products to be used “at the edge”, meaning on or near
the user, providing seamless user experiences where hardware and
software play optimally together.
By bringing together customer and partner insights, bundling the best
technologies, and securing relevant patents, we effectively understand
market opportunities and ensure scalable innovation investments
across hearing, enterprise, and gaming customer segments.
Co-innovation with ecosystem partners is engrained in our innovation
philosophy to unleash the full potential of our inhouse competencies
and of our specialist partners.
Further, GN has over many years developed and follows strict R&D
governance processes and methodologies to ensure that time and cost
is spent on developing customer relevant products and futile innova-
tion is discontinued quickly.
Today, GN has product innovation centers in Denmark, the U.S., the
Netherlands, Poland, France, Italy, and China. In 2025, GN invested
DKK 1.9 billion in research and development.
Customer-centric innovation
Our hearing
product innovation philosophy
Our gaming product innovation philosophy
Our enterprise product innovation philosophy
Our integrated innovation philosophy
GN’s unique Organic Hearingphilosophy balances nature with
science by designing hearing solutions that sound, feel, and connect
naturally:
Selective innovation - focusing on the right improvements
for the customer
Well-timed industry first innovation with predictable
cadences
No compromises, e.g. between sound quality, product size,
power consumption, and fitting experience
GN’s enterprise products and solutions are engineered to address key
customer needs and daily pains in enterprises of all sizes:
Built for Unified Communication and GenAI platforms with en-
terprise grade security
Leading audio and visual gateway for GenAI agents and work-
flows
Irresistible, sustainable design made to be worn all day
User experience engineered to optimize well-being, minimize
stress and cognitive load
Product innovation is organized in line focused development teams,
and scale is supported by shared innovation teams covering e.g.:
AI and Deep Neural Network infrastructure and capabilities
Sound processing, battery management, connectivity, Blue-
tooth LE Audio, sensor technology
Software, app development and infrastructure
Partner integration and co-innovation
Patent development and intellectual property rights protection
GN’s gaming products are built by gamers for gamers taking cus-
tomer centricity to the extreme to push the boundaries:
Innovation that earns premium pricing, e.g. through best-in-
class acoustic engineering
Pioneering the intersection between products, software and
firmware, including SteelSeries Sonar, AI for enhanced audio
performance like Clear cast, and a Mobile app - allowing for
real time audio personalization
Recent key innovations
Jabra PanaCast 40 VBS
ReSound Vivia
Jabra Engage
AI Complete Arctis Nova 3 wireless
ReSound Enzo IA
Arctis Nova Elite FalCom suite
Jabra Evolve3
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
14/195
Select strategic partnerships
Multiplying our impact through partnerships
Strategic partnerships and
alliances to accelerate
scale and impact (Apple,
Bluetooth LE Audio/Au-
racast, Cochlear, etc.)
Collaborate with trusted
partners to advance new
knowledge and im-
portance of hearing
health
Strategic partnerships and
alliances with key ecosys-
tem partners (e.g., Mi-
crosoft, Zoom, and
Google) and go-to-market
partners to maximize
reach (e.g., Huddly,
Lenovo, and Crestron)
Flexible approach that
makes it easy for partners
to integrate GN solutions
into their own systems, re-
gardless of technology
Being a preferred partner
for Apple, Microsoft
(Xbox), and Google
Empowering all Lenovo
gaming notebooks and MSI
High end gaming note-
books with SteelSeries Au-
dio software
Collaborating with some of
the world’s best e-sports
players, game publishers,
and influencers
Co-innovating with eco-
system partners: Driving
use cases and specifica-
tions with ecosystem pro-
viders to explore further
AI opportunities
Integrating technologies
for our customers to cap-
ture the full potential
Attracting leading exter-
nal tech partners to ob-
tain a competitive edge in
the market
Engaging and collaborat-
ing with partners that
yield a positive return on
investment
Building relationships with
suppliers that are adapta-
ble and flexible to our
growth momentum
Strong partnerships with
suppliers to deliver inno-
vative solutions at com-
petitive costs
Agile setup allowing for
accelerated diversification
of supply chain
Hearing
Enterprise
GN has a long history of co-developing and innovating with partners to unlock the full value of our people and competencies. We maintain a diverse pool of innovative and commercial collaborations with partners who
help enable our growth as we are allies rather than competitors. We co-innovate with partners to become the leading interface to GenAI and in implementing local AI-based processing and inference in our devices. We
align with partners' roadmaps to increase customer stickiness and facilitate even further product and software adoption. Together with our partners, we deliver technological advancements and commercial success.
Gaming
i
R&D
Digital,
Data, & IT
Manufacturing
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
15/195
Diversified manufacturing footprint across multiple countries
In-house manufacturing
Outsourced manufacturing
Significant regionalization
and risk-mitigation
19 Enterprise production lines were
transferred out of China to Germany,
Vietnam, Malaysia, Thailand, and
Taiwan
12 Gaming production lines were
transferred out of China to Vietnam,
Malaysia, Thailand, and Taiwan
~30m
annual volume of
products produced
>3,000
own staff in
operations
>300
number of
product types
>5,500
staff in outsourced
operations
During the past several years, GN has pursued an operations and sup-
ply chain strategy to leverage scale and increase agility and resilience.
This has had the added benefit of de-risking and mitigating impact
from current macroeconomic instability and uncertain trade policies.
In 2025, this strategy was successfully accelerated:
Enhance supply-chain resilience, flexibility, and thus de-risking
Ensuring continuous operations via established systems and
contingency mechanisms regardless of macro-environment
All major products can now be sourced, manufactured,
and supplied from multiple countries
Ensure all three divisions can be sourced, manufactured, and
shipped across the world
Improve cost efficiency and operational efficiency through digitiza-
tion and automation
Manufacturing automation and efficiency ramped up
Standardizing and simplifying processes and tools, driving
cost efficiency and capturing synergies
Deploying AI for acceleration of business development and
impact realization
Pursue customer centricity and sustainability focus
Continue a customer and quality centric approach enhancing
the customer experience by reducing return rates and com-
plaint volumes
Further integrate sustainability into operations and product
decisions to drive long-term value and responsible growth
Agile and scalable operations
15/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
16/195
We believe that a skilled, engaged, and diverse employee base will ena-
ble continued innovation, customer satisfaction, and performance for
GN. As an organization we need to be future fit at all times, having the
right leadership, capabilities, culture, and mindset to succeed in a rap-
idly evolving business environment.
GN is and should continue to be an exciting place to work for curious
specialists with a passion for, among other, innovation, sound, audio-
logy, gaming, AI, and technology at large. A place where talent comes
to fuel their professional passion and can realize their true potential.
With Our Commitments we set the tone for how we work and interact
with our key stakeholders: our customers and our colleagues. And how
we retain the dynamic work environment that sets us apart from others
- combined with a strong focus on inclusion and collaboration.
For more detail on people data and initiatives, see the Sustainability
Statement from p. 80.
Better for people
16/195
Build a strong corporate and
employer brand
Foster an attractive and
global workplace
Deliver a future fit
organization
Scale globally through smart
delivery
Four focus areas
1.
Strengthen our corporate and employer brand to attract top talent and
elevate our market position
2.
Create a consistent, engaging employee experience that fosters pride,
growth, and belonging
3.
Develop the capabilities, leadership, and talent needed for long -term
business success
4.
Strengthen our delivery model to increase quality and performance paired
with consistency and scale
Key strategic initiatives
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
17/195
Our commitment to sustainability remains firm. In 2025, we updated
our sustainability strategy, setting priorities in ESG areas most material
to GN. Through our Better for planet strategy, we aim to continue
meeting our climate targets for 2030 and to be net zero by 2050. We
will also strengthen our focus on circularity, hazardous substances, and
Human Rights.
Our Better for planet strategy consists of four focus areas and five stra-
tegic pillars to deliver on each of the four focus areas.
For more detail on our sustainability strategy and progress, see the
Sustainability Statement from p. 46.
Better for planet
17/195
Safeguarding human
rights across our
value chain
Reducing our
carbon footprint
Advancing
circularity
Limiting our use of
hazardous substances
Four focus areas
1. Clean power and electrification
Reduce our emissions by 80% in scopes 1 and 2 and 25
% in scope 3
by 2030 through renewable
energy
, cleaner car fleet
, and supplier decarbonization requirements
2.
Circularity through design
Comply with growing circularity legislation and design our products to optimize circularity at
end of life
3.
Circularity through material recovery
Recover more material for remanufacturing by expanding scope for remanufacturing to
wireless accessories and chargers, and investigate takeback at product end of life
4.
Expanding TCO Certified
Meet customer demands by achieving the premium sustainability certification for covered
products (TCO is a global sustainability certification for IT products)
5.
Strengthening our due diligence
Mandate third-party Human Rights audits for both our own sites and key manufacturers in
accordance with the Responsible Business Alliance (RBA) standards
Five strategic pillars
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
18/195
The global hearing market is resilient and non-cyclical with growth
driven by health awareness and an aging population. It is a profitable
industry with high entry barriers.
Strategic focus areas
Lead customer-centric innovation
Be the trusted partner
Building leading operational capabilities
Winning in the hearing market
Helping even more people hear better and live better lives
Premium
ReSound Vivia
Worlds best for
hearing in noise in
the smallest AI
powered hearing aid
A complete, innovative, and highly intelligent hearing aid portfolio
Connectivity
Core
ReSound Savi
Best-in-class all-around
hearing and comfort
ReSound Key
Full core family with
proven features
Specialty
ReSound Enzo
IA
Exceptional speech under-
standing in the worlds
smallest rechargeable
Super Power product
ReSound CROS
Superior all-around
hearing clarity
All-inclusive
connectivity
With Bluetooth LE
Audio and Auracast
Best rated app
Empowering the
user to be in control
of their hearing
App
Clearest streamed sound in
public and private at the
volume you prefer
ReSound Nexia
Full premium family
with next era hearing
experience
Only selected products are shown here. Visit ReSound.com and Beltone.com to see our full portfolio for hearing solutions.
We want to be the fastest growing hearing company
in the world, so we can help even more people hear
better and live better lives as well as create value
for our owners. We will achieve this with our team
of passionate experts delivering the best customer-
centric innovation and ensuring that we are the
most trusted partner in our industry.
Peter Justesen
President Hearing division
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
19/195
The enterprise market is driven by hybrid “technology rich” work which
is here to stay. User experience and tech shifts like GenAI drive innova-
tion. It is a structurally profitable industry with high entry barriers with
channel network required for reach in the market.
Strategic focus areas
Freedom of choice: Broad portfolio and flexible approach to
Unified Communication, management software, and AI agents
Innovation with purpose: Jabra is the only enterprise-grade au-
dio-video specialist brandensuring a deep understanding of
customer needs
Trusted partner: Partner-powered, privacy-minded, and highly
reliable solutions
Winning in the enterprise market
Making work-life better for business and professionals
Headsets
Specialist audio and video technology
engineered to address needs in enterprises of all sizes
Video and
speakerphones
Other revenue
streams
Tactical
communication
solutions
Only selected products are shown here. Visit Jabra.com to see our full portfolio for enterprise solutions and FalCom.net for our tactical communication solutions.
Take headset experience to a whole new level
Build on leadership position and grow ahead of the market by increasing penetration and re-
placement, entering new segments and share take. Retain premium position through innovation
(e.g., GenAI voice access, security, and new form factors)
Offer all types of customers new video collaboration experiences
Extending our portfolio for increased room coverage and relevance to all partners. Differentiate
through focus on the Android segment, security, fast, flexible deployments, and image pro-
cessing (incl. AI)
Enhance reach with Frontline Workers
Accelerate frontline worker growth through segment focus (Retail and Warehousing), and ex-
panded portfolio offering while sustaining the BlueParrott business for professional truck driv-
ers in the U.S.
Our promise is Making Work-Life Better. Our
ambition is to help every company and their
people to work better, no matter where or
how they choose to work.
Calum MacDougall
President Enterprise division
Accelerate FalCom growth based on new portfolio
Build on FalCom’s new suite of products that fundamentally transforms tactical communication
and hearing protection for special operations, military, law enforcement, and security personnel
who all depend on optimal perception in extreme environments
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
20/195
Gaming is an attractive market where innovation and brand strength
are requirements to drive success both of which are strongholds for
GN and SteelSeries. And the gaming market has become mainstream*:
3.6 billion people are gamers; engagement is growing; replacement cy-
cles are short, less than two years, with gamers looking for an edge and
is a key attach to new platforms and games.
Strategic focus areas
Customer-centric innovation leader in premium gaming au-
dio and top 3 overall across our core categories
Bringing leading software to gamers across all platforms
Leverage GN scale to drive increased profitability
Winning in the gaming market
GN offices
Countries with direct sales
Helping every gamer feel like a star
Best-in-class awards (500+) and coverage in top-tier gaming, tech, lifestyle and mainstream media, including IGN, WIRED, Rolling Stone,
Esquire, CNN and more
Win through relentless innovation
Products continuously receiving rave reviews, such as the Nova Elite being praised as “10/10 Masterpiece” and Edi-
tor’s Choice Award from IGN
Seamless hardware and software integration
Mobile app and cross connectivity ensuring the best experience regardless of how you play
Enthusiast-driven grass-roots brand activation
SteelSeries is perceived as the leading brand in esports, software development and being the number one brand
gamers like to talk about
Only selected products are shown here. Visit SteelSeries.com to see our full portfolio for gaming solutions and Kontrolfreek.com for our performance gaming gear.
*) Data according to global leader in PC & console games data Newzoo (newzoo.com)
We aspire to help every gamer push the boundaries
of awesome and feel like a star. We uniquely solve
problems through a unified suite of products and
services, enhancing gamers' skills and experiences
as a leader in innovation and software.
Ehtisham Rabbani
President Gaming division
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
21/195
Five year overview 22
Group financial review 23
Hearing division 25
Enterprise division 26
Gaming division 27
Financial guidance 2026 28
Business review
Financial
s
2025
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
21/195
ReSound Enzo IA
Exceptional speech understanding and all-day battery life in the
world’s smallest rechargeable Super Power hearing aid.
ReSound Enzo IA addresses the number one challenge for people
with severe to profound hearing loss understanding speech espe-
cially in difficult environments. It is the world's smallest rechargea-
ble Super Power hearing aid, providing maximum comfort, while en-
suring all-day battery life. ReSound Enzo IA also offers unprece-
dented seamless streaming and connectivity as the world's first Su-
per Power hearing aid made for Bluetooth
®
Low Energy (LE) Audio
and Auracast broadcast audio, supported by the ReSound Smart
3D
app.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
22/195
DKK million
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
GN Store Nord
Revenue
15,775
18,687
18,120
17,985
16,782
Revenue growth
17%
18%
-3%
-1%
-7%
Organic growth
20%
-3%
-1%
1%
-4%
Gross profit margin
55.0%
48.9%
49.4%
53.2%
54.6%
EBITA*
2,619
1,560
1,200
2,153
1,908
EBITA margin*
16.6%
8.3%
6.6%
12.0%
11.4%
Operating profit (loss)
2,397
1,111
869
1,860
1,596
Financial items, net
-90
-405
-462
-492
-685
Profit (loss) before tax
2,271
725
343
1,361
914
Effective tax rate
21.2%
21.4%
22.4%
22.2%
22.3%
Profit (loss) for the year
1,790
570
266
1059
710
Total assets
23,552
30,589
30,642
30,611
29,226
Total equity
6,229
6,800
9,587
10,824
10,898
ROIC (EBITA*/Average invested capital)
25%
9%
5%
10%
9%
Earnings per share DKK, basic (EPS)
13.63
4.00
1.64
6.79
4.48
Earnings per share DKK, fully diluted (EPS diluted)
13.49
3.99
1.64
6.78
4.48
Investments in property, plant and equipment
-457
-209
-351
-120
-168
Free cash flow excl. company acquisitions and divestments
702
-1291
1,092
1,081
1,112
Cash conversion (free cash flow excl. company acquisitions and divest-
ments/EBITA*)
27% -83% 91% 50% 58%
Equity ratio
26.4%
22.2%
31.3%
35.4%
37.3%
Net interest-bearing debt**
4,829
14,561
10,567
9,699
8,876
Net interest-bearing debt (period-end)/EBITDA
1.6
7.1
6.0
3.8
3.8
Payout ratio
12%
-
-
-
-
Share buybacks***
1,166
-
-
-
-
Outstanding shares, end of period (thousand)
127,718
127,973
145,613
145,613
145,613
Average number of outstanding shares (thousand)
128,816
127,823
138,883
145,613
145,613
Average number of outstanding shares, fully diluted (thousand)
130,194
128,126
138,991
145,712
145,712
Treasury shares, end of period (thousand)
10,458
9,220
5,300
5,300
5,300
Share price at the end of the period
411.3
159.8
171.8
133.8
106.8
Market capitalization
52,530
20,444
25,016
19,476
15,555
* Please refer to Key Ratio Definitions on
p. 168 for definition of EBITA ** Please refer to Key Ratio Definitions on p. 168 for definition of
Net interest
-bearing debt. NIBD figures have been adjusted to include Loans to dispensers as these are interest bearing
*** Including buybacks as part of the share-based incentive programs
Five year overview
22/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
23/195
Revenue
In 2025, GN delivered solid financial performance in a challenging year
impacted by uncertain trade policies and macroeconomic weakness,
which presented multiple challenges to consumers and companies
around the world. Despite the challenges on global demand, GN exe-
cuted strongly leading to a revenue of DKK 16,782 million. Organic rev-
enue growth ended at -1% excluding the wind-down (of the Elite and
Talk product lines), which was in line with the financial guidance for the
year. The development was driven by 5% organic growth in Hearing,
-6% in Enterprise, and -2% in Gaming (excluding wind-down). Reported
organic growth was -4%, reflecting a -3% impact from the wind-down.
For the Group, total revenue growth was -7%, due to -3% impact from
FX.
Gross profit
Group gross profit ended at DKK 9,157 million compared to DKK 9,564
million in 2024, equaling a gross margin improvement of 1.4
percentage points. The development reflected positive business mix,
strong pricing discipline, and group-wide synergies, offset by direct
tariff costs in Enterprise and Gaming.
Divisional profit
Group divisional profit ended at DKK 5,042 million compared to DKK
5,207 million in 2024. This led to a divisional margin expansion of 1.0
percentage points reflecting the gross margin improvement and the
focused group-wide cost management program initiated during the
year.
Development costs
Group development costs ended at DKK -1,460 million compared to
-1,491 million in 2024. This reflects continued investments into GN’s
R&D roadmap, including 2025 product launches of ReSound Vivia, Re-
Sound Enzo IA and PanaCast 40 VBS, as well as the ongoing work on
the Evolve3 platform, but offset by cost savings across non-product re-
lated activities.
Management and administration costs
Group management and administration costs ended at DKK -1,683 mil-
lion compared to DKK -1,543 million in 2024. The development re-
flected focused cost control across the organization, while investing
into the business to ensure a sustainable and resilient growth platform.
Group financial review
Financial overview 2025
GN Store Nord
Hearing division
Enterprise division
Gaming division
Gaming
Consumer
DKK million
2025
2024
Growth
2025
2024
Growth
2025
2024
Growth
2025
2024
Growth
2025
2024
Growth
Revenue
16,782
17,985
-7%
7,214
7,104
2%
6,899
7,474
-8%
2,683
2,810
-5%
-14
597
-102%
Organic growth
-1%*
1%
5%
10%
-6%
-3%
-2%
7%
-102%
-39%
Gross profit
9,157
9,564
-4%
4,407
4,458
-1%
3,850
4,146
-7%
895
910
-2%
5
50
NA
Gross profit margin
54.6%
53.2%
1.4%p
61.1%
62.8%
-1.7%p
55.8%
55.5%
0.3%p
33.4%
32.4%
1.1%p
NA
8.4%
NA
Divisional profit
5,042
5,207
-3%
2,421
2,464
-2%
2,311
2,662
-13%
346
-36
Divisional profit margin
30.0%
29.0%
1.0%p
33.6%
34.7%
-1.1%p
33.5%
35.6%
-2.1%p
12.9%
NA
EBITA
1,908
2,153
-11%
EBITA margin
11.4%
12.0%
-0.6%p
Free cash flow excl. M&A
1,112
1,081
31
*
Excluding wind-down effect. Reported organic revenue growth of -4%
Revenue (DKKm) and organic revenue growth (%)
Revenue distribution
5,332
6,227
6,802
7,104
7,214
8,645
9
,048
7,732
7,474
6,899
1,798
1,094
984
597
2
,317
2,602
2,810
2,683
2021 2022 20242023 2025
Org.
growth
20% -3% -1% 1% -1%*
17,985
16,782
18,120
18,687
15,775
Revenue Consumer business (DKKm
)
Revenue Gaming business (DKKm)
Revenue Enterprise business
(DKKm)
Revenue Hearing business (DKKm)
* Excluding wind-down effect
North
America
39%
Europe
40%
Rest of
the world
21%
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
24/195
EBITA
Group EBITA ended at DKK 1,908 million compared to DKK 2,153 mil-
lion in 2024, equivalent to a margin of 11.4%, which was in line with
the financial guidance for the year. This margin development reflected
the increasing gross margin as well as prudent cost management but
was offset by tariffs and negative operating leverage.
Other profit & loss items
In 2025, amortization of acquired intangible assets amounted to DKK
-322 million compared to DKK -365 million in 2024. Financial items
ended at DKK -685 million in 2025 compared to DKK -492 million in
2024, primarily driven by increased financing costs due to debt refi-
nancing during 2023, as well as FX revaluation of balance sheet items.
In 2025, share of profit (loss) in associates was DKK 3 million compared
to DKK -7 million in 2024. Gain (loss) on divestment of operations, etc.
was DKK 9 million compared to DKK 72 million in 2024, due to the di-
vestment of Dansk HøreCenter in 2024. Profit before tax was DKK 914
million compared to DKK 1,361 million in 2024.
The effective tax rate was 22.3% compared to 22.2% in 2024, translat-
ing into a net profit of DKK 710 million compared to DKK 1,059 million
in 2024. Earnings per share (EPS) was DKK 4.48 in 2025 compared to
DKK 6.79 in 2024.
Free cash flow
Group operational free cash flow ended at DKK 2,907 million com-
pared to DKK 3,126 million in 2024. The change in working capital con-
tributed positively with DKK 163 million, while investment activities
excl. M&A decreased to DKK 1,564 million. As a result, free cash flow
excl. M&A ended at DKK 1,112 million (in line with the financial guid-
ance for the year) compared to DKK 1,081 million in 2024.
Capital structure
The net interest-bearing debt decreased by DKK 823 million to DKK
8,876 million by the end of 2025, reflecting the solid cash flow genera-
tion. Consequently, the reported leverage ended at 3.8x, which was
similar to 2024.
During the year, GN signed two new facilities with its core banking
group. A new EUR 1,000 million term loan to refinance existing debt,
and a new EUR 500 million revolving credit facility, which will replace
the existing EUR 520 million undrawn facility. Based on GN’s strong
fundamental operational improvements executed in the past few
years, the new facilities reflect improved terms and conditions, includ-
ing lower interest rates, compared to existing loans. The new facilities
mature in 2028 (with the option to extend by up to two years, i.e. 2030,
in agreement with the banks).
Flexible operating model helped mitigate
the uncertain trade and macro-environment
GN has worked diligently with what is within the company’s control to
mitigate the negative impact from newly introduced tariffs and macro-
economic headwinds. During the past several years, GN has pursued an
operational strategy to leverage scale and increase supply chain agility
and resilience.
In 2025 these efforts were accelerated, and all major products now can
be supplied from multiple countries. Thanks to this, the group-wide
cost control efforts, and the commercial actions that were taken
across Enterprise and Gaming, the overall impact is being mitigated
well. GN will continuously assess the development and additional pru-
dent and diligent actions will be taken as needed going forward.
EBITA (DKKm) and EBITA margin (%)
Free cash flow excl. M&A (DKKm)
Net interest
-bearing debt (DKKm) and leverage
2,619
1,560
1,200
2,153
1,908
2021
2022
2023 2024
EBITA
margin
16.6%
8.3%
6.6% 12.0%
11.4%
Reported EBITA GN Store Nord ( DKKm)
2025
702
-1,291
1,092
1,081
1
,112
2022 20242021 2023 2025
Net interest-bearing debt (DKKm) Leverage
8,876
2021 2022 2023 2024
4,829
14,561
10,567
9,699
2025
1.6x 7.1x 6.0x 3.8x 3.8x
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
25/195
Another year with market share gains
driven by customer-centric innovation
and solid commercial execution
Revenue
The Hearing division delivered another strong year with 5% organic
growth (on top of 10% in 2024 and 13% in 2023), yet again outper-
forming the market. Growth was driven by broad-based market share
gains of the new ReSound Vivia platform, the world’s smallest AI-pow-
ered hearing aid, enabling the division to capture record high market
share across various markets, underscoring its innovative strength and
effective market execution. As a result, overall revenue ended at DKK
7,214 million, compared to DKK 7,104 million in 2024, including an im-
pact of -1% from M&A and -2% from FX.
In 2025, the global hearing aid market was negatively impacted by
global uncertainty and weak consumer sentiment, resulting in market
value growth below its structural trends of 3-5%.
In North America, GN delivered solid organic revenue growth in the in-
dependent segment and VA, while the comparison base at a large re-
tailer was challenging and the JabraEnhance.com business was im-
pacted by low consumer sentiment. Overall revenue in North America
ended at DKK 3,537 million (compared to DKK 3,616 million in 2024).
In Europe, GN gained broad-based market share, leading to double-
digit organic revenue growth. The performance was driven by strong
execution in especially Germany and France. The overall revenue in Eu-
rope ended at DKK 2,053 million (compared to DKK 1,847 million in
2024).
In Rest of World, GN continued to do well with significant market share
gains across many markets, leading to a solid organic revenue growth
contribution. The growth was supported by strong performance across
markets like ANZ, India, and Global Distributor Sales, while the growth
was negatively impacted by a difficult Chinese market. Overall revenue
in Rest of World ended at DKK 1,624 million (compared to DKK 1,641
million in 2024).
Gross profit
Gross profit reached DKK 4,407 million compared to DKK 4,458 million
in 2024, corresponding to a gross margin of 61.1% in 2025. The decline
in gross margin was mainly due to an adverse development from
country and business mix as well as the divestment of Dansk
HøreCenter in 2024.
Sales and distribution costs
Sales and distribution costs ended at -1,986 million compared to DKK
-1,994 million in 2024. The development was driven by the group-wide
cost program, while continuing to invest in initiatives to support the
strong momentum of ReSound Vivia.
Divisional profit
The divisional profit ended at DKK 2,421 million compared to DKK
2,464 million in 2024, corresponding to a divisional profit margin of
33.6% compared to 34.7% in 2024. This reflects the gross margin de-
velopment partly offset by prudent cost management on sales and dis-
tribution costs, while continuing to invest into the ReSound Vivia mo-
mentum.
Hearing division
Revenue (DKKm)
Gross profit
(DKKm)
Divisional profit (DKKm)
7,104
7,214
2024
+5%
Organic
revenue growth
-2%
FX growth
-1%
M&A growth 2025
+2%
62.8%
2024
61.1%
2025
4,458
4,407
34.7%
2024
33.6%
2025
2,464
2,421
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
26/195
Strong channel execution led to positive
sell-out growth outside of Europe, while
market shares were maintained in a diffi-
cult European market. Focused pricing
discipline effectively off-set tariff cost
Revenue
The Enterprise division demonstrated continued resilience and focused
execution in 2025 by effectively mitigating impacts from uncertain
trade policies and macroeconomic weakness, while maintaining its
market leading position and preparing for the strategic important
Evolve3 launch in 2026. Organic growth was -6% in 2025, reflecting fo-
cused execution in a gradually improving market but negatively im-
pacted by the uncertain trade policies. Revenue ended at DKK 6,899
million compared to DKK 7,474 million in 2024, including an impact of
-2% from FX.
In North America, sell-out growth was positive in 2025, underpinning
GN’s strong channel execution and market-leading product portfolio
resulting in solid market share gains. Sell-in growth (organic revenue
growth) was negative for the year, reflecting significant channel inven-
tory reductions.
In Europe, sell-out growth was negatively impacted by the challenged
market due to the indirect effects of the uncertain trade policies, mak-
ing several companies hold back investments. However, strong channel
execution and a market-leading product portfolio allowed GN to main-
tain its market share in the region. As a result of the difficult end-mar-
kets and some channel inventory reductions, sell-in growth (organic
revenue growth) was negative for the year, despite being positively im-
pacted by a significant revenue contribution from FalCom.
In Rest of World, sell-out growth was positive in 2025, driven by a fairly
normal market environment, which led to positive sell-in growth (or-
ganic revenue growth) for the year as a whole.
Gross profit
Gross profit reached DKK 3,850 million corresponding to a gross mar-
gin of 55.8% compared to 55.5% in 2024. The positive development
was achieved through a combination of strong pricing discipline as well
as a successful supply chain diversification strategy and price adjust-
ments in the U.S. effectively offsetting the direct impact from tariff
costs.
Sales and distribution costs
Sales and distribution costs ended at DKK -1,539 million compared to
DKK -1,484 million in 2024. The development reflected good cost
control, offset by targeted market investments to fuel the current
market share momentum and prepare for the Evolve3 launch.
Divisional profit
Divisional profit ended at DKK 2,311 million, representing a divisional
profit margin of 33.5% (compared to 35.6% in 2024). The performance
was a result of effective tariff mitigation, focused cost control, but off-
set by negative operating leverage from the development in revenue.
Enterprise division
Revenue (DKKm)
Gross profit
(DKKm)
Divisional profit (DKKm)
7,474
6,899
2024
-6%
Organic
revenue growth
-2%
FX growth
0%
M&A growth 2025
-8%
55.5%
2024
55.8%
2025
4,146
3,850
35.6%
2024
33.5%
2025
2,662
2,311
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
27/195
Another year of solid market share gains
in a difficult market impacted by low
consumer sentiment, while executing
sustainable margin initiatives despite
tariffs
Revenue
The Gaming business gained market share in a difficult gaming equip-
ment market resulting in organic revenue growth of -2% (excluding the
wind-down effect). As a consequence of the wind-down of the Elite and
Talk product lines during 2024, the reported organic revenue growth
for the division ended at -19%. As a result, overall revenue ended at
DKK 2,669 million, compared to DKK 3,407 million in 2024, including
an impact of -3% from FX.
In North America, SteelSeries performed very well in a gaming equip-
ment market that was significantly impacted by decreasing consumer
sentiment during the year. Driven by the strong commercial execution
and relevant product introductions, SteelSeries managed to perform
well compared to the market, which led to a single-digit decline in or-
ganic revenue growth.
In Europe, SteelSeries continued its recent years of success and con-
tributed with positive organic revenue growth in the region
particularly driven by countries like Germany and France.
In Rest of World, SteelSeries delivered strong organic growth with par-
ticularly strong performance in Japan.
Gross profit
Gross profit for the Gaming division reached DKK 900 million com-
pared to DKK 960 million in 2024. This was a result of DKK 895 million
in gross profit contribution from SteelSeries products (gross margin of
33.4% in 2025 compared to 32.4% in 2024) and DKK 5 million from the
wind-down of Elite and Talk product lines. The development within the
gross margin of SteelSeries products reflects strong pricing discipline,
continued benefits from the supply chain integration, but partly offset
by direct tariffs costs.
Sales and distribution costs
Sales and distribution costs ended at DKK -590 million (including DKK
-41 million in wind-down costs), reflecting a decrease of 33% compared
to DKK -879 million in 2024. The positive development reflects the
structural savings from the wind-down and the general group-wide
cost program.
Divisional profit
The divisional profit ended at DKK 310 million, translating into a divi-
sional profit margin of 11.6% (compared to 2.4% in 2024) driven by the
improved gross margin and positive operating leverage. Excluding the
effects of the wind-down, the divisional profit ended at DKK 346 mil-
lion, equal to a divisional profit margin of 12.9%.
Wind-down effects
As a consequence of the wind-down of the Elite and Talk product lines
in 2024, the Gaming division was impacted by DKK -14 million in reve-
nue, DKK 19 million in COGS and DKK -41 million in sales and distribu-
tion costs linked to the wind-down for general service and warranty
commitments.
Gaming division
Revenue (DKKm)
Gross profit
(DKKm)
Divisional profit (DKKm)
3,407
2,669
2024
-17%
Wind-down
-2%
Organic
revenue
growth
-3%
FX growth
0%
M&A
growth
2025
-22
%
28.2%
2024
33.7%
2025
960
900
2.4%
2024
11.6%
2025
81
310
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
28/195
The development in tariffs and its impact on our markets makes our en-
vironment more uncertain than normal. As a base assumption for the fi-
nancial guidance we assume that tariff rates as of today are constant
throughout the remainder of the year. For 2026, it has been decided not
to guide specifically on free cash flow excl. M&A following the signifi-
cantly improved capital structure and leverage. GN’s focus on profitable
growth and healthy cash flow generation continues.
Key revenue assumptions for the financial
guidance of 2026
Hearing division
GN is exposed to an attractive hearing aid market, which has histori-
cally been growing 4-6% in volumes driven by ongoing favorable de-
mographic trends. With an assumed -1% yearly ASP impact, the struc-
tural market value growth assumptions of 3-5%. As a consequence of
the current macro-economic challenges including the low level of
consumer sentiment, it is assumed that the hearing aid market in 2026
will grow at the low end of its structural trend.
Based on the strong sales momentum of ReSound Vivia and further
product launches throughout 2026, it is currently expected that GN
will continue to grow strongly despite the difficult comparison bases
and the weaker-than-normal market growth. Consequently, the Hear-
ing division assumes to contribute with organic revenue growth of 3%
to 7%.
Enterprise division
Following a longer period of market stabilization, the Enterprise mar-
kets outside of Europe experienced positive sell-out growth in 2025,
which is assumed to continue in 2026. As a consequence of the trade
environment, the European market experienced a setback during 2025,
but was showing positive signs towards the end of the year. It is there-
fore assumed that the European market will gradually recover during
2026.
Driven by a gradual launch of our Evolve3 headset portfolio, other
product introductions and strong execution it is assumed that the En-
terprise division will contribute with organic revenue growth of 0% to
6%.
Gaming division
Similar to the Enterprise market, the Gaming equipment market was
also impacted by the change in trade environment and general weak
consumer sentiment during 2025. As a consequence of the macro-eco-
nomic environment, it is currently assumed that the broader gaming
equipment market will experience modest growth in 2026 driven by
continued increase in number of global gamers as well as important
new game introductions towards the end of the year.
GN expects to continue to gain market shares driven by the very strong
brand, innovation leadership, and category expansion. Consequently,
Gaming assumes to contribute with organic revenue growth of 7% to
13%.
Key EBITA margin assumptions for the
financial guidance of 2026
Following a difficult 2025, where the primary focus was to protect
Group profitability, GN is expected to return to profitable growth in
2026.
In 2026, the EBITA margin is expected to be supported by the tempo-
rary nature of certain supply chain costs in 2025, gross margin expan-
sion and operating leverage.
The guidance also takes into consideration the annualization of tariffs
from 2025. In addition, the group margin is also expected to be nega-
tively impacted by the non-cash contribution from higher absolute
amortizations from prior capitalizations compared to 2025.
The underlying margin expansion for 2026 is supporting the journey to-
wards the structural margin target level of 16-17%.
Financial guidance 2026
organic
revenue
growth
3%
to 7%
GN Store Nord
EBITA
margin
11.5%
to13.5%
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
29/195
Shareholder information 30
Risk management 33
Corporate governance 37
Board and leadership 41
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
29/195
Business review
Company
information
Arctis Nova Elite
SteelSeries’ new flagship Arctis Nova Elite brings audiophile-grade
sound to wireless gaming headset, creating a new “ultra-pre-
mium” category for the gaming headset market.
The Arctis Nova Elite is a story of meticulous design, engineering,
and craftsmanship to deliver the first Hi-Res Wireless Certified im-
mersive listening experience across PS5/Xbox/Nintendo Switch/PC,
music, entertainment, work & play. Custom Carbon Fiber Drivers,
OmniPlay that gives the ability to Connect/Mix/Play up to four
sources on PC/Console/Bluetooth simultaneously, and AI Noise Re-
jecting Microphones come together to create the ultimate gaming
headset.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
30/195
Through an open and active dialogue,
GN strives to provide all stakeholders
with timely and relevant information
The GN share
The total market value of GN’s shares, excluding treasury shares, was
DKK 15.6 billion at the end of 2025. The price of the GN share was DKK
107 on December 31, 2025.
GN is, among other indices, included in the C25 index and Large Cap in-
dex on Nasdaq Copenhagen, as well as the Stoxx Europe 600 index and
the Stoxx Europe Sustainability index.
Ownership
The GN share is 100% free float, and the company has no dominant
shareholders. GN has approximately 65,000 registered shareholders.
Of the entire ownership, it is estimated that around 45% are held by in-
vestors in Denmark, around 25% in rest of Europe, around 30% in
North America, and less than 1% in Rest of World.
The 10 largest registered shareholders held in total around 40% of the
GN share capital at the end of 2025 (including GN’s holding of treasury
shares). By the end of 2025, one shareholder, William Demant Invest
A/S, has reported an ownership interest in excess of 10% of GN’s share
capital.
Share capital and voting rights
GN’s share capital of DKK 603,650,860 consists of 150,912,715 shares,
each carrying four votes. GN has one share class with no restrictions on
ownership or voting rights. The Annual General Meeting has authorized
the Board of Directors to increase the share capital and issue new
shares in accordance with the Articles of Association.
Treasury shares
On December 31, 2025, GN held 5.3 million treasury shares corre-
sponding to 3.5% of the share capital, and the value of the treasury
shares was DKK 566 million.
Until the Annual General Meeting on March 11, 2026, the Board of Di-
rectors is authorized to acquire shares in GN. The company's holding of
treasury shares may at no time exceed 10% of the share capital of the
company.
Shareholder information
Major indices including GN Store Nord
Index
Focus
OMX C25
CAP
Denmark
STOXX Europe 600
Europe
OMX Nordic Large Cap
Nordics
Geographical split of shareholders
(% of share capital)
Denmark
45%
Europe
25%
North America
30%
Rest of the World
<1%
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
31/195
Dividend policy and share buyback programs
GN’s overall financial target is to deliver a competitive shareholder
return through a combination of dividend payments and share price
appreciation. Historically, GN has been paying out dividend corre-
sponding to 15 - 25% of the annual net profit and has been distributing
additional excess cash to shareholders through share buyback pro-
grams.
Dividend payments and share buybacks are subject to, among other,
cash requirements to support the ongoing operations, strategic oppor-
tunities, and the company’s capital structure. During 2025, GN’s net in-
terest-bearing debt decreased by DKK 0.8 billion to DKK 8.9 billion,
driven by the positive free cash flow, reflecting a leverage of 3.8x. GN
remain focused on delivering shareholder value and will consider doing
shareholder distribution again, once the leverage is closer to the long-
term target of 2.0x. GN will not pay out dividend in respect of the fi-
nancial year 2025 and share buyback programs have been paused for
the time being.
Incentive programs
By the end of 2025, the total number of outstanding options in GN
Store Nord were 3,156,295 (2.1%) of the share capital in GN Store
Nord.
Investor relations policy
As part of GN’s investor relations activities, an active dialogue is pur-
sued with existing and potential shareholders as well as with financial
analysts. GN ensures that relevant and timely information is provided
to the financial community to ensure that the GN share is fairly priced.
This is accomplished through information continually announced to
the market as company announcements and press releases, combined
with investor meetings, conferences, and presentations of the com-
pany’s interim and annual results.
Following the release of interim and annual results, GN conducts road-
shows where the Executive Management and Investor Relations inform
investors and financial analysts about the recent developments in the
company. GN is covered by sell-side analysts, who continually release
analyst research reports on GN and the industry dynamics.
GN has a 30-days silent period prior to publication of a financial report.
During these silent periods, any communication with stakeholders is
restricted.
GN’s website, www.gn.com, contains historic and current information
about GN, including company announcements and press releases,
current and historic share price data, investor presentations, and
annual and interim reports. The Investor Relations team can be
contacted at: Investor@gn.com.
Notices for the Annual General Meeting
GN sends notices to convene Annual General Meetings by email.
Letters are sent to shareholders who have requested this instead of
emails. Thus, GN encourages all registered shareholders to sign up at
the investor portal with their email addresses and check the box la-
belled “subscribe/unsubscribe” in the field “Notice for the Annual
General Meeting”. Shareholders will then receive the notice by email in
the future.
Content
Share price development*
* Index: 3
0-12-2024 = 100
Financial calendar for 202
6
Event
Date
Annual General Meeting
March 11, 202
6
Interim Report Q1 202
6 May 7, 202
6
Interim Report Q2 202
6 August 20, 202
6
Interim Report Q3 202
6 November 5, 202
6
Read company
announcements on www.gn.com.
50
60
70
80
90
100
110
120
130
31 Dec 2024 1 Apr 2025 1 Jul 2025 30 Sep 2025 31 Dec 2025
GN
C
25 CAP
Additional relevant information
GN’s investor relations policy is available at:
www.gn.com/aboutIR
A full list of the analysts covering GN is available at:
www.gn.com/analysts
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
32/195
The GN investment case
Attractive markets
across Tech and
MedTech backed by
fundamental
megatrends and high
entry barriers
Deep expertise and
proven track-record in
the intersection
between hardware and
software delivering
customer-centric
innovation and value
Multiplying our impact
and execution power by
being a unique, "non-
competing"
and
attractive global
partner to technology
and channel leaders
across the value chain
Agile operations and
global supply chain
scale to support growth
and navigating possible
future disruptions
Protecting our planet
by running our company
in a climate-friendly and
sustainable way
Asset light business
model and strong
margin focus leading to
solid cash flows
supported by group
-
wide synergies
Focused, talented, and
passionate people
Financial targets 2025-2028
Organic revenue growth EBITA margin Leverage
GN Store Nord 5%-8%* 16%-17% (by 2028) 2.0x (by 2028)
We enhance communication between people and create value and growth by leveraging our unique capabilities and global scale across attractive markets.
We do this based on the following characteristics:
* Assuming 3-5% market value growth in Hearing, 3-5% market value growth in Enterprise headsets, and ~5% market value growth in Gaming
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
33/195
Effective risk management ensures that
GN remains resilient, agile, and competi-
tive in an ever-changing global environ-
ment
We continue to evaluate and refine our approach, focusing on key
areas such as market, technological integration, innovation, product
quality, workforce development, IT infrastructure, and finance.
Risk governance at GN is overseen by the Board of Directors, who en-
sure risks are managed across the value chain. Risks are identified and
governed by a risk department and the Executive Leadership Team for
each division and selected functions.
Risks are evaluated based on their impact and likelihood, taking GN’s
setup and maturity into account. A comprehensive risk report, re-
viewed and prioritized by the Executive Leadership Team, is presented
to the Board of Directors annually for approval.
The main risks associated with GN’s businesses, and the main risk miti-
gation taken to manage these, are outlined on the following pages.
Risk management
33/195
Risk identification and mitigation process
Q1
Q2
Q4
Q3
Jan
Feb
Mar
Apr
May
Jun
Jul
Aug
Sep
Oct
Nov
Dec
7) Lessons Learned
Adapting and improving the process
and resources to changing business
requirements and environment.
1) Initial risk assessment process
Prioritized areas receive automated risk
and maturity questionnaires.
The responses are automatically calcu-
lated into likelihood, taking the maturity
into account, while the financial impact
is assessed in close collaboration with Fi-
nance.
Hereafter, the results are evaluated and
challenged by the Corporate Risk Gov-
ernance team and consolidated in meet-
ings with Strategy and respective mem-
bers of the Executive Leadership Team.
2) Financial impact assessment
Meetings with Finance to assess and
validate financial risk impact.
3) Mitigation activity tracking
Meetings with respective Strategy
partners to track the status of previ-
ously defined mitigation activities.
4) Strategy review
Final review and re-vali-
dation with Strategy.
5) Executive impact review
Final meeting with Execu-
tive Leadership Team who
collectively challenges, vali-
dates, and prioritizes risks
and risk handling activities.
6) Board and Audit Committee
Top Risk Review
Board of Directors and Audit
Committee review GN’s Corpo-
rate Risk Management process.
34/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Risk description
Mitigating actions
Assessment
The macroeconomy and global trade policies
General macroeconomic uncertainty, instability in trade policies, and increasing trade tar-
iffs may decrease households’ and enterprises’ spending, which may result in declining de-
mand for GN’s products and/or increasing costs.
Such uncertainty may also impact key suppliers and GN’s operations. And this in turn may
impact GN’s ability to continue to supply key markets.
GN’s supply chains, including component sourcing, remain dependent on the availability of
components and manufacturing capacity across Asia.
It is critical to GN’s success that its in-house as well as outsourced manufacturing and sup-
ply chain setup is resilient, cost efficient, and that GN as a whole is able to deliver products
and services to customers of the right quality, the right price, and on time across the world.
To mitigate macroeconomic uncertainty and instability in trade relations, we continuously
analyze emerging threats and scenario-based risks to inform decision-making across the or-
ganization, including enabling readiness to take prompt and appropriate cost actions, if
necessary. Further, we are proactively assessing upcoming regulations to adapt the organi-
zation’s structures, processes, and compliance measures in good time.
To ensure GNs operational resilience, a manufacturing and supply chain diversification
strategy is being executed. As part of this strategy, we are preparing regional operations
across all three regions and divisions to enable faster, market‑tailored execution. Addition-
ally, we have relocated and diversified our production facilities so that all relevant products
specifically for the U.S. market can now be supplied from multiple countries, reducing sup-
ply chain exposure.
Additionally, we are implementing a harmonized Product Lifecycle Management system,
strengthening our data foundation, and streamlining IT architecture to enhance cross-func-
tional collaboration. At the same time, we are modernizing operational IT systems and im-
proving process alignment to ensure stability and scalable capacity.
We are currently reinforcing the security and resilience of our most critical manufacturing
sites through targeted protective measures and contingency planning. And we are securing
diverse, strategic sourcing partnerships and drive contingency planning to maintain conti-
nuity and enable rapid recovery.
Together, these actions are designed to safeguard supply chain continuity, regulatory read-
iness, and long-term operational stability. Also, these initiatives are intended to reduce
product returns, increase product and service quality, and improve customer interactions,
creating a more agile and resilient operations platform.
GN continuously evaluates the extent to which its organization systematically assesses and
manages risks in the macro-environment associated with collaboration across diverse loca-
tions, ensuring that strategies are in place to mitigate potential disruptions.
In GN’s operations organization, the active assessment of these risks involves monitoring
regional stability and adapting processes to maintain efficiency. Assessing our operational
resilience and efficiency is essential for ensuring our ability to anticipate and manage dis-
ruptions effectively. This assessment includes a thorough analysis of our relationships with
key suppliers, which is critical for maintaining product quality throughout the lifecycle. We
assess and manage risks in the macro-environment, focusing on diversifying risks within our
operations to enhance stability.
Similarly, in sales and marketing, evaluating these risks helps tailor strategies to navigate
market dynamics and protect brand integrity in various macro-environment contexts.
Our commitment to continuous improvement is also reflected in initiatives aimed at miti-
gating risks associated with extreme weather, climate change, and human rights issues. By
implementing robust risk mitigation strategies, we strengthen our operational framework
and ensure long-term sustainability and resilience in the face of evolving challenges.
GN’s assessment is that adequate strategies and measures are in place to manage these
risks in a balanced way.
35/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Risk description
Mitigating actions
Assessment
People, technology, and quality
GN operates on the cutting edge of technological advances to provide new relevant user
experiences and functionalities to its customers. Any failure to gain access to and deploy
the latest technologies and competencies within hardware, software, and services in a
timely manner would impact GN’s future earnings potential.
Equally, the ability to attract and retain the right people and competencies is critical to sus-
taining innovation and technological leadership.
In addition to maintaining technological leadership, GN must ensure that products and ser-
vices operate without defects or other quality issues from their launch through their lifecy-
cle. Quality deficiencies could cause significant reputational harm and ultimately jeopardize
GN’s ability to remain a relevant player in key markets.
Further, technology products and solutions that connect to the internet or to other inter-
net-connected devices have an inherent risk of being compromised, thus exposing users to
cyber threats. It is critical for GN’s continued success and trust with customers that our
products are designed to be secure and resilient toward cyber-attacks.
To increase transparency and simplify decision-making, we are implementing cross-func-
tional forums, standardized processes, and shared practices across teams. In addition, we
are using strategic capability mapping to identify and proactively address gaps in people
resources and key competencies.
Across divisions and functions, we are strengthening our focus on product quality while ex-
panding automated testing and shifting testing earlier in the development cycle to improve
resilience.
Furthermore, we are also conducting continuous risk assessments, prioritizing a sustainable
platform strategy, and selectively bringing development activities in‑house to enhance con-
trol and long‑term operational resilience.
Our product cybersecurity improvements take a risk-based approach, evaluating factors
such as sales volume, attack surface, and third-party dependencies. We have rolled out se-
cure coding practices and architecture training across our teams.
Moreover, threat modelling has been extended to cover new products, feature changes,
and legacy systems, with a commitment to advancing towards more sophisticated threat
modelling techniques. At the same time, penetration testing is being integrated as a struc-
tured and consistent part of the product development lifecycle to proactively identify and
address vulnerabilities.
The evaluation of our alignment with market demands and technological advancements is
essential for fostering a culture of innovation and ensuring product quality throughout the
entire product lifecycle.
By assessing and promoting collaboration and integration across various functions, we en-
hance operational efficiency and responsiveness to market changes. Our focus on assessing
continuous improvement is vital for sustaining competitiveness and driving long-term busi-
ness growth.
Through these initiatives, we create a resilient organization that not only meets current
market demands but anticipates future challenges, positioning us for sustained success in
an ever-changing landscape.
A holistic approach ensures that our systems are fortified against cyber threats from multi-
ple angles, enhancing the overall resilience of our offerings. Our evaluation extends to the
R&D strategy for managing risks associated with cybersecurity and data privacy. This strat-
egy is aligned with our broader organizational goals, ensuring that we remain vigilant and
proactive in the face of evolving threats. By continuously assessing and refining our prac-
tices and strategies, we aim to uphold the highest standards of security and integrity in all
our products and services, ultimately fostering trust and confidence among our stakehold-
ers.
Competitive dynamics
Highly competitive dynamics characterize the product categories in which GN operates.
Products must provide compelling user experiences to compete. GN experiences market
consolidation, product commoditization, and attempts at conquering market share from
incumbents and new competitors.
As purchase decisions within some GN categories potentially migrate from professional
buyers to the end-user, brand awareness becomes increasingly important for some of GN’s
product lines in maintaining and expanding market share.
We are focused on strengthening customer relationships, driving innovation, and enhanc-
ing operational efficiency to ensure competitiveness and support sustainable growth. This
includes deepening integration with key accounts and expanding strategic partnerships
while maintaining leadership in AI and product quality.
GN’s approach emphasizes launching attractive and innovative new products in targeted
categories, conducting thorough post-launch reviews to drive continuous improvement,
and advancing transformation programs that improve priority setting, planning, and cross-
functional collaboration at scale.
We are also broadening our product portfolios, advancing cybersecurity initiatives, explor-
ing new market segments, and increasing marketing efficiency through strategic partner-
ships.
We have a strong organizational focus on assessing, anticipating, and adapting to evolving
market trends, effectively managing brand recognition, analyzing competitive threats, and
understanding shifting customer needs and behaviors, including increasing consumer de-
mands, particularly in relation to sustainability.
By integrating these insights into our strategic planning, we enhance our competitive ad-
vantage and ensure long-term success in the marketplace.
36/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Risk description
Mitigating actions
Assessment
Cyber security
IT and data are foundational business enablers for GN across all value chain components.
All platforms are required to be available and provide the functionalities needed. Addition-
ally, systems must protect data and privacy. Poor availability, consequences of cyber-at-
tacks, lack of functionality in business-critical systems, or data breaches could impact GN’s
operations, business continuity/data recovery, and reputation and may result in significant
fines and financial loss.
To secure availability as well as to strengthen our security posture and governance, we are
conducting internal penetration testing and internal IT process and system reviews. Busi-
ness continuity and data recovery plans are in place and cyber incident response is tested
yearly. We are reassessing vendors based on their handling of data and impact on our infra-
structure to reduce third‑party risks. In addition, we are inventorying and managing all soft-
ware used across the organization to establish a clear protection and remediation priority.
We are also further segmenting the network and implementing enhanced network controls
to reduce the attack surface and improve overall resilience.
GN ongoing evaluates readiness and response to emerging cyber threats, incident response
protocols, data protection measures, and third-party relationship risks. We assess the com-
prehensiveness and current state of our cybersecurity measures across different threat vec-
tors and layers, as well as the culture of continuous improvement in cyber security prac-
tices. Key findings highlight strengths and areas for improvement.
Interest and foreign exchange rates
Due to the nature of its operations, investments, and financing activities, GN is exposed to a
number of financial risks including changes in interest rates and foreign exchange rates.
GN’s net interest-bearing debt decreased during 2025 to DKK 8,792 million (2024: DKK
9,699 million). As a result, the net interest-bearing debt to EBITDA ratio ended at 3.8x
(2024: 3.8x) driven by the strong cash flow generation.
GN’s loans are primarily long-term with maturities until 2036 with a split of fixed and float-
ing interest rates.
As GN is a global company, it has revenue and costs in a number of different currencies,
which creates a financial risk from changes in the foreign exchange rates.
Annual EBITA impact from a 5% increase in currency before hedging
(DKK million)
Currency
GN Store Nord
USD
-28
GBP
28
AUD
18
JPY
11
During 2025, GN successfully signed EUR 1,500 million loan facilities with its core banking
group consisting of a EUR 1,000 million term loan facility and a EUR 500 million revolving
credit facility. The new facilities mature in 2028, with the option to extend by up to two
years, i.e. 2030, in agreement with the banks.
The EUR 1,000 million term loan facility was used to refinance the EUR 800 million term
loan (maturity in Q3 2026) as well as EUR 140 million R&D loans (maturity in 20262029).
EUR 937 million of the new term loan facility was utilized as of December 31, 2025, and the
undrawn EUR 63 million of the facility has been cancelled. The EUR 500 million revolving
credit facility replaced the previous EUR 520 million revolving credit facility. The purpose of
the revolving credit facility is to mitigate potential liquidity or refinancing risk. The EUR 500
million revolving credit facility remains undrawn as of December 31, 2025.
GN has short-term uncommitted Money Market lines and Overdraft facilities in place to di-
versify its borrowing instruments and manage working capital. The total size remains at
EUR 432 million, with a utilization of EUR 161 million on December 31, 2025. GN also has a
short-term, uncommitted Euro Commercial Paper program (“ECP”) in place to diversify its
borrowing instruments. The program size is up to EUR 250 million with a utilization of EUR
70 million on December 31, 2025. In total, GN has outstanding senior unsecured Private
Placements of around EUR 95 million in aggregate under the EMTN program by December
31, 2025, with maturities in 2036. Moreover, GN currently has R&D loans outstanding of
EUR 60 million with maturities from 1 to 3 years with fixed interest rates.
GN is actively mitigating the financial risk related to currency fluctuations by targeting a
balanced mix between revenue and costs across currencies. In addition, GN has hedged a
substantial part of the expected net EBITA in foreign currencies to secure the EBITA contri-
bution of the material trading currencies for the next 12 months.
GN has centralized the handling of financial risks in Group Treasury except for commercial
risks, which are managed by the Group’s operating businesses (divisions).
The financial risks are managed in accordance with the overall financial risk management
guidelines set out in GN’s Group Treasury Policy, which is reviewed on an ongoing basis.
Please refer to note 4.2 in the financial statements for further information about financial
risks.
37/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Management structure
GN is governed by a two-tier management structure. The Board of Di-
rectors is responsible for the overall governance of the company, and
the Executive Management handles the daily management under the
guidelines and supervision of the Board. The ultimate authority rests
with the shareholders at the General Meeting.
The Executive Management consists of a Chief Executive Officer and a
Chief Financial Officer. Further, an Executive Leadership Team is re-
sponsible for the day-to-day operations of their respective areas and
serve as part of the Group’s overall leadership.
Board of Directors
GN's Board currently comprises ten members, of which seven have
been elected by the shareholders at the General Meeting, and three by
the employees in accordance with the Danish Companies Act.
Competencies of the Board
GN’s Board strives to recruit board members with a diversified range of
mutually complementary competencies. The current Board is a diverse
group in terms of global experience, functional competencies, and in-
dustry background which ensures that it can fulfil its obligations.
The composition is a mix of members with executive positions and pro-
fessional board members, providing a good balance between
knowledge, competencies, experience, and availability for a substantial
workload.
The board members possess global expertise within med-tech &
healthcare, strategy, M&A, ESG/sustainability, innovation, R&D and
product development, IT, software, digital transformation, marketing,
commercialization, supply chain, technology & professional services,
finance, and change management. See pp. 42-43 for a description of
the board members’ competencies and experience.
The Board of Directors’ annual self-evaluation
The Board evaluates on an annual basis the composition, diversity, and
competencies of the Board as a whole - as well as each individual board
member’s special competencies - to ensure the most optimal perfor-
mance of the Board. As part of such evaluation, the Chair of the Board
cooperates with each individual member to ensure that the members
update and supplement their knowledge of relevant matters with a
view to ensure that the members’ special knowledge and qualifications
are applied in the best possible manner.
In 2025, the Board of Directors performed its annual self-evaluation
with the assistance of an external advisor. The Danish Committee on
Corporate Governance recommends that companies conduct an exter-
nal, objective evaluation at least every three years.
The process
The evaluation was based on the input from ten Board members and
seven executives. It encompassed an online questionnaire and various
benchmarking to other peer boards as well as a reporting on the re-
sults of the evaluation facilitated by the external consultant.
The results of the Board evaluation, including practical recommenda-
tions for focus areas, was discussed at a board meeting in December
2025 with key findings presented by the external consultant.
Corporate governance
37/195
GN’s framework
for corporate governance
General
Meeting
Board of Directors
Board Committees
Executive Management
Executive Leadership Team
The board members of GN are elected at GN’s General Meeting.
The Board of Directors has established Audit, Remuneration &
Nomination, and Technology & Innovation Committees, and ap-
points the members of the Executive Management. In addition, GN
has established an Executive Leadership Team.
38/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
General conclusions
In line with last year’s results, it was concluded that the Board has a
good working relationship and a constructive dialogue with the CEO
and management and are empowered to express their thoughts and
opinions; Board meetings are conducted in a manner that ensures
open, relevant discussions and meaningful participation.
The Chair sets the style and tone of the Board to promote open, hon-
est, and constructive debate and the relationship between the Chair
and the Executive Management is effective. The board members do
their homework in advance of meetings based on the materials distrib-
uted to them and the Chair encourages active engagement by all
board members.
The Board has diverse experiences, personal styles, cultural back-
grounds, and a good gender balance. The Chair is seen as an inclusive
and seasoned professional, well trusted by the management and with a
sincere ambition to do what is right.
The Board achieved its highest scores in committee effectiveness and
cooperation with CEO/executive team and respondents highlighted
constructive dialogue, well-prepared committee work, and an open,
collaborative, and respectful tone in the boardroom.
As part of the general evaluation conclusions, the external advisor pro-
vided a number of recommended focus areas, which the Board intends
to take into consideration going forward.
Succession planning was identified as an improvement area, which re-
quires that the Board establishes clearer succession processes with
more depth and increased Board visibility into talent pipelines.
Another identified development area was strategy implementation.
Although strategy processes are solid, implementation is becoming
more complex due to a rapidly changing global landscape, and an in-
creased internal strategic focus on the Group necessitates rebalancing
of the depth in strategy implementation across the Group’s divisions.
Finally, the Board identified a development opportunity to create a
clearer view on how the Board should or could relate to stakeholders.
The Chair of the Board will account for the process and the general
conclusions in his statement at the Annual General Meeting. Additional
information on the evaluation process and the general conclusions of
the 2025 evaluation may be found on the company’s website:
www.gn.com/boardevaluation2025
Board committees
As part of the overall governance of the company, the Board has es-
tablished Audit, Remuneration & Nomination, and Technology & Inno-
vation committees to assist with monitoring and preparatory work re-
lating to key areas of the Board’s responsibilities. The committees
work in 2025 is summarized in the following:
Audit Committee
The Audit Committee works according to an annual agenda with fixed
items following key events of the annual financial reporting cycle. In
addition, the Audit Committee requests additional topics to be dis-
cussed in the meetings from time to time.
Report on Corporate Governance cf. section 107b of the Danish
Financial Statements Act
The Board and the Executive Management continuously strive
to maintain a good corporate governance level.
The website of the Committee on Corporate Governance
- Corporategovernance.dk/english
lists its recom-
mended best practice guidelines.
GN is required to report on its compliance with these recom-
mendations according to the “comply or explain” principle. GN’s
compliance with the individual recommendations is reviewed
once a year by the Board.
Download GN’s 2025 Corporate Governance Report:
www.gn.com/corporategovernance2025
Risk management related to financial reporting is described in
this report on page 36. Internal control systems are described in
the above-mentioned Corporate Governance Report. This consti-
tutes GN’s statutory report on corporate governance as required
under section 107b of the Danish Financial Statements Act.
GN’s Remuneration Policy is available at
www.gn.com/re-
munerationpolicy
GN’s Remuneration Report for 2025 is available at:
http://www.gn.com/remuneration2025
39/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
The Audit Committee completed all planned meetings in 2025 and fo-
cused on governance, financial reporting quality, risk oversight, compli-
ance, and the control environment. During the year, the Audit Commit-
tee concentrated on the Annual Report and year-end matters, over-
sight of the external auditor (PwC), CSRD reporting, refinancing, the
whistleblower reporting system, material legal cases, and recurring an-
nual reviews (tax, treasury, insurance, capital structure, internal con-
trol maturity, and risk management). The Audit Committee also carried
out its own annual composition/competency review and a self-assess-
ment of its performance.
Further, the Audit Committee considered the need for an internal audit
function, which was not deemed necessary at this time.
Remuneration & Nomination Committee
Following the 2025 Annual General Meeting, the Remuneration Com-
mittee and the Nomination Committee have been combined into a
joint Remuneration & Nomination Committee to enhance efficiency
and create stronger synergies across their respective areas of responsi-
bility.
In 2025, the Committee supported the Board in ensuring that GN’s
leadership composition, competencies, and remuneration structures
effectively underpin the company’s strategy and purpose. It oversaw
the composition and succession planning for the Board of Directors
and Executive Management, ensuring an appropriate balance of skills
and experience in line with GN’s strategic direction. In doing so, the
Committee emphasized a strong culture, diversity, and good govern-
ance in all appointments and succession activities. The Committee also
evaluated the performance and composition of the Board to ensure
continued effectiveness and compliance with governance and diversity
standards.
In addition, the Committee supervised and reviewed GN’s remunera-
tion policy to ensure it supports long-term strategic objectives and
aligns with shareholder interests. Its responsibilities included reviewing
and approving long-term incentive grants, setting performance tar-
gets, overseeing the design and implementation of incentive programs,
and preparing the Remuneration Report.
Technology & Innovation Committee
In 2025, the Technology & Innovation Committee completed its second
year of operation. In line with its charter, the Committee explored
long-term strategic technology and innovation opportunities for GN.
The Committee participated in a series of portfolio reviews to validate
long-term direction as well as identify cross‑business synergies. It also
assessed central research and technology themes that support GN’s
ambition to accelerate cross‑company innovation through shared plat-
forms, modules and common technologies.
See charters and composition of the four committees at:
www.gn.com/boardcommittees
Remuneration
GN pursues a policy of offering the Board of Directors and Executive
Management remuneration that is competitive with industry peers and
other global companies to retain and attract competent professional
leaders of the business and members of the Board of Directors. The ac-
tual remuneration is accounted for in GN Remuneration Report 2025,
available at: http://www.gn.com/remuneration2025.
Meeting attendance
Board
Chairman-
ship
Audit
Remuneration &
Nomination
Technology &
Innovation
Jukka Pekka
Pertola
(C)
15/15
(C)
9/9
-
(M)
7/7
(C)
4/4
Klaus Holse
(DC)
15/15
(DC)
9/9
(M)
5/5
(M)
5/5
(M)
4/4
Hélène Barnekow
(M)
14/15
-
-
(C)
7/7
-
Jørgen Bundgaard
Hansen
(M)
14/15
-
(M)
5/5
- -
Kim Vejlby
Hansen
(M)
15/15
-
-
-
(M)
4/4
Lise Skaarup Morten-
sen*
(M)
12/12
-
(C)
4/4
(M)
4/4
-
Charlotte Johs*
(M)
12/12
(M)
3/3
Leo Larsen
(M)
15/15
-
- - (M)
4/4
Cathrin Inge
Hansen
(M)
14/15
-
-
-
-
Claus Holmbeck-
Madsen
(M)
15/15
-
-
-
-
(C) Chairman
(DC) Deputy Chairman
(M) Member
*
) Was not a member of the Board or the Committee for the full year.
40/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Gender diversity at Board and Leadership levels
GN generally pursues to have a diverse workforce as we believe this
supports continued innovation, customer satisfaction, and perfor-
mance. This also applies to Board and Leadership levels.
The percentages as of December 31, 2025, of the underrepresented
gender and the set targets for GN’s Board and Leadership are reflected
in the table below.
The Board evaluates on an annual basis the composition, diversity, and
competencies of the Board and has in that context performed a fo-
cused search to be able to recommend more female members for elec-
tion to the Board. In March 2025, two new female members were
elected resulting in GN reaching the target for equal gender.
At senior leadership levels, various measures continued during 2025 to
increase diversity. These measures include a guidance model to ensure
that a diverse pool of candidates must be presented for such positions,
that diversity must exist on short-lists, and that hiring boards must be
diverse. As the target is not fully met, these initiatives will continue
into 2026 to further ensure diversity in leadership.
Restatements
Gender distribution in Senior Leadership has been restated in 2025 to only include senior
leaders in the parent company, GN Store Nord A/S, in order to align reporting with the
Danish gender balance act. Further, managers on garden leave (i.e. formally employed but
no longer active in the company) are included to comply with this act. Had such managers
not been counted in, the diversity target for Senior Leadership would have been met with
33%. In 2024, before restatement, the reported share of women in Senior Leadership posi-
tions was 26%. In 2024, GN also reported on extended leadership positions (a population
of then 360 managers). As this is not a legal requirement, we have chosen to limit our re-
porting for 2025 to what is legally required and have therefore excluded it from this re-
port but will internally continue activities and tracking to continue progressing diversity.
Diversity in leadership
2025
2024
1 Board of Directors
Total number
- elected by General Meeting / employee
elected
7 / 3
6 / 3
Underrepresented gender (%)
43 / 33
33 / 33
Target (%) *
40 / 40
40 / 40
Target year
(both elected by General Meeting and by
employees)
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2026
2 Executive Management**
Total number
2
2
Underrepresented gender (%)
0
0
3 – Senior Leadership***
Total number
13
10
Underrepresented gender (%)
31
30
Target (%)
33
33
Target year
June 30, 2026
June 30, 2026
*GN is subject to the Danish gender balance act and required to set a target of having
“equal gender distribution” for the Board of Directors. “Equal gender distribution” de-
pends on the number of members but is the number that is closest to 40%, without ex-
ceeding 49%. The target of “equal gender distribution” has been met for both
members
elected by
the general meeting and employee-elected members of the Board of Directors.
**Executive Management as registered with the Danish Business Authority.
*** Senior Leadership as defined in section 3(5) of the Danish gender balance act com-
prises GN’s Executive Management, Executive Leadership Team employed by GN Store
Nord A/S, and other managers of GN Store Nord A/S reporting to
the Executive Manage-
ment.
Note: This table is part of meeting disclosure requirement ESRS2 GOV
-1 21 (d), related to
Board diversity.
41/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Board of Directors
Claus
Holmbeck-Madsen
Lise Skaarup
Mortensen
Cathrin Inge
Hansen
Leo Larsen
Kim Vejlby
Hansen
Jukka Pekka
Pertola
Hélène
Barnekow
Klaus Holse
Jørgen
Bundgaard
Hansen
Charlotte
Johs
The sections on Board of Directors and Executive Leadership Team are part of the Sustainability Statement on the disclosure of ESRS 2 GOV-1.
42/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Jukka Pekka Pertola
Chair (since 2023)
Board member since: 2020
Term: 2025/2026
Considered independent: Yes
Nationality/gender: Finnish/male
Year of birth: 1960
M.Sc. (Electrical Engineering)
Professional board member. Former CEO of Siemens A/S
Chair of the Boards of Tryg A/S*, Tryg Forsikring A/S, Cowi Holding
A/S, and Siemens Gamesa Renewable Energy A/S.
Committee memberships: Technology & Innovation (Chair), Remunera-
tion & Nomination (member); in Tryg A/S: Remuneration (Chair), Nomi-
nation (Chair), and IT-Data (member); in Cowi Holding A/S: Nomination
and Remuneration (Chair).
Broad international background with more than 20 years of manage-
ment experience in the ICT, energy, industry, infrastructure, and
healthcare sectors, solid experience with various business models
stretching from B2C to complex project business, IT outsourcing solu-
tions, technology services, and professional services.
Klaus Holse
Deputy Chair (since 2023)
Board member since: 2023
Term: 2025/2026
Considered independent: Yes
Nationality/gender: Danish/male
Year of birth: 1961
M.Sc. (Computer Science)
Professional board member. Former CEO of SimCorp A/S
Chair of the Boards of Danish Industry, Vizrt Group AS, EG A/S, and Su-
perOffice AS. Deputy chair of the Boards of Thomas B. Thriges Fond,
Terma A/S, and IAD - Industriens Arbejdsgivere i Danmark. Member of
the Boards of Macrobond Financial AB, Thrige Holding A/S and Zenegy
ApS. CEO, Khaboom ApS.
Committee memberships: Audit (member), Remuneration & Nomina-
tion (member), and Technology & Innovation (member). Remuneration
(member) in Vizrt Group AS and SuperOffice AS.
Broad international background with more than 20 years of manage-
ment experience in the IT and software industry and brings to the
Board a vast experience and insight into the green agenda, ESG/sus-
tainability, and digitalization.
Claus Holmbeck-Madsen
Employee elected member (since 2022)
Term: 2022/2026
Nationality/gender: Danish/male
Year of birth: 1968
Academy Foundation Degree (Business)
Global Head of Knowledge & Learning, Global Customer Experience
Board and Committee positions: Member of the Board of the GN Store
Nord Foundation.
Lise Skaarup Mortensen
Board member (since 2025)
Term: 2025/2026
Considered independent: Yes
Nationality/gender: Danish/female
Year of birth: 1968
M.Sc. BA & Econ
Professional board member. Former CFO of Chr. Hansen Holding A/S
Member of the Boards of Dovista A/S, Vizrt Group AS, Royal Unibrew
A/S*, Saltfoss Energy ApS, Seasalt Group ApS, and InstallatørGruppen
A/S. Executive director of LSM Consulting ApS.
Committee memberships: Audit (Chair). Remuneration & Nomination
(member); Audit (Chair) in Dovista, in Royal Unibrew*, and Vizrt Group.
Broad international leadership experience from the field of finance,
strategy, and M&A. Executive leadership accomplishments within
global and end-to-end finance functional leadership, ESG, and IT/digi-
tal governance and cybersecurity. Industry knowledge primarily from
digital and biotech innovation.
Cathrin Inge Hansen
Employee elected member (since 2022)
Term: 2022/2026
Nationality/gender: Danish/female
Year of birth: 1969
B.Sc. (International Marketing), Graduate Diploma (Business Admin-
istration & International Trade)
Sr. Regulatory Compliance Strategic Project Manager
Leo Larsen
Employee elected member (since 2007)
Term: 2022/2026
Nationality/gender: Danish/male
Year of birth: 1959
M.Sc. (Electrical Engineering) and a diploma in business administration
and international trade
Principal Portfolio Scientist, Research & Exploration
Board and Committee positions: Member of the Board of the GN Store
Nord Foundation and of the Technology & Innovation Committee.
Board of Directors
* Company listed on a regulated market
43/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Kim Vejlby Hansen
Board member (since 2024)
Term: 2025/2026
Considered independent: Yes
Nationality/gender: Danish/male
Year of birth: 1964
Civil Engineer (E), Ph.D.
CEO at FOSS A/S (including at FOSS Analytical A/S and FOSS af 24. au-
gust 1998 ApS)
Chair of the Boards of Ibsen Photonics A/S, Au2mate A/S, FOSS
Ejendomme SLG A/S, N. F. Falcon Blocker Inc., and Wasatch Photonics
LLC. Member of the Boards of SPIO Systems ApS, Graspian ApS, FOSS
Analytical A/S, and FOSS af 24. august 1998 ApS.
Committee memberships: Technology & Innovation (member).
Extensive executive leadership career with globally operating FOSS
since 2002 (Vice President R&D, Executive Vice President Business &
Product Development, COO and member of Executive Management,
and CEO since 2016).
Deep expertise within general management, business development,
M&A, product development (software, hardware, digital signal pro-
cessing, including in hearing aids), quality, service & sales support, pro-
duction, procurement, and logistics.
Hélène Barnekow
Board member (since 2013)
Term: 2025/2026
Considered independent: No
Nationality/gender: Swedish/female
Year of birth: 1964
M.Sc. (International Business)
Partner, Gaia Leadership. Former CEO, Microsoft Sweden
Chair of the Boards of Storytel AB* and Mindler AB. Deputy Chair of
the Swedish Chamber of Commerce for the UK. Member of the Board
of Handelsbanken AB*. Member of the Board of Latour AB*.
Committee memberships: Remuneration & Nomination (Chair), in Sto-
rytel AB: Remuneration (Chair), Audit (member), and Strategy (mem-
ber).
Long international experience, mainly in the technology sector and in
different C-level positions. Experience ranging from product develop-
ment to sales and marketing. Managed significant digital transfor-
mations across companies and geographies with focus on inclusive
transformation leadership.
Jørgen Bundgaard Hansen
Board member (since 2024)
Term: 2025/2026
Considered independent: Yes
Nationality/gender: Danish and American/male
Year of birth: 1967
B.Sc. Mechanical Engineering; B.Sc. International Commerce.
CEO at Aspen Surgical Products, Inc.
Member of the Boards of Siren Care Inc., AdvaMed Accel, Gravitas Med-
ical Inc. , and Lifelens Technologies Inc.
Committee memberships: Audit (member).
Experienced international leader of large organizations for more than
20 years with a global agenda of growth and major transformation.
Has led public, private equity, and venture capital owned companies,
primarily within health care in the U.S., E.U., and Asia. Has led transfor-
mational turnarounds, change management, and major restructurings.
Extensive global expertise within strategy, M&A, sales, marketing, R&D,
operations, ESG/sustainability, supply chain, public company
leadership, and investor relations as well as private equity and venture
capital markets.
Charlotte Johs
Board member (since 2025)
Term: 2025/2026
Considered independent: Yes
Nationality/gender: Danish/female
Year of birth: 1964
M.Sc. International Business. Board Certification
Professional board member and advisor, co-owner and advisor of JO-
HS LLC.
Member of the Boards of Center for internationale strukturrationaliser-
inger ApS and Fællesskabet af januar 2024 ApS.
Committee memberships: Technology & Innovation (member)
A senior international executive with extensive experience in large
global corporations in the consumer goods and consumer electronics
industries. Over a decade of experience on the executive team at
Logitech and further past leadership positions with Cadbury, DANDY,
Sara Lee, l’Oreal, and Cherry SE.
Expertise within general management, consumer centric innovation
and brand & marketing strategies driving increased customer value.
* Company listed on a regulated market
44/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Peter Karlstromer
Chief Executive Officer (CEO)
Member since: 2023
Year of birth: 1971
Member of Executive Management.
Peter brings a strong international senior leadership track record,
working with multiple aspects of technology around the world.
Peter holds an M.Sc. Management, Business Administration and Eco-
nomics, and a M.Sc. Electrical and Electronics Engineering from Lund
University. Prior to joining GN, Peter held leadership positions with
McKinsey & Company, Cisco Systems, and Securitas Group.
Søren Jelert
Chief Financial Officer (CFO)
Member since: 2023
Year of birth: 1972
Member of Executive Management.
Søren is an internationally experienced finance professional, who con-
tributes with strong financial and business leadership, including
ESG/sustainability, building strong teams and solid relationships with
investors.
Søren graduated with a B.Sc., M.Sc. Management Accounting from Co-
penhagen Business School. His career spans operational and finance
leadership positions with Maersk Oil & Gas, Novo Nordisk, NNE Phar-
maplan, and prior to joining GN as CFO of ALK-Abello.
Executive Leadership Team
Stefan
Bergfors
Ehtisham
Rabbani
Søren
Jelert
Ann
Fogelgren
Igor
Tasevski
Peter
Karlstromer
Calum
MacDougall
Anu
Kerns
Peter
Justesen
45/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Stefan Bergfors
Chief Operations Officer (COO)
Joined GN in 2017
Stefan first established a world-class highly scalable manufacturing
and supply chain set-up in GN’s Enterprise business, and in April 2023
took over responsibility for all Global Operations across GN’s busi-
nesses. Stefan holds a M.Sc. BA, Economics, from Lund University and
Kristianstad University. Prior to joining GN, Stefan held leadership posi-
tions within supply chain, customer service and planning in companies
such as Orbital Systems, FedEx, HTC, and Sony Ericsson Mobile Com-
munications.
Ehtisham Rabbani
President Gaming division
Joined GN in 2022
Ehtisham was appointed CEO in SteelSeries in September 2014 and
was instrumental in growing this start-up to a global leader in gaming
gear. Ehtisham is, of course, himself a passionate gamer. He holds an
MBA, Marketing, International Business, from UCLA Anderson School
of Management, as well as BS, Computer Science, from the University
of Iowa. Prior to joining SteelSeries, Ehtisham had experience from sen-
ior leadership positions in Logitech, LG Electronics MobileComm,
Procter & Gamble, and Mars.
Ann Fogelgren
Chief Information Officer (CIO)
Joined GN in 2020
Heading up GN’s Digital, Data & IT organization, Ann has spearheaded
a fundamental transformation and modernization of GN’s digital land-
scape, including a host of business-critical systems. In 2022, Ann was
awarded CIO of the Year in Denmark. Ann holds a PhD, Information
Systems, from Copenhagen Business School as well as an MBA, from
Northern Arizona University. Prior to joining GN, Ann held positions as
CIO with Berlingske Media and Børsen as well as IT leadership positions
with Oticon, NNIT, Atea, and TDC Mobile.
Igor Tasevski
Chief Product Officer
Joined GN in 2025
Igor holds a Master’s degree in Electrical Engineering and has a strong
technical background. Being an engineer a heart, Igor has spent his en-
tire career in R&D where he has demonstrated strong and successful
leadership across semiconductors, hardware, embedded software and
cloud native development.
Igor is known for his track-record of winning in technology transitions
and for his ability to build successful teams. He joined GN from a posi-
tion as VP, Head of RAN Software & Compute Platforms with Ericsson,
where he has been leading an organization of 12,000 people across
several continents.
Calum MacDougall
President Enterprise division
Joined GN in 2015
Heading up first the marketing organization in GN’s Enterprise busi-
ness, Calum has had a crucial role in establishing Jabra as a leader in
enterprise collaboration solutions with a strong brand presence. In
September 2023, Calum took over leadership of the entire Enterprise
division.
Calum holds a BA Hons, History, from the University of Bristol. Prior to
joining GN, Calum held marketing leadership positions with Sony Mo-
bile Communications.
Anu Kerns
Chief People & Communication Officer
Joined GN in 2025
Anu brings a wealth of experience from leading roles in People, Culture
and Communications from around the world and a proven track record
in building strong organizations and driving positive change around
people, culture, and communication.
Anu joined GN from a position as Executive Vice President for People,
Organization, and Sustainability with Bavarian Nordic. Prior, Anu has
had an extensive career with leading roles in the areas of HR, Commu-
nication and Transformation in Novo Nordisk and Danske Bank Group.
Peter Justesen
President Hearing division
Joined GN in 2012
Peter started his career as an attorney-at-law and investment banker.
In 2012, Peter joined GN as head of Strategy, Business Development
and M&A. He was later appointed head of Investor Relations before he
in 2018 moved to GN’s hearing business, as VP Global Key Accounts
and later interim head of Product Management and then head of the
distributor business (Global Partner Sales).
In 2020, Peter was appointed President International Sales with re-
sponsibility for GN’s hearing business in Europe, APAC, LATAM, AMEA,
Eastern Europe and CIS, and in 2025, he was appointed President of
the Hearing division. Peter holds an MBA from London Business School
and has before joining GN lived and worked in Brussels, London and
New York.
46/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Our Better for planet sustainability strategy 47
Our material impacts, risks, and opportunities 49
Sustainability governance 51
Stakeholder engagement 53
General disclosure requirements 54
Sustainability statement
General
information
Content
46/195
New range of scalable video
collaboration solutions
Jabra PanaCast Room Kits offer complete video and audio cover-
age across meeting spaces. Including Jabra’s new PanaCast 55
VBS, the PanaCast SpeakerMic, and PanaCast Room Kits, this solu-
tion creates a new portfolio of expandable room solutions that de-
liver a unified, scalable video collaboration system that adapts to
meeting room needs.
Built to support clear, natural interaction, the room kits combine
intelligent video, room filling sound, and flexible expansion to help
organizations create environments where every participant can
equally take part in the conversation, no matter where they sit in
the room.
Jabra PanaCast Room Kits are available in configurations with one,
three or five cameras, giving organizations the flexibility to choose
the right setup for their space and with a plug and play design
that simplifies setup and minimizes the effort required to support
and maintain rooms over time.
47/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Strategic direction
___________________________________
SBM-1
In 2025, we launched our updated Better for planet sustainability strat-
egy, as a pillar of our overall corporate strategy (see p. 10), aimed at:
1. Protecting the planet and people
2. Sustained competitive edge and supporting our commitment to
customer centricity by meeting sustainability requirements of cus-
tomers and business partners
3. Compliance with current and future sustainability legislation
4. Continued high investor ESG ratings
We strive to meet the requirements of leading third-party standards
and verifications, such as the Science Based Targets initiative (SBTi),
TCO Certified, and the Responsible Business Alliance (RBA).
Being a pillar in our corporate strategy means that Better for planet
supports our focus on customer-centric innovation by driving improve-
ment in four focus areas:
1. Reducing our carbon footprint, with science-based targets to re-
duce our carbon footprint by 80% in scopes 1 and 2 and by 25% in
scope 3 by 2030 compared to 2021
2. Advancing circular products and services, with a target to use
40% sustainable material (see pp. 74-75) in products by 2030
3. Safeguarding the rights of people in our value chain
4. Limiting our use of hazardous substances
We have further sub-targets across these focus areas, which are cov-
ered in this statement. This includes five pillars to enable us to deliver
on our focus areas and targets:
1. Clean Power and Electrification
a. Renewable energy for GN and key suppliers
b. Low-carbon car fleet
c. Improving energy efficiency at our sites
2. Circularity through design
a. Increase the use of sustainable materials in products
b. Improve repairability
c. Improve recyclability
3. Circularity through material recovery
a. Expand remanufacturing scope in the Hearing division to
wireless accessories and chargers
4. Expanding TCO Certified
a. Continuously meet requirements of TCO Certified for cov-
ered products in Enterprise and Gaming
5. Strengthening our due diligence
a. Execute third-party RBA-aligned audits both in our own
sites and with key suppliers
b. Use EcoVadis to track and improve supplier performance
c. Maintain due diligence programs related to conflict miner-
als and forced labor
The enablers of Better for planet are solid data systems and reporting
(including life cycle assessments (LCAs)), a governance that anchors
execution within existing processes (see p. 51) and an ongoing tracking
of external requirements to adjust focus areas or pillars if needed.
Each of the pillars and targets have been set based on input and en-
gagement with affected internal and external stakeholders. These in-
clude subject matter experts, employees, value chain workers, custom-
ers, suppliers, investors, as well as industry and ESG associations (see p.
53). We have also gathered baseline data on the current performance
in each specific pillar. We aim to continuously assess the relevance of
these topics to guide the business in prioritizing the most significant is-
sues to GN and society.
Our Better for planet sustainability strategy
47/195
Safeguarding the rights of
people in our value chain
Reducing our
carbon footprint
Advancing circular
products and services
Limiting our use of
hazardous substances
Our four focus areas
48/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Achieved through
five strategic pillars
Four focus areas and targets
Foundation
Data systems and reporting automation
ESG data foundation and product LCAs
Collaboration and governance model
to integrate sustainability into existing
processes
Track changing external requirements
to stay ahead of legislation and customer
needs
Advancing circular products and services
40% sustainable materials
* by 2030
Reducing our carbon footprint
80% reduction of scopes 1 and
2 and 25%
reduction of scope 3 carbon emissions by
2030
Safeguarding the rights of people in our
value chain
Limiting our use
of hazardous
substances
Better for planet strategy
Contributing to a more climate conscious, circular and ethical future
Clean power and
Electrification
Renewable energy for
GN and key suppliers
Low-carbon car fleet
Improving energy
efficiency at our sites
1
Circularity through
design
Increase the use of
sustainable materials in
products
Improve repairability
Improve recyclability
2
Circularity through
material recovery
Expand remanufacturing
scope in the Hearing
division to wireless
accessories and chargers
3
Expanding TCO
Certified
Continuously meet
requirements of TCO
Certified for covered
products in Enterprise
and Gaming
4
Strengthening our
due diligence
Execute third-party RBA-
aligned audits both in
our own sites and with
key suppliers
Use EcoVadis to track
and improve supplier
performance
Maintain due diligence
programs related to
conflict minerals and
forced labor
5
Better for planet strategy framework
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
48/195
___________________________________
SBM-1
Impacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs)
addressed by Better for planet
E1 Climate change
IROs related to our own and supply chain emissions, climate transition
and physical risks, reliance on fossil fuels, and energy efficiency.
E5 Resource use and circular economy
Negative impacts relating to the use of virgin and non-renewable mate-
rials, and recycling.
S2 Workers in the value chain
Negative impacts related to working conditions and equal treatment,
as well as risks associated with other worker-related rights.
E2 Pollution
Negative impacts associated with pollution to water, soil, and food, in-
cluding use of substances of (very high) concern.
IROs partially or not addressed by
Better for planet:
S1 Own workforce
Human rights impacts related to our own workforce are addressed by
Better for planet, other S1 IROs are addressed through policies, actions,
and targets governed under our People & Communication function.
S4 Consumers and end-users
IROs are addressed by existing compliance processes related to data
privacy and product safety, and by our core business activities in the
Hearing division where they relate to the positive impact on people
with hearing loss.
G1 Business conduct
All IROs are addressed by existing business ethics and compliance pro-
cesses.
See each of the topical chapters for more details.
* Recycled and sustainably sourced bio-based material
49/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Double Materiality Assessment (DMA)
___________________________________
IRO-1; SBM-3
In 2025, we updated the double materiality assessment (DMA) first car-
ried out in 2024. Through this process, we identified 26 material im-
pacts, risks, and opportunities (IROs) across seven ESRS topical stand-
ards, including two entity-specific disclosures. The visualization on the
next page links each IRO to its position in the upstream, own opera-
tions, and downstream parts of our value chain and shows key inputs
and outputs.
The original DMA completed in 2024 was based on more than 40 exter-
nal reports from NGOs, governments, and suppliers, and five internal
workshops with 27 subject matter experts. For the update in 2025, we
used desk research, benchmarking against other companies in our in-
dustries and additional stakeholder workshops to reassess and, where
relevant, merge IROs. We also aimed to better capture positive im-
pacts and opportunities, and align more closely with our Enterprise
Risk Management (ERM) process to assess the financial effects of risks.
This update reduced the number of IROs in several topical standards
and improved how we identify and prioritize risks and opportunities,
without changing the disclosure requirements we report against.
Methodology
For impact materiality, we give equal weight to the three dimensions
of severity (scale, scope, irremediability) and to likelihood, prioritizing
negative impacts accordingly. For human rights-related impacts, we
follow ESRS 1, giving precedence to severity over likelihood. For finan-
cial materiality, we aligned with ERM, giving equal weight to likelihood
and financial impact, using consistent thresholds based on relative im-
pact on EBITA and assessing both impacts and financial effects on a
gross basis before mitigation. We refined our 15 scoring scale for im-
pacts, risks, and opportunities and set a materiality threshold at 3 or
above. For impacts, this corresponds to a medium scale and scope, a
remediable character with some effort and a likely outcome; for finan-
cial risks and opportunities, it equates to an expected absolute EBITA
impact of at least 10% with a likely outcome. Time horizons for IROs
are aligned with our ERM process: 01 years for short term and 23
years for medium term, with all IROs defined in the short term except
climate-related risks, which are assessed over a 430-year medium- to
long-term horizon (see E1, p. 61). Our DMA process is under ongoing
senior management review and is approved annually by the Audit
Committee.
Across our own operations and value chain, we find material IROs re-
lated to climate change, pollution, resource use and circular economy,
our own workers and workers in the value chain, consumers and end-
users, and governance-related risks. In our own operations, we as-
sessed IROs by focusing on our main assets and activities, including
hearing aid component assembly in Denmark, manufacturing in China
and Malaysia, final assembly in regional operation centers (ROCs), R&D
and product testing, sales and external collaboration, and white-collar
back-office functions. In the value chain, we focused on six industries
critical to our business model and with elevated ESG risk: mining, plas-
tic and aluminium production, paper production, freight and business
travel, electronics manufacturing and e-waste treatment.
For biodiversity and water-related sub-topics, we combined geographic
impact assessments with industry and location-specific reports on our
own sites and those of suppliers and sub-suppliers. This helped us
understand both impacts on local ecosystems and communities and
our dependency on these ecosystems. Based on this analysis, we did
not consider any biodiversity or water topics to be material from nei-
ther an impact nor a financial risk perspective.
IROs and our business model
___________________________________
SBM-1
As a developer and manufacturer of innovative hearing aids for people
with hearing loss; headsets, speakerphones, and video equipment for
collaboration at work; and a broad range of gaming gear, GN is com-
mitted to building the technology of the future in a way that minimizes
the negative impact on the climate, environment, and society. As part
of developing our Better for planet sustainability strategy, we have as-
sessed the nature, severity, and implications of these IROs on the over-
all resilience and sustainability of our business and assessed that we do
not need to alter our strategy and business model to adequately ad-
dress IROs at a scale and pace beyond our capacity to adjust if re-
quired. As described in more detail in each of the topical chapters, we
assess that, in general, we can manage IROs through policies, targets,
and actions that fit within the context of our existing business model
and the implementation of Better for planet.
On the next page, we depict a visual representation of our value chain,
specifically linking our material IROs to our upstream, own operations,
and downstream input and output.
Our material impacts, risks, and opportunities
Employee headcount by geographical area
2025
2024
Africa
3
7
Asia & Pacific
3,401
3,390
Europe
3,029
2,939
Middle East
16
21
North America
1,644
1,697
South/Latin America
97
91
50/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Material IROs across the value chain
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
50/195
___________________________________
SBM-1; SBM-3
The below graphic gives a high-level representation of GN’s value chain and the key activities, flows, and users across our full value chain.
The IROs under the headers apply to all activities in upstream, downstream, or own operations.
Environmental
E1 Climate
Scopes 1 and 2 emissions
Scope 3 emissions
Reliance on fossil fuels
Cost volatility risks related to the climate transition
Financial opportunities from products and services with a lower environmental impact
Extreme weather events
Energy efficiency
E2 Pollution
Pollution to water, soil and food
Use of substances of
(very high) concern
E5 Resource use and circular economy
Use of virgin and non-renewable resources
Non-circular products
Social
S1 Own workforce
Excessive overtime in own operations
Non-decent wages in own operations
Inadequate protections of health and safety in own operations
Pay inequality in own operations
Harassment in the workplace in own operations
Diversity and gender equality issues in own operations
S2 Workers in the value chain
Inadequate working conditions in the value chain
Inadequate protections of health and safety in the value chain
Diversity and gender equality issues in the value chain
Child and forced labor in the value chain
S4 Consumers and end-users
Risk of non-compliance with privacy laws
Violation of health and safety standards
Hearing health (Entity specific)
Governance
G1 Business Conduct
Third-party relations
Corruption and bribery
5
4
3
Outsourced hearing
aid retail
Distribution and retail
Downstream
Processing of raw
materials: Smelting,
refining, petrochemicals,
paper milling
Product disposal and
e-waste treatment
Raw material
extraction: Mining,
forestry, fossil, fuel
extraction
Outsourced manufacturing:
Components, packaging for
Enterprise and Gaming
Freight:
Air, ocean, rail,
and road transport
Owned hearing aid
(re)manufacturing and
final assembly
Outsourced final assembly of
Enterprise and Gaming products
GN offices: Product development,
sales and marketing, back -office
functions
Repair center
Upstream
Gamers
9
18 19 20
10
2 3
4
6
26
2 54 22
10 18 19 20
6 9 12 14
8 9 10
20 18 19 21
Hearing aid users
24 2318
Professionals
19
20
18
18 19 20
5 10 11
12 14
8 9
11
18 19
20
1
2
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
3
4
21
Own operations
1 4 7
3
13 15 16 17 26
25
21
24
Risk: Opportunity:Impact:
24
51/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Sustainability governance
___________________________________
GOV-1; GOV-2
GN’s Executive Leadership Team (ELT) is responsible for monitoring,
managing, and overseeing the implementation of policies, targets, and
actions related to effective management of IROs. Group Sustainability,
reporting directly to the CFO, holds overall responsibility for support-
ing the business in IRO management, setting strategic direction and
supporting the business in strategy execution. Group Sustainability
also prepares this statement and collects and controls ESG data for re-
porting.
The Audit Committee holds overall responsibility for overseeing the
management of ESG-related IROs, reporting to the Board for related
decision-making. ESG is a quarterly recurring agenda topic in the Audit
Committee, including formal approval of the double materiality assess-
ment, and bi-annually in the Board.
For an overview of the composition and diversity of the members of
GN’s administrative, management, and supervisory bodies, see p. 40.
To ensure appropriate skills and expertise in sustainability, ESG is part
of the Board’s annual self-evaluation process. Sustainability-related
skills and expertise related to our material IROs are currently assessed
to be sufficient across the Board, but if this changes, it will be included
in Board training or as a requirement in the recruitment of new mem-
bers.
To implement Better for planet we depend on a cross-functional gov-
ernance structure, headed by a senior leadership steering committee
to execute each of the five strategic pillars. Key functions responsible
for the execution are Global Operations, R&D, and the divisions, with
support from other functions across the business. We monitor and re-
view progress on our targets continuously by subject matter experts
Sustainability governance
Board of Directors Executive Leadership Team (E LT )
Accountable for ESG reporting, direction, and management of
all related impacts, risks, and opportunities
Monitors, manages, and oversees implementation of policies,
actions, and targets
Oversight of strategy
Group Sustainability
Better for planet strategy
Development of Better for planet ,
coordination of implementation
Subject matter expertise support on
Better for planet execution
ESG Reporting and sustainability-related
engagement with investors, customers,
industry groups and other stakeholders
Tracking ESG legislation
Contributing to a more climate conscious, circular and ethical future in 2030
Reducing our carbon footprint
80% reduction of scopes 1 and 2 and 25%
reduction of scope 3 carbon emissions by 2030
Safeguarding the rights of people in our
value chain
Integrate our commitment to RBA in our
human rights- and due diligence programs
Advancing circular products and services
40%
sustainable materials by 2030
Limiting our use of hazardous substances
Proactive compliance with all relevant
legislation on the use of substances of concern
in electronics
Global Operations
Divisions R&D
Execution of Better for planet initiatives relating
to manufacturing, logistics, and supplier
engagement in the areas of climate, circularity,
and human rights
Set product requirements in achieving targets
under Better for planet, and engage with
customers on sustainability
Execution of Better for planet
initiatives relating
to product development
, LCAs
and in the areas
of climate, circularity, and hazardous
substances
Legal and Group Compliance
Compliance and reporting in governance
areas
People & Communication
Responsible for own workforce, including
compliance, reporting and coordinating
Better for people strategy
Digital, Data & IT
ESG data systems and automation
Strategy
Anchoring of Better for planet in corporate
strategy
Execution
52/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
in the business and discuss these quarterly in the management teams
of all divisions and functions of scale.
Sustainability related performance incentive schemes
___________________________________
GOV-3
To anchor Better for planet in the busi-
ness, ESG-related performance is part of
(annual) short-term incentive (bonus)
objectives for all members of the ELT.
Annual ESG-related bonus objectives are discussed and approved by
the Remuneration & Nomination Committee (RNC). As stipulated in
our Remuneration Policy and reported in remuneration reports, the
RNC is tasked to ensure ESG bonus objectives are aligned with the
management of the most material ESG issues as part of the Board of
Directors’ wider oversight of ESG topics.
For the year 2025, the main objective consisted of ensuring integration
of ESG into corporate, division, operations, and R&D strategies, which
has been achieved through the launch of Better for planet. In addition,
there was an objective to ensure compliance with existing ESG and hu-
man rights legislation. Finally, there were six objectives related to spe-
cific sustainability initiatives covering decarbonization in specific areas
and overall emissions reductions to reach our 2030 climate targets, in-
creasing our use of recycled and sustainably sourced materials, and en-
hancing the repairability of our products.
All members of the ELT also had targets related to Diversity and be-
longing, focusing on initiatives aimed to increase representation of
women in senior leadership roles across GN (see p. 40).
Where this is required, these objectives are cascaded down into the
monetary short-term incentive objectives on an operational level
across relevant divisions and functions.
ESG-related objectives (including diversity) for the CEO and CFO are
approved annually by the RNC. Like in 2024, in the reporting year, 12%
of the annual bonus was dependent on these objectives for the CEO
and CFO, of which 15% was related to reduction of carbon emissions
(2024: 50%).
52/195
53/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Stakeholder engagement
___________________________________
SBM-2; S1-2; S2-2
We are in continuous dialogue with our stakeholders to ensure we
understand their requirements and find ways to work in partnership to
strengthen our business and the societies in which we operate.
Naturally, we continuously use the outcome of all stakeholder
engagement as input to both our business model and strategy.
Below is an overview of key stakeholders and the purpose, as well as
means of our engagement with them.
Stakeholder engagement
Stakeholder
Purpose of engagement
How we engage
Employees
Value chain workers
Consumers and end-users
Investors
Regulatory authorities
Suppliers
Industry and ESG
associations
Inform and consult employees on (sustainability) strategy and policies
Ensure all voices are heard, including all demographics
Safeguard and improve employee wellbeing
Inform and consult employees on sustainability strategy
To ensure compliance with the UN Global Compact principles of responsible business
and the SA8000 standard
To identify and correct issues relating to working conditions and worker rights
To live up to our commitment to customer-centricity, we try to understand our cus-
tomer better than they know themselves
Capture customer sustainability requirements
Timely, transparent disclosure of financial and ESG information for the purpose of fair
valuation through annual and interim reporting
Track and interpret (ESG-related) legislation to proactively comply
Ensure adherence to our Supplier Code of Conduct and broader sustainability requirements
Collect ESG data for reporting and LCAs
Collaborate with peers to develop standards and align on policy positions
Biannual development dialogues for all employees
Annual Employee satisfaction surveys
Direct meeting between senior leadership and employee groups representing specific demographics
Employee-elected Board of Directors
GN Alertline and regular HR channels
Annual audits of all tier 1 suppliers and bi-annual audits of tier 2 suppliers
Third-party audits
Credible proxies, such as third-party due diligence organizations for conflict minerals and forced labor
GN Alertline
Direct customer dialogues
Customer councils
Product feedback channels
Customer surveys
AGM
Roadshows and individual investor meetings
Through industry associations (DI, EHIMA)
Directly when necessary
ESG requirements in supplier onboarding
Ongoing score-based performance and compliance assessment
We engage with suppliers on an ongoing basis as part of regular business processes
Working groups
AGMs
Joint initiatives
54/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
General basis for preparation
___________________________________
BP-1; BP-2
The consolidation and reporting scope of GN’s Sustainability State-
ment is prepared in accordance with the EU’s Corporate Sustainability
Reporting Directive (CSRD) and the underlying European Sustainability
Reporting Standards (ESRS). We report based on the same consolida-
tion principles as the financial statements, covering all GN divisions,
markets, and global levels. Following the double materiality assess-
ment (DMA) and due diligence processes, this Sustainability Statement
covers all upstream and downstream value chain activities. We have
not used the option to omit a specific piece of information correspond-
ing to intellectual property, know-how, or the results of innovation.
Information and data disclosed about specific IROs may be limited to
certain divisions, employee groups, and products based on the out-
come of the DMA. Where the ESRS allows for this, GN has made use of
phase-in and transitional provisions, meaning we do not report on data
points that are voluntary on this basis for the reporting year except for
topical chapters relating to S2 and S4 and selected data points within
E1-9.
All greenhouse gas (GHG) emission intensity metrics are calculated us-
ing group level revenues apart from the energy intensity for activities
in high climate impact sectors which is calculated based on revenue for
the Hearing division.
Key accounting estimates
For some environmental metrics we have been required to make esti-
mates affecting reported data. For our scope 3 GHG emission account-
ing, we have applied secondary or industry averaged emission factors
in certain categories, as well as for the rate of recyclable content of our
products and packaging, which are based on a high-level assessment of
recyclability of the component materials.
Data completeness has been limited for data points calculated using
product-level assessments (LCAs) or repairability assessments, such as
scope 3 GHG emissions categories 1, 11, and 12, resource inflows and
resource outflows: repairability and rate of recyclable content, since
we have not conducted assessments for all products. For pollution
data, we do not have completeness across our sites so we have esti-
mated using data from sites with similar activities. Some environmen-
tal metrics, particularly in scope 3, have been estimated based on 9
months of actual data.
Some of the environmental metrics in this report are subject to meas-
urement uncertainty because of the limited availability of primary
data, especially where we require downstream value chain data. For
details on the assumptions, approximations, and judgements made in
the estimation of these metrics, please refer to the accounting policies
on pp. 66, 68, 72, 76, and 77. For details on the restated comparative
figures, see pp. 66, 67, 73, 76, and 77.
Disclosures incorporated by reference
Information that is mandatory to disclose as part of the ESRS and that
has been placed outside of the Sustainability Statement relates to
ESRS2 GOV-1 21 1 a), b), c), and e) are included in the management re-
port under “Board of Directors” on pp. 41-43. Disclosure requirement
ESRS2 GOV-1 d) is included under “Gender Diversity at Board and
Leadership levels” on p. 40. All other ESRS-mandatory information is
disclosed in the Sustainability Statement.
Disclosures from other legislations
In addition to information prescribed in ESRS, we have disclosed infor-
mation about the EU Taxonomy Regulation (see pp. 57-60), article 99d
of the Danish Financial Statements Act (see p. 95), and article 107d of
the Danish Financial Statements Act (see pp. 85-86).
General disclosure requirements
54/195
55/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Sustainability due diligence
___________________________________
GOV-4
For an overview of our due diligence initiatives and supply chain en-
gagement, the table below captures the core elements of this process
and the references to the relevant paragraphs in this report.
Sustainability reporting risk management and internal controls
___________________________________
GOV-5
Our sustainability reporting is integrated into the annual reporting pro-
cess, which has a well-established process for internal approval, con-
trols, and preparation for external assurance. ESG data is subject to in-
ternal controlling through a dedicated ESG control function in our
finance organization. As 2025 is the second year of CSRD reporting, the
control environment is still developing and less mature than in finan-
cial reporting.
Using a risk methodology aligned with our enterprise risk management
process, where we considered likelihood and impact of a risk material-
izing, we established that the main risks associated with our sustaina-
bility reporting relate to the accuracy and completeness of data, espe-
cially where ESG data is derived from spend data (versus activity data),
where we depend on input from suppliers that is not third-party veri-
fied, or where we must estimate using data from different time periods
or geographies. To reduce these risks, we take the following measures:
For ESG data derived from financial data, all financial input
data used are sourced from same data used in the financial
statements
Where we are dependent on supplier input data, such as for
LCAs, we use third-party verified data where it is available
Where we use estimates, we base these on the closest possi-
ble time periods and geographies or widely used third-party
datasets, such as EcoInvent for carbon emission factors
Metrics reported in this report which are partly based on estimates are
a result of management's best estimate.
ESRS 2 GOV
-2 Information provided to
, and sustainability matters addressed by the undertakings administrative
, management, and
supervisory bodies
, p. 51
ESRS 2 GOV-3 Sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes, p. 52
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks and opportunities and how they interact with its strategy and business model, pp. 49 -50
Core elements
of due diligence
Paragraphs in the Sustainability Statement
Embedding due diligence in
governance
, strategy and
business model
ESRS 2 GOV-2 Information provided to, and sustainability matters addressed by the undertakings administrative, management, and
supervisory bodies
, p. 51
ESRS 2 SBM-2 Interests and views of stakeholders, p. 53
ESRS 2 IRO
-1 Process to identify and assess material impacts, risks, and opportunities, p. 49
MDR-P Policies adopted to manage material sustainability matters
(see topical chapters
)
Engaging with affected
stakeholders in all key steps
of the due diligence
ESRS 2 IRO-1 Process to identify and assess material impacts, risks, and opportunities, p. 49
ESRS 2 SBM-3 Material impacts, risks, and opportunities and how they interact with its strategy and business model, pp. 49 -50
S1-1 Policies related to own workforce, p. 81
S2-2 Processes for engaging with value chain workers about impacts, p. 53
S2-4 Taking action on material impacts on value chain workers, and approaches to managing material risks related to value chain workers,
and effectiveness of those actions, p. 92
Identifying and assessing
adverse impacts
Taking actions to address
those adverse impacts
MDR-M Metrics in relation to material sustainability matters (see topical chapters)
MDR
-T Tracking effectiveness of policies and actions through targets
(see topical chapters
)
E2-3 Targets related to pollution, pp. 71 -72
S2-5 Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks, p. 92
Tracking the effectiveness
of these efforts and
communicating
MDR-A Actions and resources in relation to material sustainability matters (see topical chapters)
S1-1 Policies related to own workforce, p. 81
S2-2 Processes for engaging with value chain workers about impacts, p. 53
S2-4 Taking action on material impacts on value chain workers, and approaches to managing material risks related to value chain workers,
and effectiveness of those actions, p. 92
* Excluded economic activities based on the 10% materiality threshold: CE 5.2 Sale of spare parts [<1% Turnover], CCM 6.5 / CCA 6.5 Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and light commercial vehicles [<1% CAPEX/OPEX], CCM 7.1 / CCA 7.1 / CE 3.1 Construction of new buildings [~1% CAPEX], CCM 7.2 / CCA 7.2 / CE 3.2
Renovation of existing buildings [~2% CAPEX, <1% OPEX], CCM 7.3 / CCA 7.3 Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment [<1% CAPEX/OPEX], CCM 7.4 / CCA 7.4 Installation, maintenance and repair of charging stations of electric vehicles in buildings (and parking spaces attached to buildings) [<1%
CAPEX/OPEX], CCM 7.5 / CCA 7.5 Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulation and controlling energy performance of buildings [<1% OPEX], CCM 8.1 / CCA 8.1 Data processing, hosting and related activities [<1% CAPEX/OPEX]
EU Taxonomy Regulation disclosure 57
Climate change 61
Pollution 71
Resource use and circular economy 74
Sustainability
statement
Environment
56/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Recognition to the world's smallest
AI powered hearing aid
Launched in early 2025, ReSound Vivia has triumphed around the
world among hearing care practitioners and people in search of
better hearing.
With ReSound Vivia, we fundamentally reimagined how AI can en-
hance the hearing experience. Our unique Intelligent Focus feature
mimics natural human behavior, allowing AI to prioritize sounds
based on where the user is looking, not just how loud they are. This
creates a far more intuitive and natural listening experience, seam-
lessly integrating with the user's own perception of their environ-
ment. It's not just about amplifying sound; it's about intelligently
enhancing the sounds that matter most.
The innovative hearing aid has been recognized not only by users,
but also received multiple awards:
Gold at The Stevie Awards for Technology Excellence in
the category of New Product of the Year in Artificial Intel-
ligence
Gold Award by the Industry Eagle Awards for Best Use of
AI in the Healthcare Category
Winner of the AI Award for Healthcare at the 2025 Na-
tional AI Awards
57/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
The EU Taxonomy is a ‘green’ classification system of economic activi-
ties, aimed at promoting sustainable ways of working for financial and
non-financial companies. During 2025, the EU Commission proposed a
number of simplification measures to this regulation, which GN reports
in accordance with.
GN’s eligible economic activities in 2025
In line with these changes, we have performed an eligibility assessment
based on a full screening of our economic activities against those listed
in the Annexes to the climate and environmental delegated acts. Our
findings indicate that three economic activities are considered eligible
based on a threshold of 10% relative to eligible revenue, capital ex-
penditure (CAPEX), and operational expenditure (OPEX). Eligibility is
linked to three of the environment objectives: the transition to a circu-
lar economy, climate change mitigation and adaptation.
Our main business activity is CE 1.2 Manufacture of electrical and elec-
tronic equipment, which relates to the circular economy objective. This
covers the manufacturing and sale of all our products from the Hear-
ing, Enterprise, and Gaming divisions.
In support of this activity, we also engage in CE 5.1 Repair, refurbish-
ment and remanufacturing, which includes repair-related services in all
divisions, as well as remanufacturing of returned products in our Hear-
ing division.
Our third eligible economic activity is CCM / CCA 7.7 Acquisition and
ownership of buildings, which is associated with the climate change
mitigation and adaptation objectives and relates to leases and owner-
ship of various buildings, such as offices, manufacturing sites, and
warehouses.
Our alignment assessment in 2025 focused on CE 1.2 as we consider it
to be material to our business model given that it covers most of our
eligible proportions of revenue, CAPEX, and OPEX. Based on a brief as-
sessment of the other two economic activities, we have found that nei-
ther of these can be considered Taxonomy-aligned. As these are not
considered core activities, we have not prioritized conducting a full
alignment assessment. For example, we cannot document our compli-
ance with the Do No Significant Harm (DNSH) criteria under climate
change adaptation, which requires us to adapt our assets against iden-
tified physical climate risks.
Accounting practice
The financial KPIs are expressed as the eligible proportion of turnover,
capitalized expenditure, and direct non-capitalized expenditures which
are related to a product, service, asset, or process of an eligible eco-
nomic activity. The reporting scope covers the entirety of GN Group
and its subsidiaries. We also have processes in place to make sure there
is no double counting in the reported information.
In contrast to our disclosure in 2024, and in line with the updated regu-
lation, we have excluded economic activities which do not meet the
10% threshold.
This means a minor reduction in the eligible proportion
of our turnover, CAPEX, and OPEX KPIs (see below footnote for an
overview of the excluded economic activities)*. No other key drivers
have resulted in year-on-year changes in the KPIs.
Turnover
The turnover KPI is defined as Taxonomy-eligible turnover divided by
total turnover. The total turnover is GN’s total net revenue. Our con-
solidated net revenue can be reconciled to our consolidated financial
statements (see section 2.1).
CAPEX
The CAPEX KPI is defined as Taxonomy-eligible CAPEX divided by total
CAPEX. The total CAPEX consists of additions to tangible and intangi-
ble assets, before depreciation, amortization, and any re-
measurements. It includes acquisitions of property plant and equip-
ment, intangible assets, leases with usage rights (IFRS 16), investment
properties, additions due to acquired business but excludes current and
non-current assets, as well as goodwill. The total additions under the
CAPEX KPI can be reconciled to our consolidated financial statements
(see sections 3.1 and 3.2).
OPEX
The OPEX KPI is defined as Taxonomy-eligible OPEX divided by total
OPEX. The total OPEX consists of research and development, exclud-
ing overheads; building renovation, short-term lease agreements,
maintenance/upkeep and repairs, and any other direct expenditure re-
lated to the routine maintenance of tangible assets by us or by the
third party to whom activities are outsourced that are necessary to en-
sure the continued and effective functioning of such assets.
EU Taxonomy alignment in 2025
To align with the EU Taxonomy, these activities need to comply with
all of the substantial contribution criteria, as well as the DNSH and
minimum safeguards criteria.
While we have established that none of our revenue, CAPEX, nor OPEX
fully meets these requirements, we have undertaken a systematic re-
view of existing initiatives, including our updated Better for planet sus-
tainability strategy, to better understand the potential for making a
substantial contribution to the circular economy objective under our
main economic activity in the future (see p. 59). For a complete over-
view of all our circularity initiatives, and how these relate to the EU
Taxonomy requirements (see E5, pp. 74-79).
EU Taxonomy Regulation disclosure
* Excluded economic activities based on the 10% threshold: CE 5.2 Sale of spare parts [<1% Turnover], CCM 6.5 / CCA 6.5 Transport by motorbikes, passenger cars and light commercial vehicles [<1% CAPEX/OPEX], CCM 7.1 / CCA 7.1 / CE 3.1 Construction of new buildings
[~1% CAPEX], CCM 7.2 / CCA 7.2 / CE 3.2 Renovation of existing buildings [~2% CAPEX, <1% OPEX], CCM 7.3 / CCA 7.3 Installation, maintenance and repair of energy efficiency equipment [<1% CAPEX/OPEX], CCM 7.4 / CCA 7.4 Installation, maintenance and repair of charging
stations of electric vehicles in buildings (and parking spaces attached to buildings) [<1% CAPEX/OPEX], CCM 7.5 / CCA 7.5 Installation, maintenance and repair of instruments and devices for measuring, regulation and controlling energy performance of buildings [<1% OPEX],
CCM 8.1 / CCA 8.1 Data processing, hosting and related activities [<1% CAPEX/OPEX]
Financial year 2025
2025
Breakdown by environmental objectives of Taxonomy aligned activities
KPI
(1)
Total
(2)
Proportion of Tax-
onomy eligible ac-
tivities (3)
Taxonomy aligned
activities (4)
Proportion
of Taxonomy
aligned
activities (5)
Climate
Change Miti-
gation
(6)
Climate
Change
Adaption
(7)
Water (8)
Circular
Economy
(9)
Pollution
(10)
Bio-
diversity (11)
Proportion of ena-
bling activities (12)
Proportion
of transitional ac-
tivities (13)
Not assessed activ-
ities
considered non-
material (14)
Taxonomy aligned activ-
ities in previous financial
year (2024) (15)
Proportion of
Taxonomy aligned activ-
ities in previous financial
year (2024) (26)
DKK m % DKK m %
% % % % % %
% % % DKK %
Turnover
16,782 99% - 0%
0%
0% 0% 1% - 0%
CAPEX
1,667
95%
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
5%
-
0%
OPEX
1,963
99%
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
1%
-
0%
Turnover
Financial year 2025
2025
Environmental objective of Taxonomy aligned activities
Economic activities
Code
(2)
Taxonomy eligible KPI
(Proportion of Taxon-
omy eligible Turnover)
(3)
Taxonomy aligned KPI
(monetary value of
Turnover) (4)
Taxonomy aligned KPI
(Proportion of Taxon-
omy aligned Turnover)
(5)
Climate
Change Miti-
gation (6)
Climate
Change
Adaption
(7)
Water (8)
Circular
Economy
(9)
Pollution
(10)
Biodiversity
(11)
Enabling activity
(12)
Transitional activ-
ity 813)
Proportion of Taxonomy
aligned in Taxonomy eli-
gible (14)
%
DKK m
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Manufacture of electrical and electronic equipment
CE 1.2
99%
-
0%
0%
0%
Sum of alignment per objective
0%
Total KPI (Turnover)
99%
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
CAPEX
Financial year 2025
2025
Environmental objective of Taxonomy aligned activities
Economic activities
Code
(2)
Taxonomy eligible KPI
(Proportion of Taxon-
omy eligible CAPEX) (3)
Taxonomy aligned KPI
(monetary value of
CAPEX) (4)
Taxonomy aligned KPI
(Proportion of Taxon-
omy aligned CAPEX) (5)
Climate
Change Miti-
gation (6)
Climate
Change
Adaption
(7)
Water (8)
Circular
Economy
(9)
Pollution
(10)
Biodiversity
(11)
Enabling activity
(12)
Transitional activ-
ity 813)
Proportion of Taxonomy
aligned in Taxonomy eli-
gible (14)
%
DKK m
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Manufacture of electrical and electronic equipment
CE 1.2
89%
-
0%
0%
0%
Acquisition and ownership of buildings
CCM / CCA 7.7
7%
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
Sum of alignment per objective
-
0%
0%
0%
Total KPI (CAPEX)
95%
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
OPEX
Financial year 2025
2025
Environmental objective of Taxonomy aligned activities
Economic activities
Code
(2)
Taxonomy eligible KPI
(Proportion of Taxon-
omy eligible OPEX) (3)
Taxonomy aligned KPI
(monetary value of
OPEX) (4)
Taxonomy aligned KPI
(Proportion of Taxon-
omy aligned OPEX) (5)
Climate
Change Miti-
gation (6)
Climate
Change
Adaption
(7)
Water (8)
Circular
Economy
(9)
Pollution
(10)
Biodiversity
(11)
Enabling activity
(12)
Transitional activ-
ity 813)
Proportion of Taxonomy
aligned in Taxonomy eli-
gible (14)
%
DKK m
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Manufacture of electrical and electronic equipment
CE 1.2
75%
-
0%
0%
0%
Repair, refurbishment and remanufacturing
CE 5.1
17%
-
0%
0%
0%
Acquisition and ownership of buildings
CCM / CCA 7.7
7%
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
Sum of alignment per objective
0%
0%
0%
Total KPI (OPEX)
99%
-
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
59/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
Progress towards EU Taxonomy alignment
The visual on the right depicts our progress towards alignment for our
main economic activity, CE 1.2 Manufacture of electrical and electronic
equipment. We have only focused on the substantial contribution crite-
ria as we consider these requirements to have the main synergies with
existing initiatives and strategic pillars in our Better for planet strategy.
The scope for this assessment is all GN divisions and eligible products
(i.e. products defined under electrical and electronic equipment). The
criteria were assessed based on whether we fully, partially, or fail to ful-
fil the requirements as set out under the relevant Annex of the environ-
mental delegated act. We consider the criteria to be fulfilled if all re-
quirements were met or partially fulfilled if only one or more of the re-
quirements (but not all) were met. If none of the requirements were
met, we consider the criteria not fulfilled. Finally, some of the criteria
were considered not relevant to GN as the requirements cannot be ap-
plied to our products.
To understand how our progress towards alignment will evolve over
the next reporting periods, we expect that as we achieve our targets
under the relevant strategic pillars, we will fulfil more of the substan-
tial contribution criteria. See more details on the next page.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
59/195
Better for
planet strategic
pillars
Circularity through design
Improve repairability via design for repair initiatives
with suppliers
Improve recyclability by aligning with EN standards
Circularity through material recovery
Expand remanufacturing scope in the Hearing division
to wireless accessories and chargers
Expanding TCO Certified
Continuously meet requirements of TCO Certified for
covered products
Advancing circular products and services Limiting our use of hazardous substances
Substantial
contribution criteria
4.3 Restrictions on the use of
other substances
Criteria fulfilled Criteria partially fulfilled
Criteria not fulfilled
Criteria not relevant to GN
5.5 Separate collection of
waste electronics
5.3 Tracking of SVHCs
4.2 Absolute restrictions on
certain hazardous substances
5.7 Take -back and collection
systems for portable batteries
5.4 Buy-back, sell -back, and
take-back options
5.2 Recovery potential of
critical raw materials
4.1 Demonstrated process
for proactive substitution
5.6 Participation in EPR
schemes
Environmental benefits
( N.A)
5.1 Product end-of-life
management
4. Hazardous
substances
5. End-of-life management
1.3 Availability of key spare
parts
3.2 Software compatibility
with circularity
1.6 Commercial guarantee (3 -
year warranty)
1.2 Third-party and
professional repairers
Data privacy and
confidentiality (N.A)
3.1 Removable and portable
batteries
2.2 Use of applicable EN
Standards for recyclability
1.5 Non-destructive
disassembly
1.1 Product repair scoring
systems
Full reset function of devices
(N.A)
Software update
requirements (N.A)
2.1 Demonstrated superior
recyclability of products
1.4 Public availability of
instructions
1. Repairability 3. Long lifetime, reuse, and remanufacturing2. Recyclability
Health and safety risks of
repair (N.A)
60/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
1. Repairability (criteria partially fulfilled)
We have assessed most of the criteria to be partially fulfilled
based on our existing repair initiatives, see pp. 74-79. Beyond
applying GN’s internal repairability index to assess the repaira-
bility potential of our products, we are also working to ensure
we comply with external indices, such as the upcoming EU re-
pairability index for our products
We will move towards fully satisfying the criteria through our
repair program (see pp. 74-79). This includes initiatives aimed
at designing products with high repairability and enabling re-
pair through the development of out of warranty repair, as
well as making repair guides, repair kits, and spare parts avail-
able through a global repair network
2. Recyclability (criteria not fulfilled)
While we have currently not fulfilled the criterion requiring an
assessment of recyclability, as part of Better for planet we are
taking the needed steps by developing a new ‘design for recy-
cling’ framework in 2026 to guide product development. The
aim is to ensure all new product initiatives will align with EN
standards, such as EN 45555:2019, thereby demonstrating su-
perior recyclability, in accordance with the taxonomy require-
ment
3. Long lifetime, reuse, and remanufacturing (criteria partially fulfilled)
This criterion applies to our wireless products, where some of
our most recent product launches already comply with the re-
quirements. More specifically, we are ensuring compliance
with the EU’s new battery legislation, requiring that all new
products allow end-users to readily remove and replace the
battery without using specialized or proprietary tools
Other criteria relate to software update requirements and re-
set functions, which do not apply to our products. While our
products can be used with various software (e.g. Jabra Direct),
they do not depend on them to function as intended. How-
ever, it is unclear whether in-house software calibration can
have negative impacts on the circularity potential of our prod-
ucts, e.g. the ability of a third party or professional repairer to
undertake more complex repairs
4. Hazardous substances (criteria partially fulfilled)
We comply with both the Registration, Evaluation, Authorisa-
tion and Restriction of Chemicals (REACH) and Restriction of
Hazardous Substances (RoHS) regulations across all divisions,
warranting that any relevant hazardous substances are not
used or contained in our products (at or above the specified
concentration limits)
To further comply with these criteria, proactive substitution of
hazardous substances is required to the extent possible. More-
over, all substances of very high concern (SVHCs) should be
tracked accordingly via public tools, such as in the SCIP data-
base. While we meet these criteria in our Enterprise and Hear-
ing divisions, such as by phasing out the use of hazardous sub-
stances like halogen, we do not consistently apply this practice
across all divisions (see pp. 71-73)
5. End-of-life management (criteria partially fulfilled)
GN partially fulfils relevant criteria related to product end-of-
life management, which is linked to ongoing compliance with
the waste electrical and electronic equipment directive
(WEEE). We ensure reporting and financial contributions are
made in relation to relevant extended producer responsibility
(EPR) schemes in the member states where GN is classified as
a manufacturer. This relates to product volumes and weights,
including recycling information to enable separate collection
for waste electronics and portable batteries
While we do not fully satisfy requirements for recovery poten-
tial and take- or buy-back options for our products, as well as
waste batteries, we are taking steps to move towards fulfilling
these criteria through existing initiatives focused on design for
repairability and recyclability. This will enhance the ability to
access critical and replaceable components, therefore improv-
ing end-of-life management and recycling possibilities
DNSH criteria
To understand our performance against the EU Taxonomy as
baseline, our assessment has prioritized the substantial contri-
bution criteria. We have therefore not performed a full assess-
ment of the DNSH criteria
Minimum Safeguards
Assuming we achieve the objectives of the human rights due
diligence pillar of Better for planet and maintain our existing
due diligence processes in relation to corruption and bribery,
taxation and fair competition, we expect that we will fulfil the
requirements of not only the Minimum Safeguards, but also
the upcoming Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive
(CSDDD)
More specifically, initiatives aimed at strengthening our hu-
man rights due diligence process, such as requiring both our
tier 1 and tier 2 suppliers to undergo third-party audit pro-
grams, where required, by the RBA, will move us closer to-
wards complying with the human rights requirements under
the minimum safeguards (see pp. 90-92)
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
61/195
Material impacts, risks, and opportunities
___________________________________
IRO-1, SBM-3; E1-9
We have identified seven IROs related to climate change and energy,
reflecting the dependence of our business model on fossil fuel-inten-
sive industries and activities, as well as our exposure to the physical im-
pacts of climate change and the legislation devised to address it.
In making the transition to net zero, GN could also realize opportunities
to reduce operational costs in the short term and potentially create
new revenue streams in the long term.
Our approach to assessing climate-related risks and opportunities
Our ERM process continuously identifies new business risks and in-
cludes processes related to defining and managing climate-related
risks. We have carried out a climate-related risk assessment, including
a climate scenario analysis.
GN’s exposure to climate-related hazards and transition events were
assessed for sites in our own operations, key supply chain activities, and
the market locations of our customers. The risk assessment and resili-
ence analysis excluded downstream activities beyond the customer's
own operations. Climate-related acute and chronic physical risks cov-
ered were extreme weather events, heat and water stress, wildfires and
sea level rise. Transition risks covered included carbon pricing, regula-
tory change, changing customer behavior, and availability of materials.
For climate-related physical risks, geolocations data for our facilities
and those of our suppliers were used, while country- and regional-level
analysis was applied across the value chain activities.
The magnitude and likelihood of physical and transition risks were as-
sessed irrespective of planned mitigating actions. Anticipated financial
effects were assessed through a resilience analysis and expressed in
terms of potential financial loss or gain (e.g. in revenue, operational
costs, asset value), given GN’s current corporate strategy, including our
climate targets. Qualitative assessments were carried out, using vari-
ous data inputs, as well as our product LCAs, corporate GHG account-
ing, and publicly available tools and reports, such as the WWF Water
Risk Filter, climate impact projections from IPCC AR6 WGII, and the
World Bank Carbon Pricing Dashboard. We also looked at historical in-
cidence of extreme weather events and consequent disruption in own
operations and supply chain.
Climate scenario analysis
The scenario analysis applied four scenarios: a high-emission future
(SSP3-7.0), low-emission future (SSP1-2.6), International Energy
Agency (IEA) Net-Zero Emissions by 2050 (NZE), and IEA STEPS. The
SSP3-7.0 scenario gives us the likely upper end risk exposure of the
business to climate-related hazards in the future (near- and mid-term
Climate change
Material IROs
Description
Scopes
1 and
2 emissions
Scope
3 emissions
Reliance on fossil fuels
Cost volatility risks related
to the climate transition
Financial opportunities from
products and services with a
lower environmental impact
Extreme weather events
Energy efficiency
Impact: Risk:
Opportunity:
Addressed in
value chain
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Part of our operations run on fossil fuels, resulting in both scopes 1 and 2 emissions with
negative impacts on the environment
A majority of our value chain run on fossil fuels, resulting in high value chain emissions
(scope 3) with negative impacts on the environment
The majority of energy used in our value chain is from fossil fuels, as well as some energy
used in our own operations. This results in negative impacts on the environment
GN faces higher costs and supply constraints from higher customer, carbon pricing and
compliance demands, risking market shares if we cannot meet these
There is an opportunity to create new revenue streams from products or services with a
lower environmental impact, such as low-carbon and refurbished products or product
takeback and recycling schemes
Extreme weather events in the long-term could disrupt our operations, leading to higher
operational costs due impacts on productivity and supply continuity
Increased energy efficiency will lead to reduced operational costs from lower energy
consumption
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
62/195
reference periods were applied). Here, the Shared Socioeconomic Path-
way 3 was chosen to reflect recent trends in international affairs, while
STEPS was chosen to reflect the current climate policy landscape.
SSP1-2.6, IEA's new Net Zero Roadmap report and NZE were applied to
identify and assess climate-related transition risks and opportunities
that GN may face in the future if the world pursues a path to net-zero
emissions by 2050. In assessing physical risks for the high-emission sce-
nario, poor international cooperation with limited ambition of climate
policies and slow uptake of low-carbon technologies were the drivers
considered. In assessing transition risks, we assumed that the cost of
carbon would increase in the NZE scenario but remain constant for the
STEPS and high-emission scenarios and that the uptake of renewable
energy in the grid would dramatically increase.
The scenario analysis underlying the climate risk assessment and resili-
ence analysis assumed that GN’s core business activities and operating
model and the distribution of major production facilities do not change,
as this is also a key assumption in our Better for planet strategy. We
also assumed that the geographical distribution of customers and sup-
pliers broadly remains the same. These assumptions and the limited
time period of GN’s corporate strategy give rise to uncertainty in the
resilience analysis.
We account for relevant climate-related impacts in our financial plan-
ning but, given that we do not anticipate material short-term financial
implications, they are not integrated into the financial statements. To
better evaluate the most significant long-term risks and opportunities,
we plan to conduct quantitative analysis including financial modelling,
accounting for potential changes to our operating model and produc-
tion locations.
Material climate-related risks and opportunities
A large proportion of GN components and products are manufactured
across China and Southeast Asia, which are areas exposed to long-term
physical risks like extreme weather events, particularly floods, storms,
and heat waves. Such events could lead to supply chain disruption,
causing increased operating costs and potentially loss of revenue and
owned asset value. Regarding events related to the transition to a net-
zero economy, the most significant long-term risk was assessed to be
the increased operational costs associated with introduction and in-
crease of carbon taxes. Adopting new technologies and practices to im-
prove energy efficiency could reduce operating costs in the long term,
and designing products and services with a lower environmental foot-
print that meet new and emerging customer demands could create
new revenue streams in the long term.
Climate strategy
___________________________________
E1-1
We are committed to playing our part in reducing emissions in line with
the scientific consensus to minimize our climate impact. To meet this
commitment, we have a climate transition plan in place, consisting of
our environmental policy, climate-related incentives for the CEO and
CFO (see p. 52), science-based targets, and several decarbonization ini-
tiatives. The policy, targets, and incentives have been approved by the
Board of Directors.
Through the development of Better for planet, the overarching targets
have been folded out into supporting targets, the initiatives have been
detailed in a roadmap to 2030 and the governance framework has been
strengthened to ensure successful implementation of the transition
plan. Our emission reduction initiatives, as described on these pages,
are anchored within our existing business model and financial planning.
In 2025, we applied a 10% threshold in our EU Taxonomy reporting,
which means we have excluded several small secondary economic ac-
tivities that are eligible under the climate change mitigation and adap-
tation objectives. From this, one secondary economic activity (CCM /
CCA 7.7) remains that exceeds the threshold, which is associated with
leases and ownership of various buildings, such as offices, manufactur-
ing sites, and warehouses. However, due to our core business being
heavily associated with the circular economy objective, we have not in-
vested significant CAPEX or OPEX in initiatives tied to CCM / CCA 7.7
(see EU Taxonomy disclosures on pp. 57-60).
None of our assets or business activities are considered incompatible
with or need significant efforts to be compatible with a transition to a
climate-neutral economy, for example due to significant locked-in GHG
emissions or the requirements for alignment to the EU Taxonomy re-
quirements. This is supported by the fact that GN is not excluded from
the Paris-aligned benchmarks. For these reasons, we also do not expect
alignment of our economic activities with the delegated act on climate
objectives to change significantly in future.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
63/195
Policies
___________________________________
E1-2
Our Environmental Policy covers our approach to achieving our climate
targets and meeting our commitment to be net-zero by 2050.
To address our scopes 1 and 2 emissions, where electricity consump-
tion constitutes a major part of our footprint, we prioritize sourcing re-
newable energy through instruments that ensure local generation and
newly or not yet commissioned projects. Opportunities to improve en-
ergy efficiency at our sites are identified, evaluated, and implemented
on an ongoing basis.
As the vast majority of our emissions are in our value chain (scope 3),
we set expectations and requirements to suppliers in GN’s Supplier
Code of Conduct (SCOC), which has been updated to include require-
ments that support the objectives of Better for planet, such as setting
climate targets, switching to renewable energy and providing accurate
carbon data to enable us to track progress and review and adjust our
strategy using a data-driven approach.
We do not consider carbon offsetting as an alternative to carbon re-
duction. We will only engage in carbon removal that is independently
certified, and we will not claim any carbon avoidance claims related to
our products as part of meeting our climate targets (see p. 70).
Climate targets
___________________________________
E1-4
In November 2022, our near-term science-based emission reduction
targets were validated by the SBTi to be aligned with limiting global
warming to 1.5 degrees. We are committed to reducing absolute GHG
emissions in scopes 1 and 2 by 80% and in scope 3 by 25% by 2030
from a 2021 baseline. GN has also set a long-term target to reach net-
zero emissions by 2050 at the latest, meaning a 90% reduction with
neutralization of unabated emissions.
These targets cover all GHGs stipulated in the GHG Protocol and all ac-
tivities in GN’s own operations and value chain globally. Our near-term
targets have been set using SBTi Criteria v5.0 with the absolute con-
traction approach and the cross-sector pathway, which is based on the
P1 scenario in the IPCC Special Report on Global Warming of 1.5°C. It
has been assumed that GN’s core business activities will not change by
2030. We have aligned our net-zero target to the SBTi’s cross-sector
absolute reduction method for long-term targets.
Through our climate targets, we demonstrate our commitment to en-
sure our business is compatible with the transition to a net-zero econ-
omy and with the limiting of global warming to 1.5°C in line with the
Paris Agreement. Our 2030 reduction targets are the first milestone to-
wards achieving net-zero emissions by 2050, which we currently assess
to be reachable without changing our business model. The necessary
reductions can be achieved through several decarbonization levers,
some of which have been integrated into Better for planet under the
Clean Power and Electrification and Circularity Through Design pillars
(see p. 48.) Other levers, such as reducing the share of air freight ship-
ments, exist elsewhere in GN’s functional and divisional strategies.
When identifying our decarbonization levers, we used the International
Energy Agency’s Net-Zero Emissions scenario to sketch out the decar-
bonization that will likely occur irrespective of our strategy. For exam-
ple, the expected share of renewable energy in the power grids for our
major markets was relevant to understanding the trajectory for our
scope 3 category 11 emissions, irrespective of any potential improve-
ments to the energy efficiency of our products.
An estimated 33,216 tCO2e are locked-in emissions from the use phase
of GN products sold in 2025, representing 14% of our total scope 3
emissions (see p. 68). These emissions are a result of our product port-
folio over this time period and the global energy mix. While the nature
of our business model means we cannot anticipate changes in emis-
sions related to our product portfolio, we expect substantial decreases
as the global energy sector decarbonizes and, given typical product
lifetimes, we assume that the locked-in emissions will not prevent us
from reaching net-zero by 2050, regardless of the pace of the renewa-
ble-energy transition.
Target
Scopes
Base year
Baseline value*
Target year
Target value
Reduction %
Current value
Progress to target
%
Target reference
value**
Methodology
Near-term target 1
Scope 1 (23%) scope 2 market-based (77%)
2021
9,831
2030
1,966
80%
4,603
66%
5,702
Science-based target, approved by SBTi
Near-term target 2
Scope 3
2021
356,424
2030
267,318
25%
239,723
131%
178,212
Science-based target, approved by SBTi
Long-term target
Scopes 1 (<1%), 2 (2%) and 3 (98%)
2021
366,255
2050
36,626
90%
244,326
37%
36,626
Science-based target, not approved by SBTi
*
Target baselines for scope 3 and net-zero targets have been restated (see p. 67)
** Cross-sector (ACA) reductions pathway based on the year 2020 as the reference year from Pathways to Net-zero SBTi Technical Summary (Version 1.0, October 2021)
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
64/195
Performance against our 2030 targets
Scopes 1 and 2 emissions increased in 2025 because of a combination
of the temporary overlap of our two major sites in the U.S. and in-
creased electricity consumption outside of the PPA in Denmark. How-
ever, we are still on track to meet our 2030 target of 80% reduction in
scopes 1 and 2 emissions, having reduced our emissions by 53% versus
the baseline. In scope 3, a further decrease in 2025 means that we re-
main beyond our reduction target of 25% by 2030, having reduced
emissions by 33% from the baseline.
While we have made real emission reductions through our continued
efforts, manufacturing of products in the Enterprise and Gaming divi-
sions remains one of our largest emission drivers. Given our growth am-
bitions and the gap to our net-zero target, our drive to decarbonize re-
mains to decouple our emissions from growth in the business.
Scopes 1 & 2 emissions (tCO2eq)
Beyond 2030
We are focused on executing Better for planet to reach our 2030 tar-
gets and expect this will set the foundation to achieve the required de-
carbonization to achieve net zero between 2030 and 2050. Achieving
our target to be net zero in 2050 will require that we continuously as-
sess whether we need further adjustments to our strategy and poten-
tially our business model, including the use of new technologies partic-
ularly related to use of sustainably sourced materials in our products
and the use of low-carbon fuels by our logistics partners. As our strat-
egy period does not extend beyond 2030 and there are many uncer-
tainties around the decarbonization pathways of the industries we de-
pend on in our value chain in the period 2030-2050, we cannot yet as-
sess the nature and extent of the required adjustments. We do believe
reaching our 2050 net-zero target is achievable, as there is no indica-
tion from our climate scenario analysis that decarbonization trends in
the power and transport sectors will prevent us from reaching this.
Scope 3 emissions (tCO2eq)
As part of our Better for planet strategy,
we have set renewable energy targets
for tier 1 suppliers and tier 2 suppliers of
carbon-intensive components.
Climate actions
___________________________________
E1-3
Several initiatives have been implemented in 2025, using the decarbon-
ization levers we have identified (see table on p. 65). While some initia-
tives have led to direct emission reductions in 2025, others such as the
development of our global renewable energy program have laid the
groundwork for us to make significant future reductions to meet our
climate targets.
In 2025, we also conducted 10 new product LCAs and updated 5 exist-
ing LCAs. Next year, we plan to integrate the supplier-specific data
from our tier 1 and selected tier 2 suppliers that will be made available
via the implementation of Better for planet.
267,318
35,642
49%
9%
25%
3%
14%
2021
55%
9%
14%
7%
15%
2024
58%
8%
14%
7%
13%
2025 2030 target 2050 Net zero target
356,424
267,490
239,723
-33%
Purchased goods and services
Other activitiesUpstream transportation and distribution
Employee transportUse of sold products
Total scope 3 emissions
983
2021 2024 2025 2030 2050 Net zero target
9,831
4,183
4,
603
1,966
-53%
Scope 1 actuals Scope 2 actuals Targets
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
65/195
80% reduction in scopes 1 and 2
100% renewable power at all GN
sites
Decarbonization
levers
Associated targets
Actions planned beyond
2025
Renewable
energy at GN
Of the reduction in market-based scope 2
emissions from the baseline, 40% was achieved
through the unbundled RECs purchased in 2025.
Local target at our site in
Malaysia: 0% increase in
electricity consumption in 2025
from
2024
Energy
efficiency
Energy consumption at our global production site
in Malaysia decreased by 4% from 2024, despite
increased production output. This achieved an
emissions reduction of 116 tCOeq (2%) in
location-based emissions from the baseline.
80% reduction in scopes 1 and 2
Fleet
electrification
Transitioning to electric cars has achieved a
reduction of 57 tCO2eq
, compared with the
scenario where new leases in
2025 were fossil
fuel cars.
Actions taken in 2025
Achieved emissions
reduction in 2025
Expected outcomes/
emissions reduction (tCO2eq)
We developed a roadmap and guidelines for a globally
coordinated renewable energy program aligned with our 2030
climate targets
. This involved technical feasibility assessments
for onsite generation at major production sites, a new
governance structure to support implementation, and the
integration of energy
-related criteria into existing processes
,
such as new site selection. We continued sourcing renewable
energy at several sites in 2025 (see p. 66).
Energy efficiency initiatives have been implemented, such as
after-hours shutdowns of lighting and HVAC systems were
introduced at our production sites in Malaysia and India.
31 out of 98 (32%) new car leases in 2025 were battery electric
vehicles or plug-in hybrid vehicles
. The GN-owned
fossil fuel
vehicle at our Xiamen production site was replaced with an
electric vehicle.
Implementation of the new long-term
global renewable energy program.
Energy audits to be conducted at all
production facilities.
We will continue to electrify our company
fleet, including changes to local company
car policies and replacement of onsite
vehicles.
Reduce market-based scope 2 emissions from
electricity to zero by 2030.
An estimated reduction in power consumption by
114 MWh per year, avoiding approximately 70
tCO2eq (1%) of location -based scope 2 emissions per
year from the implemented energy efficiency
initiative in Malaysia
.
Reducing the number of fossil fuel cars in our fleet
will lead to an increasing annual reduction of our
scope 1 emissions
, the majority of which come from
car fuels.
25% reduction in scope 3
Renewable energy
in the supply chain
Impact on emissions to be measured upon
implementation.
As part of
Better for planet
, we have set renewable energy
targets for tier 1 suppliers and tier 2 suppliers of carbon
intensive components, which have been further supported by
an update to our Supplier Code of Conduct.
In 2026, we will implement a new supplier
engagement program to increase adoption
of renewable energy in line with our 2030
targets.
While supplier emissions data accuracy is expected
to improve with the implementation of this initiative,
we estimate that these targets will lead to a
reduction of 3-5% in current scope 3 emissions,
depending on growth in production volumes to
2030
.
25% reduction in scope 3
Reducing the share
of air freight
Further reduction in the share of air freight (by
tonkm) from the global to regional distribution
hubs in our Enterprise and Gaming divisions to
14% from 17% in 2024 was the main driver for the
absolute reduction of 10,578 tCO2eq in scope 3
category 4 emissions in 2025.
Minimizing air freight in our inbound logistics (by weight) has been an ongoing initiative since 2021. We will
continue to switch to ocean or ground freight where possible and have dedicated short -term bonus objectives to
support this initiative.
We expect further emission reductions from this
action, but we are not able to quantify these, as
freight volumes fluctuate.
Product design:
low-carbon
materials
An estimated 372 tCO2eq reduction was achieved
for Enterprise and Gaming products released in
2025 by replacing virgin aluminium and virgin
fossil plastics with recycled or renewable
alternatives.
We launched 11 new products containing recycled or
biocircular materials in 2025. Of the total weight of plastic and
metal used in our products in 2025, 5.2% was recycled or
biocircular (up from 2.7% in 2024).
We continuously test recycled and bio -based
alternatives for their suitability for use in
mechanical components. This testing will be
rolled out to our Hearing division and
feasibility of expanding to electronic
components will be investigated.
25% reduction in scope 3
40% recycled and sustainably
sourced bio-based materials
(see E5-3 on pp.74-75)
We expect further emission reductions from this
action
, but we
are not able to quantify these
, as
production volumes vary.
Actions to reduce emissions
___________________________________
E1-3
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
66/195
Energy consumption & mix
___________________________________
E1-5
Total energy consumption has increased 14% from 2024, primarily
because of the overlap in operations at our U.S. manufacturing sites.
This is also reflected in increased total energy consumption from high
climate impact sectors. GN’s renewable energy share increased from
42% in 2024 to 47%. To achieve this, we procured 4,510 MWh of
bundled Renewable Energy Certificate (RECs) 4,500 MWh from a
power purchase agreement (PPA) in Denmark and 10 MWh from green
tariffs) and 9,758 MWh of unbundled RECs from solar or wind
generation in Malaysia, China, and the U.S. Our new site in Sydney,
Australia, is heated and cooled using onsite solar power generation.
Restatements
We have restated selected energy mix metrics for 2024, as we have
corrected in error in our accounting of electricity from the PPA in
Denmark, as well as updating the national mixes to use residual mix.
Energy intensity based on net revenue
Unit
2025
2024
Total energy consumption from activities in high climate im-
pact sectors
MWh
24,708
18,072
Net revenue from activities in high climate impact sectors
DKKm
7,214
7,104
Energy intensity MWh/ DKK million
3,43
2,54
Accounting policies
Energy consumption and mix
Only energy purchased directly from the vendor is included. Where actual
energy consumption from invoices is unavailable, consumption is esti-
mated based on the relevant historical period. For the calculation of the
consumption, refer to the accounting policies for GHG emissions in scopes
1 and 2 on p. 69.
For electricity and heat, supplier-specific energy mix is used where availa-
ble. Otherwise, national grid mix is assumed (residual mix where available),
sourced from country-level data on electricity generation sources from the
IEA. Aside from consumption in Denmark, where renewable versus residual
mix electricity is split on a monthly level, the energy mix is applied to the
total annual consumption for any given site or vehicle. This applies for both
actual and estimated consumption data.
For car fuel consumption, where only distance data is available, the aver-
age fuel consumption per km for different vehicle types is estimated using
fuel economy data from the U.S. Department of Energy (2024).
Renewable energy sources considered are solar, wind, hydro, geothermal,
tidal, and biomass. Where single sources were not identifiable, they are ac-
counted for as ‘other renewable sources’. Waste is considered as a non-re-
newable energy source.
High climate impact sector: GN’s Hearing division falls under NACE Code
C26.6: Manufacture of irradiation, electromedical, and electrotherapeutic
equipment.
MWh
2025
2024
2024 (previously disclosed)
Fuel consumption from coal and coal products
-
-
-
Fuel consumption from crude oil and petroleum products
10,354
11,613
11,613
Fuel consumption from natural gas
4,391
2,064
2,064
Fuel consumption from other fossil sources
-
-
-
Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam, and cooling from fossil sources
4,051
4,710
5,200
Total fossil energy consumption
18,796
18,387
18,897
Share of fossil sources in total energy consumption
52%
57%
59%
Consumption from nuclear sources
524
319
366
Share of consumption from nuclear sources in total energy consumption
1%
1%
1%
Fuel consumption for renewable sources, including biomass
-
-
-
Consumption of purchased or acquired electricity, heat, steam, and cooling from renewable sources
17,048
13,311
12,754
The consumption of self-generated non-fuel renewable energy
-
-
-
Total renewable energy consumption
17,048
13,311
12,754
Share of renewable sources in total energy consumption
47%
42%
40%
Total energy consumption
36,368
32,017
32,017
15%
24%
43%
9%
2024
27%
7%
2025
Bundled RECs
Unbundled RECs
FuelsDistrict heatingResidual mix electricity
42%
Renewable
energy
58%
Non-renewable
energy
47%
Renewable
energy
53%
Non-renewable
energy
6%
5%
41%
12%
Renewable heating
5%
Grid renewables
3%
3%
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
67/195
Greenhouse gas emissions
___________________________________
E1-6
Scopes 1 and 2
GHG emissions in scopes 1 and 2 (market-based) have increased by
10% from 2024, which was mainly caused by an 113% increase in sta-
tionary scope 1 emissions from natural gas heating at our Bloomington
and Shakopee production sites. Given the decreasing activity at our
Bloomington site, we expect scope 1 emissions to decrease again in
2026. Mobile emissions have decreased by 11% since 2024, primarily
from the electrification of the company car fleet.
Market-based scope 2 emissions have increased by 18% from 2024 but
remain 77% lower than the 2021 baseline. An increase in electricity
consumption in Denmark that is not covered by the PPA was the main
cause of the increase in 2025. Location-based scope 2 emissions have
increased by 11% from 2024, primarily because of the temporary over-
lap in operations at our Bloomington and Shakopee sites in 2025, which
led to increased electricity consumption.
Scope 3
Total scope 3 emissions have decreased by 10% from 2024 and 33%
from the 2021 baseline, keeping us beyond our 2030 target for scope 3.
The largest contributor to the decrease in scope 3 emissions from 2024
was the 26% drop in category 4 (upstream transportation and distribu-
tion) emissions. This was largely a result of continued reduction in the
share of air freighted shipments.
A 4% decrease occurred in category 1 (purchased goods and services).
Here, emissions from direct procurement decreased by 5% because of
continued low demand for Enterprise and Gaming products, but also
because of the release of more products that contain lower carbon
materials. Indirect procurement emissions decreased by 2% because of
lower spending, particularly on services.
Other larger decreases occurred in category 2 (capital goods), where
emissions have decreased by 24%, mainly because the Shakopee lease
was recognized as an asset in 2024 when entering into the lease, and in
categories 11 (use of sold products), which decreased by 13% from last
year, which was mainly caused by lower sales of Enterprise products
with higher power consumption.
Greenhouse gas intensity
GHG emission intensity per unit revenue (market-based) has also de-
creased by 4% from 2024, which is largely a result of the growth in the
share of GN’s revenue from the Hearing division, which is less carbon
intensive.
Restatements
GN disclosed GHG emissions, covering all business activities, for the
first time in 2021.
Data accuracy for that reporting year is sufficient for reliable represen-
tation of GN’s GHG emissions. However, to improve accuracy, we con-
tinually update our methodology. To ensure comparability, we recalcu-
late the baseline and restate previous year’s emissions where new
methods or data have been used.
GHG emissions in 2021 have been restated for categories 1, 3, and 12,
while categories, 1, 3, 4, 6, 11, and 12 have been restated for 2024, see
table below. The scope 3 target baseline has therefore been restated
for both years. New data from product LCAs conducted during 2025
was the main reason for restating categories 1, 11, and 12. Category 3
has been restated because additional upstream emission factors are
now available for countries where we apply IEA emission factors. Cate-
gory 4 has been restated because of a change in the availability of data
from our suppliers as well as the updating of their methodology to in-
clude actual, rather than assumed distances. Category 6 has been re-
stated because we have reassessed the cost groups that are included in
the spend-based uplift for activities booked outside of partner travel
agencies.
GHG Emissions scope
Previous base-
line (tCO2eq)
Restated base-
line (tCO2eq)
% change
Previous 2024
(tCO2eq)
Restated 2024
(tCO2eq)
% change
Scope 3
349,006
356,424
2
257,107
267,490
4
1 Purchased goods and services
164,916
171,389
4
135,345
146,618
8
3 Fuel and energy-related activities
859
1,745
103
1,100
1,949
77
4 Upstream transportation and distribution
39,932
40,691
2
6 Business travel
9,605
10,219
6
11 Use of sold products
41,792
38,295
-8
12 End-of-life treatment of sold products
2,197
2,257
3
1,542
1,927
25
Total GHG emissions (location-based)
357,717
365,135
2
265,603
275,986
4
Total GHG emissions (market-based)
358,837
366,255
2
261,290
271,673
4
Biogenic emissions in the value chain
-4,956
-4,365
-12
-4,780
-3,999
-16
GHG emissions intensity (tCO2eq/ DKK million)
Total GHG emissions (location-based) per net revenue
19.4
23.2
20
14.8
15.4
5
Total GHG emissions (market-based) per net revenue
19.4
23.3
20
14.5
15.2
5
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
68/195
Accounting policies
Use of primary data
Primary data, meaning energy or emissions (intensity) data from our sup-
pliers, was used across categories 1, 3, 4, 7, and 8, which amounted to an
estimated 10% of our total scope 3 emissions. In category 1, we collected
scopes 1 and 2 emission intensities per unit revenue data from key tier 1
suppliers. In category 4, we collected allocated emissions data for the re-
gional distribution hubs. Primary data is also used in several emission re-
ports from logistics providers, but emissions from this data cannot be in-
cluded in our use of primary data metric. Category 7 included primary data
collected from a sample of employees. In categories 3 and 8, data was ob-
tained on energy use, not supplier-specific upstream emission factors for
the production and distribution of the energy sources.
Sources of uncertainty
There are several sources of measurement uncertainty within our GHG ac-
counting. The most significant are the following:
Category 1 and 2 the use of industry average spend-based
emission factors for indirect procurement, the gap in LCA cover-
age of our product portfolio and the lack of supplier assembly
emissions data in in the baseline year.
Category 4 a potential overlap in data from suppliers covering
outbound shipments, though these shipments do not signifi-
cantly contribute to the total in this category. Also, varied and
changing supplier methodologies, but we mitigate this through
recalculation, where possible.
Category 6 the uplift of emissions from activity data using
spend data and our inability to use new financial account struc-
ture for 2021 uplift.
Category 11 the lack of useable data on the product lifespans
across our product portfolio and the gap in LCA coverage of our
product portfolio.
Category 12 the lack of actual data on the end-of-life treat-
ment of our products and the gap in LCA coverage of our prod-
uct portfolio.
GHG Emissions (tCO2eq)
Calculation method
Emission Factors
2021 (Baseline)
2024
2025
% change
Scope 1 GHG emissions
Gross Scope 1 GHG emissions
DEFRA
2,447
2,748
2,912
6
Percentage Scope 1 GHG emissions from regulated
emissions trading scheme (%)
-
-
-
-
Scope 2 GHG emissions
Gross location-based Scope 2 GHG emissions
IEA, EPA, DEFRA
6,264
5,748
6,356
11
Gross market-based Scope 2 GHG emissions
Energy attribute
-specific, Supplier
specific and residual mixes
7,384
1,435
1,691
18
Scopes 1 & 2 GHG emissions (market-based)
9,831
4,183
4,603
10
Scope 3 GHG emissions
356,424
267,490
239,723
-10
1 Purchased goods and services
Spend-based and LCAs
Ecoinvent, Supplier specific, DEFRA
171,389
146,618
140,143
-4
2 Capital goods
Average spend-based
DEFRA
17,131
12,632
9,612
-24
3 Fuel and energy-related activities
Average-data method
DEFRA, IEA
1,745
1,949
1,974
1
4 Upstream transportation and distribution
Distance-based and average-data
DEFRA, Supplier specific
90,245
40,691
30,113
-26
5 Waste generated in operations
Waste-type-specific
DEFRA
93
230
263
14
6 Business travel
Distance and spend-based
DEFRA
2,630
10,219
8,907
-13
7 Employee commuting
Distance-based
DEFRA
9,617
7,258
7,852
8
8 Upstream leased assets
Asset-specific
IEA, EPA, DEFRA
1,870
1,922
1,348
-30
9 Downstream transportation and distribution
Distance-based and average data
DEFRA
8,953
5,749
4,829
-16
11 Use of sold products
Direct use-phase emissions
IEA, EPA, DEFRA
50,495
38,295
33,216
-13
12 End-of-life treatment of sold products
Waste-type-specific
DEFRA
2,257
1,927
1,466
-24
Total GHG emissions (location-based)
365,135
275,986
248,991
-10
Total GHG emissions (market-based)
366,255
271,673
244,326
-10
Biogenic CO2 emissions in Scope 1
DEFRA
0,10
0,13
0,14
8
Biogenic emissions in the value chain
Ecoinvent, DEFRA
-4,365
-3,999
-3,893
-3
GHG emissions intensity (tCO2eq/ DKK million)
Total GHG emissions (location-based) per net revenue
23,1
15,3
14,8
-3
Total GHG emissions (market-based) per net revenue
23,2
15,1
14,6
-4
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
69/195
Accounting policies
Scopes 1 and 2
Direct emissions (scope 1)
come from the combustion of purchased fuels
onsite for heat and in vehicles
owned or leased by the company, as well as
fugitive emissions, which arise from GN
s use of refrigerant gases in produc-
tion facilities.
Indirect emissions (scope 2) are from purchased electricity and district heat-
ing for production sites and offices and electric or hybrid vehicles that are
owned or leased by the company.
Only fuel, electricity, and heat that is purchased directly from the vendor by
GN is accounted for in scopes 1 and 2
. Natural gas, electricity, and district
heating consumption is reported based on actual consumption from in-
voices, where possible.
Emissions from vehicles is calculated using the fuel
-based method. Fuel or
electricity consumption from vehicles is obtained from either invoices or
system
-generated reports from vendors, including leasing companies and
fuel card vendors. Where consumption
data is unavailable, emissions from
vehicles are accounted for using the distance
-based method.
Where actual data is not available for the reporting period, consumption is
estimated based on the relevant historical period.
The quantity of energy consumed is multiplied by the relevant emission fac-
tor as part of the consolidation process in our environmental management
system. The emission factors are determined from internationally recog-
nized sources:
Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs (DEFRA)
factors for emissions from electricity consumed in the UK, heat, fuel, and
transport, US EPA factors for electricity consumed in the U
.S., and IEA fac-
tors for all other electricity consumption. GHG emission attributes (from
RECs), supplier
-specific and residual mix factors are used to calculate mar-
ket
-based scope 2 emissions. Otherwise, location-based factors are used.
E
mission factors applied to scope 2 emissions do not separate the percent-
age of biomass or biogenic CO
2.
Scope 3
Reporting of scope 3 GHG emissions is based on the GHG Protocol
guid-
ance
. Categories 10 (Processing of sold products), 13 (Downstream leased
assets)
and 14 (Franchises) are not relevant to GN and are not reported.
Category 15 (Investments) is not deemed material because most invest-
ments relate to retail activities in the Hearing division, which are covered in
Category 9 (Downstream transportation and distribution).
Actual data is used where available. Otherwise, industry averaged data or esti-
mates are used.
Where activity data quality is insufficient, spend data is used
as a proxy. All transport
-related emissions are calculated on a Well-to-Wheel
basis
.
Category 1
Purchased goods and services
For indirect procurement, e
missions from goods and services purchased by
GN
are calculated using categorized spend data adjusted for inflation com-
pared with the emission factor year
.
Cradle
-to-gate LCAs across all divisions are used to calculate emissions from
direct procurement (purchasing of components, semi
-finished and finished
goods). Our LCAs covered 18% of volumes with actual data, versus 19% in
2024. In Enterprise and Gaming, where the emissions are generally higher,
coverage was increased from 44% in 2024 to 47% in 2025. The LCA coverage
also applies to categories 11 and 12.
Category 2
Capital goods
Emissions from property, plant, and equipment (PPE), calculated using cate-
gorized spend data
adjusted for inflation compared with the emission factor
year
.
Category 3
Fuel and energy-related activities
Upstream emissions from energy consumption at sites and for fleet vehicles
where GN has operational control are calculated using actual energy con-
sumption data, where available. Otherwise, emissions have been calculated
from estimated energy consumption.
Category 4
Upstream transportation and distribution
E
missions from upstream transportation are calculated using supplier-
specific
reported emissions or from distance and chargeable weight data. Where
chargeable weight was not available for the baseline year, it was estimated
from gross weight, based on professional judgem
ent of the expected ratio be-
tween the two.
Where needed, distances are extracted from EcoTransIT using coordinates,
port codes or city location.
Scope 3 category 4 includes some emissions from outbound freighting of GN
goods that we do not pay for, as these shipments could not be distinguished
from shipments in the same transport leg that GN pays for.
Category 5
Waste generated in operations
Collection and treatment emissions associated with waste generated by GN
offices and production sites. Emissions are calculated using data from waste
management providers serving four of our five major production sites and
headquarters. For remaining sites, estimates are made based on production
volumes (production sites) and employee numbers (office and retail sites).
Category 6
Business travel
Emissions from
air travel, train travel, and hotel stay, calculated using ticket
data
gathered from travel partners, uplifted using spend data to include
travel not booked through GN
s travel partners. Emissions from fuel pur-
chased by employees for road travel are accounted for in category 1.
Category 7
Employee commuting
Emissions from employees
commuting is based on a survey conducted in the
reporting year
, scaled for country-level changes in employee numbers.
Category 8
Upstream leased assets
Energy use at sites not included in scopes 1 and 2. Emissions are calculated
with a market
-based approach using actual data obtained from building man-
agement providers and
, where necessary, estimates based on floorspace and
actual data from a site with similar geography and activities.
Category 9
Downstream transportation and distribution
Emissions
from warehousing or retail of GN products after sale, where these
activities and services are not owned or
purchased by GN. Emissions from re-
tail and warehousing are estimated using energy intensity per unit floorspace
for retail and non
-refrigerated warehouse buildings in the US Commercial
Buildings Energy Consumption Survey
(CBECS) and allocated supplier-
specific
emissions from upstream warehousing, together with an estimation of the to-
tal floorspace occupation of all GN products sold in the year.
Category 11
Use of sold products
Emissions from the power consumption of all GN products, calculated using
power consumption measurements from product LCA samples,
estimated av-
erage use cases and product lifetimes for main product categories.
For Enter-
prise and
Gaming products, market data was used to define the use cases. All
products were assumed to be in use for
five years.
Category 12
End-of-life treatment of sold products
Collection and waste treatment of GN products and packaging, calculated us-
ing averaged products and packaging weights by grouped market locations.
Categories 1 (direct), 3, 4, 6, 7
, and 11 are calculated from 12 months of data,
category 1 (indirect), 4 from 11 months of data and categories 2, 5, 8, 9
, and
12 are calculated from 9 months of data.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
70/195
Accounting policies
GHG removals
The metrics represent the carbon removal of seven climate change mitiga-
tion projects from five countries, including the applicable offset method,
certification standard and the relevant time period. All metrics, except
from one project (Running Tide), have been externally verified by both the
certifying party of the relevant carbon credit(s) and Klimate.co, ensuring
the validity and accuracy of the carbon removal.
Greenhouse gas removals
___________________________________
E1-7
During the last reporting period, GN enabled GHG removals from seven
climate change mitigation projects outside our value chain. These have
been financed through the purchase of carbon credits and will amount
to the removal of 263 tCO2eq when completed. No additional GHG re-
movals have been initiated in 2025, however four of the existing pro-
jects are due to be retired in 2026, representing the removal of 248
tCO2eq. 15% of the total GHG removals (39 tCO2eq) have been issued
from projects in the EU, namely ‘Carbuna’ in Germany.
GN is committed to reaching net-zero emissions by 2050 at the latest,
which will require us to neutralize any unabated emissions by the same
year. For the scope, methodology, and frameworks applied in setting
this target, please refer to E1-4 (Climate change mitigation targets).
We plan to expand upon our current carbon removal portfolio and neu-
tralize residual emissions through removal projects occurring outside
our own operations and value chain. We monitor the development of
the carbon removal market to assess opportunities to maximize the
safety and reliability of our carbon credits.
GN only partners with reputable suppliers and business partners, ensur-
ing that all projects have undergone thorough due diligence assess-
ments to certify quality and integrity. Projects are assessed based on
indicators relating to climate impact, co-benefits, integrity, and the
outlook of each project to validate the safety and reliability of the car-
bon storage. All projects, except one, are certified under a recognized
quality standard.
All GHG removals are from technological sinks and fall under category
5 in the Oxford Offsetting Principles. This means the carbon removal
involves extracting CO2 from the atmosphere and storing it in the geo-
sphere, such as through direct air capture with geological storage
(DACCS) or converting atmospheric carbon into rock through reminer-
alization.
Credits by offset method
Share of each recognized quality standard
Date and amount of carbon credits cancelled and expected to be
cancelled in the future
Retirement status
Project name
tCO2eq
Retired in 2024/25
-
Totals for 2024/25
-
Planned to retire in 2026
Bio-Logical
13
Planned to retire in 2026
Carboneers - Odisha &
Assam
22
Planned to retire in 2026
Carbuna
39
Planned to retire in 2026
Varaha - Banni Biochar
174
Totals for 2026
248
Planned to retire in 2027
Charm Industrial - 2027
Vintage
4
Totals for 2027
4
Planned to retire in 2028
Charm Industrial
- 2028
Vintage
3
Totals for 2028
3
Grand totals
256
2025
2024
Credits by certification standard
tCO2eq
Percentage
tCO2eq
Percentage
Artisanal C-sink standard
-
-
196
74%
EBC C - Sink
-
-
39
15%
Puro.earth
-
-
13
5%
Isometric
-
-
8
3%
No certification
-
-
7
3%
Grand totals
-
-
263
100%
Removal or reduction
Oxford category
Offset method
Biogenic or Technological
2025 (tCO2eq)
2024 (tCO2eq)
Removal project
5
Aquatic Biomass Sinking
Technological
-
7
Removal project
5
Artisanal Biochar
Technological
-
196
Removal project
5
Bio-oil
Technological
-
8
Removal project
5
Industrial Biochar
Technological
-
53
Grand totals
-
263
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
71/195
Material impacts
___________________________________
SBM-3
We have identified two potential negative impacts related to pollution,
related to the use of substances of (very high) concern across our value
chain.
Policies
___________________________________
E2-1
GN’s Environmental Policy addresses our pollution-related negative im-
pact in terms of substances used during both production in our own op-
erations and outsourced manufacturing. Our policy commitments in-
clude compliance with all pollution-related legislation related to the
use of substances of concern and very high concern, such as REACH
and RoHS, and the substitution of substances with less harmful alter-
natives that can fulfil the same purpose, even when not legally re-
quired. This policy is supported by internal procedures on controlling
and limiting the impact of incidents and emergency situations.
Our SCOC covers supplier requirements in terms of pollution, specifi-
cally addressing our negative impacts relating to our value chain.
Through this, we expect suppliers to comply with all pollution-related
legislation and proactively minimize or eliminate emissions and dis-
charges of pollution, which can have a potential negative impact on the
pollution of water, soil, and food.
The implementation of these policy commitments is managed by sen-
ior management functions in our quality and legal functions. In support
of achieving our policy intentions, we continuously evaluate and test
performance to ensure compliance with legal requirements. Products
that are manufactured in our own operations (hearing aids) are subject
to medical regulatory requirements, which include obligations on ma-
terial use. For products for which manufacturing is outsourced, all sup-
pliers providing products or components to GN are required to com-
plete a declaration of compliance to conform with our policies.
In response to the impact related to water, soil, and food pollution in
our value chain, we audit suppliers on breaches of our Code of Conduct
as part of our wider supplier due diligence processes, where major
violations are subject to mandatory corrective action in order to meet
our ambitions for ongoing full compliance.
Targets and actions
___________________________________
E2-3; E2-2
To address these potential negative impacts, we strive to continuously
substitute or reduce our use of hazardous substances, in our own oper-
ations and value chain wherever possible.
Own operations
We have not set targets regarding the use of substances of (very high)
concern for our own operations, as we assess that we will not achieve
our policy objective more effectively than our current processes based
on continuous compliance and improvements.
To help reduce the use of hazardous substances in our own operations,
in 2025 we stopped using xylene as a thinner in our Behind the ear
(BTE) printing workshop at our Xiamen site, replacing it with a more ef-
fective and less harmful alternative from July onwards. We estimate
that this action has also reduced hazardous waste from the site by ap-
proximately 2 metric tons per year.
In 2026, we will assess additional areas where we can take actions in
substituting substances with less harmful alternatives throughout our
production processes.
Value chain
We comply with both the REACH and RoHS regulations across all divi-
sions, warranting that any relevant hazardous substances concern are
not used or contained in our products (at or above the specified con-
centration limits).
Pollution
Pollution to water, soil, and
food
Use of substances of (very
high) concern
Material IROs
Description
Addressed in
value chain
8
9
Impact: Risk:
Opportunity:
Industries such as manufacturing, mining, fossil fuel extraction, paper and e-waste have
the potential to lead to negative impacts in terms of pollution of water, soil, and food
Substances of (very high) concern are used by both by GN during manufacturing and by
value chain industries such as mining and component manufacturing. This can lead to
damage to the environment and human health
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
72/195
Above that, as part of Better for planet, we have a target to expand the
coverage of TCO Certified certification for relevant products in Enter-
prise and Gaming, which has implications for our use of substances in
our products. At a minimum, we therefore aim to continuously meet
TCO Certified certification requirements related to this, where it should
be noted that TCO Certified continuously raises the bar when introduc-
ing updated standards.
We do not have targets for air, soil, and food pollution in the value
chain. Our supplier due diligence processes ensure that we are only
working with suppliers that are compliant with pollution-related regu-
lations as well as our Supplier Code of Conduct.
To meet our objectives, a key focus is the continuous evaluation of
compliance regarding the use of harmful substances by our suppliers.
During 2025, all relevant suppliers have completed a declaration of
compliance to show adherence to our policies in this area. This has ena-
bled a better view of any high-risk areas in our value chain, as well as a
better understanding of potential negative impacts relating to pollu-
tion of water, soil, and food, driven as a result of the use of hazardous
substances.
Where we depend on outsourced manufacturing, our focus is on man-
aging and phasing out halogens (specifically bromine, choline, and fluo-
rine) in line with external standards and our internal requirements. We
apply halogen‑free (HF) requirements to printed circuit boards (PCBs)
as per HF standards, and we specify HF requirements for mechanical
parts, packaging, and cables with a weight above 0.5 grams in accord-
ance with TCO Certified requirements.
Where halogen content in these parts exceeds the HF limits, we require
clarification on whether the halogens originate from regulated sub-
stances. In addition, we apply an internal HF requirement for mechani-
cal parts, packaging, and cables with a weight above 25 grams to fur-
ther minimize compliance risk and environmental impact. We expect to
phase out fluorine by 2026 for these same parts, targeting a concentra-
tion below 50 ppm, excluding applicable derogations.
For Enterprise products, we set these requirements for suppliers and
verify compliance through in‑house testing and documentation. Cur-
rently, we obtain full material declarations (FMDs) for approximately
90% of relevant components and report SVHCs via the SCIP platform.
At present, we do not systematically report substances of concern
(SoCs) according to the CLP list due to limited available data and data-
base capabilities, and we are assessing whether full traceability of all
SoCs is feasible and required.
To support further efforts towards compliance with the Ecodesign for
Sustainable Products Regulation (ESPR) and Digital Product Passport
(DPP), we have assessed the potential of integrating our systems and
automatic efforts to capture data on the full product lifecycle. In 2025,
we continued to develop our capabilities in this area, such as investigat-
ing the use of new technology and applicable tools to improve data
capture relating to substances of concern that are embedded in our
products.
Accounting policies
Total amount of substances of concern and substances of very high
concern used in own operations
To report the total volume of substances of (very high) concern for produc-
tion sites, we have collected usage or purchasing data for the substances
that are in scope at our manufacturing sites in Xiamen, Malaysia, Præstø,
Ballerup, and Spain. The total quantities used at these sites have been ex-
trapolated to account for the remainder of our manufacturing sites where
we have similar activities. Total amounts have been grouped by their re-
spective hazard class as well as the level of severity within a given hazard
class. All volumes are reported in litres. The metrics and use of substances
of (very high) concern is externally verified at all sites and in accordance
with local environmental legislation.
The hazard of a substance divides health, environmental, and physical haz-
ards into separate hazard classes such as reproductive toxicity, skin sensiti-
zation, carcinogenicity etc. The severity of the hazard within each class is
described by the category. Some classes have five categories; other classes
have only one category. Category 1 always represents the most severe haz-
ard within that class. The higher the category number, the lower the sever-
ity of the hazard. Each substance can have more than one hazard class and
several of the substances used will therefore be accounted for in more
than one hazard class. For example, a substance that is skin sensitizing can
also be carcinogenic and will be counted twice (one time in the skin sensiti-
zation hazard and once in the carcinogenicity hazard
).
For detailed information about the hazard classes and its categories please
refer to Regulation (EC) No 1272/2008 (the CLP regulation) or see guid-
ance on CLP (https://echa.europa.eu/guidance-documents/guidance-on-
clp)
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
73/195
Substances of concern and substances of very high concern
___________________________________
E2-5
We will not report this metric for substances in products or compo-
nents for which manufacturing is outsourced, as these fall under the
phase in provision given that these substances are added to compo-
nents or products in our value chain. As such, our reported metric only
includes substances added to products or components in our own oper-
ations, i.e. as part of manufacturing hearing aids.
Restatement
Whereas in 2024 we reported substances used in production and in
products separately, in this report we have merged these into a single
metric, because due to the complexities of data collection required to
report on this metric, we have greater confidence in the accuracy of the
total combined volume.
Overview of substances of very high concern
2025
2024
Hazard class
Substance
Amount in litres gener-
ated, used or procured
during production
Amount in litres gener-
ated, used or procured
during production
PBT (Article 57d) or vPvB (Article 57e) *
Octamethyl Cyclotetrasiloxane
-
-
Totals for Toxic for reproduction (Article 57c)
130
246
Toxic for reproduction (Article 57c) **
Bis(2-hydroxy-3-tert-butyl-5-methylphenyl)me-
thane
-
-
Toxic for reproduction (Article 57c)
Diphenyl(2,4,6-trimethylbenzoyl)phosphine oxide
130
246
* Refers to the REACH regulation and covers substances that have Persistent, Bioaccumulative and Toxic properties or substances that have very Persistent and very Bioaccumulative
properties. Very small amounts of substances that has these properties, are u
sed
** Very small amounts of substances are used
Overview of substances of concern
2025
2024
Hazard class
Amount in litres used, or
procured during produc-
tion and leaving facilities
as products
Amount in litres
used, or procured
during production
and leaving facilities
as products
Hazard - Carciogenity
207
215
Category 1
35
150
Category 2
172
65
Hazard - Chronic hazard to the Aquatic Environment
5,942
6,120
Category 1
147
269
Category 2
450
625
Category 3
3,654
1,497
Category 4
1,691
3,729
Hazard - Germ Cell Mutagenity
-
3
Category 2
-
3
Hazard - Reproductive Toxicity
1,259
1,135
Category 1
1,011
74
Category 2
248
1,061
Hazard - Respiratory Sensitisation
1,487
3,096
Category 1
1,487
3,096
Hazard - Skin Sensitisation
10,666
6,020
Category 1
10,666
6,020
Hazard - Specific Target Organ Toxicity, repeated exposure
1,383
3,668
Category 1
4
1,192
Category 2
1,379
2,476
Hazard - Specific Target Organ Toxicity, single exposure
-
1,326
Category 1
-
6
Category 2
-
1,320
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
74/195
Material impacts
___________________________________
SBM-3
We have identified two IROs related to resource use and circular econ-
omy reflecting the environmental impacts of our dependence on a wide
range of finite materials for the manufacturing of our products.
Aside from mitigating the impacts of relying on finite and scarce re-
sources, in the long term, we expect that moving towards a more circu-
lar business model provides opportunities to reduce electronic waste
and meet increasing demand for circular products and services.
The relevance of circularity to our sustainability agenda is confirmed by
the fact that the EU Taxonomy considers the relevant environmental
objective for potential alignment of our core economic activity with the
taxonomy to be circular economy. In other words, GN can make a sub-
stantial contribution to a circular economy.
Policies
___________________________________
E5-1
Our Environmental Policy, covering GN’s approach to all material envi-
ronmental topics across our own operations and value chain, includes a
section on resource inflows, stating that our commitment to reducing
these by optimizing for efficient resource use in the design of our prod-
ucts and in avoiding unnecessary production waste. Where this is tech-
nically and operationally feasible, we are committed to introducing re-
cycled or renewable alternatives for materials used in our products. For
biological or renewable materials, such as paper and cardboard used in
our packaging, we strive to source these materials sustainably to en-
sure this does not lead to deforestation. The provenance of the materi-
als we use is pivotal to the impact of our value chain, which is why we
source materials with credible third-party certifications, such as FSC,
ISCC Plus and the Global Recycling Standard.
Our Environmental Policy also covers resource outflows, stating that
we strive to minimize generation of waste from our business by includ-
ing circularity principles, such as durability, repairability, recyclability,
and ease-of-disassembly, into the design of our products. The policy
also states that in terms of management of in-market products or at
end-of-life, we strive to recover or maintain value through services and
partnerships. These include those that support reuse, refurbishment or
recycling through enabling remanufacturing, refurbishment, repair,
out-of-warranty takeback schemes, and as-a-service leasing models.
Our policy commitments also include ongoing work to ensure compli-
ance with product recycling legislation, where we finance recycling in-
frastructure according to the EU WEEE directive in EU markets. This
also includes several states and provinces in the U.S. and Canada,
where some of our products are covered by extended producer respon-
sibility (EPR) legislation.
Targets and actions Resource inflows
___________________________________
E5-3; E5-2
Targets
Since 2024, we have had targets to increase recycled and sustainably
sourced bio-based material share across our full product portfolio. The
target for 2025 was 25% (the 2024 baseline at the time of setting the
initial target was 19.1%). For 2026, our target is 28%. As part of Better
for planet, in 2025 we also added a medium-term target: 40% by 2030.
Actions
To reach these targets, we execute the following actions:
We have an ongoing requirement of at least 50% recycled or
sustainably sourced bio‑based materials as a % of the total
weight of mechanical parts (plastics, metals, fabrics, other
non‑electronic parts) for new product developments in Enter-
prise in Gaming, where this is feasible
Expand our catalogue of recycled and biocircular renewable
materials to use in future products, through testing and sup-
plier development, and investigate more sustainable materials
for electronic components (PCBs, speaker drivers, batteries)
with suppliers and partners
Resource use and circular economy
Use of virgin and non-renewable
resources
Non-circular products
Material IROs
Description
10
11
Addressed in
value chain
Impact: Risk:
Opportunity:
GN products contain a wide variety of materials from virgin and non-renewable
resources, impacting the need to extract ever more finite resources
Where GN products are disposed without recovery and reuse of valuable materials, this
negatively impacts the environment as it requires further use of raw materials instead
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
75/195
Recycling
Repair
Material recovery
Design
Enabling
activities
Targets
Actions
Targets
Actions
We have an ongoing target that new non -Hearing products should score a B or
higher on GNs internal repairability index (scale A –E). We continuously assess the
relevance of new regional external indices for the purpose of adjusting our
approach and targets in accordance with the latest repairability standards.
Although no such legislation currently applies to our products, our design efforts
are focused on ensuring our products are ready to meet these standards when they
enter into force.
A key action in 2025 was to finalize embedding repairability requirements in the
product development process and manufacturing partner requirements to ensure
we meet our target. To support this process with relevant insights
, we ran product
repairability assessments against our internal repairability index for both in -market
and in-development products in Enterprise and Gaming. In some cases, we ran
multiple assessments for different builds of the same product. In 2025, we
executed 44 repairability assessments covering 38 in-market products, and 44
assessments covering 21 products in-development.
As part of Better for planet , we are committed to enable repair of our products in
accordance with right to repair legislation globally. Given the scope of the
legislation, this excludes hearing products.
In 2024, we started a program running through 2027 to develop processes,
partnerships and services to enable repair as stipulated.
Key elements of this program in 2025 were:
Rollout of end-user repair kits, consisting of repair guides, spare parts ( e.g.
batteries, ear cushions, headbands) and simple tools ( e.g. screwdrivers) where
needed. Repair kits are a requirement in our product development processes so
that they are available at launch for new products. This setup is completed for
selected products in Enterprise, with additional SKUs being added in 2026.
Preparation of a commercial repair network setup to enable simple third -party
repair close to the end user. This commercial setup is planned to be established
in 2026.
Development of an out -of-warranty repair service, following a service analysis
completed in 2025. Implementation started in November 2025 and will
continue into 2026, with launch targeted for 2026.
In 2025, we also explored how diagnostics could increase our capacity to do more
targeted fast repairs of our hearing aids, only replacing components that are faulty.
As part of Better for planet , we have a target to
develop a design for recycling framework in
2026
,
aimed at optimizing our product design for recycling
of components at end -of-life.
To meet our target, in 2026 our key action is to
translate the design for recyclability requirements
from the EU Taxonomy as well as other recycling
requirements into GN
-relevant design requirements
,
to be embedded in product development processes.
Our overall objective to enable recycling of our
products is to comply with extended producer
responsibility (EPR) legislation, while offering take-
back service of products at end of life for recycling
where feasible in selected markets for selected
products.
We run a take-back program for end -of-life devices in
the Enterprise division, where we see a customer need
for this. This program ensures collected devices are
responsibly recycled, and upon completion of the
process, customers are issued a Certificate of
Destruction (often known as Certificate of Recycling).
These certificates provide official documentation that
materials have been processed, data securely
destroyed, and all actions conducted in compliance
with industry standards for responsible electronic
waste management.
We comply with recycling legislation by ensuring
reporting and financial contributions are made in
relation to relevant extended producer responsibility
(EPR) schemes in geographies where GN is classified
as a manufacturer.
As part of Better for planet , we have
a goal to expand remanufacturing
of products from the Hearing
division to cover more chargers and
wireless accessories by 2027.
Returned hearing aids and chargers
are remanufactured at our site in
Malaysia and returned to the market
as replacement devices. In 2025, we
achieved a remanufacturing rate of
59% for returned hearing aids.
In 2026, to achieve our Better for
planet goal, we will explore the
business case for expanding our
remanufacturing process to include
more chargers and wireless
accessories.
We do not have any design actions
for material recovery
.
We do not have any targets related
to material recovery.
For packaging, we continue the rollout of FSC-certified pack-
aging, which ensures our packaging material qualifies for this
target
Progress
In 2025, we increased the total share of recycled and sustaina-
bly sourced bio‑based material across the full product portfo-
lio to 26%, thereby reaching our short-term target set last
year. The share of recycled content in our products and pack-
aging increased from 2% to 3% in 2025, while the share of
FSC‑certified material in our packaging increased from 50% in
2024 to 58% (of total packaging weight)
We launched 11 products containing recycled or biocircular
materials in Enterprise and Gaming, ranging from 17% to over
50% as a share of the weight of mechanical parts, while we ex-
pect that product developments commenced in 2025 will
meet the requirement of at least 50% where this is feasible
Share of materials
Targets and actions Resource outflows
___________________________________
E5-3; E5-2
77%
73%
60%
21%
24%
40%
2%
2024
3
%
2025 2030 target
Uncertified virgin materials FSC- packaging and biocircular plastics Recycled materials
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
76/195
Accounting policies
Resource inflows metrics are estimated using product LCAs, as these
contain verified component-level data, including material composition and
measured weight. The LCAs we have available are allocated at the item
level across the product portfolio. All LCAs are third-party verified
according to ISO 14067.
For Enterprise, Gaming, and Consumer (Consumer discontinued in end of
2024) products, the calculation is based on 12 months of data and one unit
packaging per unit product has been assumed. For Hearing, the calculation
is based on 9 months of data (uplifted to 12 months) and packaging is
captured in the reference LCA allocated to the given item produced.
Total weight of products and materials
The total weight of products is calculated by multiplying product or part
component-level weights by the total production or purchase volumes at
product or part level in the reporting year.
Percentage of biological materials that is sustainably sourced
Product and packaging components containing biological materials and
corresponding certifications (FSC) for sustainable sourcing are tagged on
the component level and their weights calculated proportionately to the
relevant total.
Weight of secondary intermediary products
GN product and packaging components containing secondary intermediary
products are tagged on the component level. The percentage recycled
content of the intermediary product is multiplied by the total weight of the
component.
Sources of uncertainty
The main source of measurement uncertainty is the coverage of our prod-
uct LCAs across the portfolio. For products lacking an LCA, a proxy LCA is
allocated. Professional judgement is applied in the selection of a reference
that will best represent the product or part. An uplift is conducted for
items that cannot be represented by an LCA, based on the calculated aver-
age per unit volume purchased or produced.
Resource inflows
___________________________________
E5-4
Resource use associated with the manufacturing of our products and
packaging is a highly material topic for GN. Multiple material types, in-
cluding plastics, metals, textiles, cardboard, and adhesives are required
to make our products and packaging. GN purchases intermediary and
finished products from our suppliers. The total weight of these prod-
ucts that are used across our own product and packaging portfolio are
therefore reported, including breakdown of broad material types to
provide greater insight into GN’s resource consumption and manage-
ment of transition risks related to critical raw materials. An estimated
27% of the materials used in our products and packaging in 2025 were
either recycled or sustainably sourced biological materials, an increase
from 23% in 2024.
For GN, biological materials refer to paper, cardboard and bio-based
plastics used in our products and packaging. Within this, we source
FSC-certified packaging and ISCC Plus-certified biocircular plastics.
Therefore, we report on the percentage of biological materials that
have either of these certifications. Secondary intermediary products
are used in the form of post-consumer recycled plastic pellets, with
varying percentages of recycled content, depending on the product.
Resource inflows - products and packaging
2025
2024
Total weight of material (metric tons)
12,385
11,990
Percentage of biological materials that is sustainably sourced (FSC)
24%
21%
Total weight of recycled materials (metric tons)
340
261
Percentage of recycled materials
3%
2%
Resource inflows - products and packaging
2024 (previously disclosed)
Total weight of material (metric tons)
11,178
Percentage of biological materials that is sustainably sourced (FSC)
17%
Total weight of recycled materials (metric tons)
309
Percentage of recycled materials
3%
Restatements
Resource inflows in 2024 have been restated because of newly availa-
ble data from product LCAs conducted during 2025. The increased cov-
erage of our product portfolio among the LCAs improves the accuracy
of our 2024 reporting. The 2024 baseline for the target for increasing
sustainably sourced materials has been restated from 20% to 23%.
Across GN, our LCAs covered 18% of volumes with actual data in 2025,
versus 19% in 2024. Coverage of volumes has increased from 44% to
47% for Enterprise and Gaming products, which account for 92% of re-
sources used in products and packaging, while Hearing only accounts
for 8% of inflows.
Resource inflows per material type (by weight)*
34%
cardboard
and paper packaging
19%
plastic parts
17%
other parts (incl. rubber)
1%
textiles
3%
PCBs and electronic components
5%
other packaging
2%
plastic packaging
1%
batteries
10%
metal parts and magnets
9%
cables and power adaptors
* based on 9 months of data 2025
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
77/195
Resource outflows - Recyclability
___________________________________
E5-5
The rate of recyclable content across GN products in 2025 was 70%,
which decreased from 74% in 2024 because of increased demand for
product categories that generally contain more non-recyclable materi-
als. Recyclable content of packaging in 2025 increased to 89% from
87% in 2024, mainly because of continued rollout of FSC-certified
cardboard and paper packaging designs in the Hearing division. Materi-
als considered to be recyclable, such as cardboard and paper, plastics,
and metals accounted for approximately 34%, 21%, and 9% of total
product weight, respectively.
Restatements
As with the restatement of resource inflows, the rate of recyclable con-
tent in 2024 has been restated because of increased data availability
from new product LCAs conducted during 2025.
Recyclability
2025
2024
Rate of recyclable content in products
70%
74%
Rate of recyclable content in packaging
89%
87%
77/195
Recyclability
2024 (previously disclosed)
Rate of recyclable content in products
67%
Rate of recyclable content in packaging
81%
Accounting policies
The recyclability of products and packaging
The share of products and packaging that is recyclable has been
estimated by weight using our product LCAs, as these contain verified
component-level data, including material composition and measured
weight. The LCAs we have available are allocated at the item level across
the product portfolio. All LCAs are third-party verified according to ISO
14067.
The total share of recyclable products and packaging is calculated by
multiplying product or part component-level weight by the total
product- or part-level production or purchase volumes in the reporting
year. The weight is then summarized by material categories and broad
product category (i.e. headsets, keyboards etc.). The summed weight for
the material and product categories considered to be recyclable at scale
are then calculated as a percentage of total weight of resource inflows.
The metrics are calculated using 9 months of data, uplifted for 12
months.
Sources of uncertainty
The main source of measurement uncertainty for this metric is the lack
of consideration of the join types for certain critical components that
must be removed or separated before the recycling process. This has
been limited by considering this factor for batteries, which is the main
barrier to recycling.
The other source of uncertainty arises from the lack of full coverage of
our product LCAs across the portfolio. For products currently lacking an
LCA, a reference LCA is allocated. Professional judgement is applied in
the selection of a reference that will best represent the product or part.
An uplift is conducted for items that cannot be represented by an LCA,
based on the calculated average recyclable weight per unit volume pur-
chased or produced. For Enterprise, Gaming, and Consumer (Consumer
discontinued in end of 2024) products, one unit packaging per unit prod-
uct has been assumed. For Hearing, packaging is captured in the refer-
ence LCA allocated to the given item produced.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
78/195
Resource outflows Product repairability
___________________________________
E5-5
To increase transparency around the repairability of our products, we
have updated our accounting methodology for Enterprise and Gaming
products, for which new data is available through internal repairability
assessments.
To measure repairability, we have calculated the proportion of our
product portfolio for which relevant critical components can be re-
placed by the user (batteries and ear cushions) or by GN’s Global Repair
Center (headband, speaker, microphone, PCBA and camera module).
GN’s repairability assessments cover 57% of the product portfolio in
the Enterprise and Gaming divisions (by production volumes). Overall,
the number of products designed for the replacement of critical com-
ponents has increased from 2024 to 2025.
Returned hearing aids are remanufactured at our site in Malaysia and
returned to the market as replacement devices. Our setup enables us
to drive circularity by reusing as many components as possible. Some
of our hearing aid devices have not only been given a second life, but
also a third. In 2025, we achieved a remanufacturing rate of 87% for re-
turned hearing aids, versus 65% in 2024. We are also exploring how we
can use diagnostics to enable more targeted fast repairs, only replacing
components that are broken.
Accounting policies
The repairability of products
Repairability of Enterprise and Gaming products has been measured in
terms of the degree to which they designed for repair. For batteries
and ear cushions, we also account for the availability of spare parts to
end users, while for other critical components considered, we only re-
port on whether components are accessible and replaceable through
disassembly (i.e. designed for repair).
We account for products where batteries and ear cushions can be re-
placed by the end user and products where headbands, speakers, micro-
phones, PCBAs or camera modules (where relevant) can be accessed and
removed without specialized tools by our Global Repair Center.
Specifically, critical components were considered repairable in a given
product if both of the following are true:
Component is accessible without the need for specialist
tools and without damage or scrapping of components.
Component is removable without excessive residue, dam-
age, force, or specialist tools.
For each component, the results are expressed as the percentage of
our product portfolio (by production volume) where the above is rele-
vant and true. Accessories, spare parts, cables, and non-electronic
products like mouse pads were excluded from the scope of this exer-
cise.
For hearing products, we have not executed a repairability assessment
but have instead assessed repairability based on whether hearing aids are
repairable in practice through our owned remanufacturing setup. This
setup demonstrates hearing aids are generally repairable.
Restatements
We previously disclosed that 60-70% of Enterprise products assessed in
2024 were highly or very repairable. The new methodology has a broader
scope (all Enterprise and Gaming products) and transparency to the com-
ponent level. In 2024, we disclosed a hearing aid remanufacturing rate of
48%. This has been updated to 65% based update scope of return stock
covered in the calculation, which is also applied in 2025.
0%
10%
20%
30%
40%
50%
60%
70%
80%
90%
100%
2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025
Battery Ear cushions Headband Speaker Microphone PCBA Camera
Share of units produced
Repair by GNs Global Repair CenterRepair by user
Replaceable by design + spare parts available Replaceable by design Not replaceable without damage Not assessed
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
79/195
Resource outflows - Product durability
___________________________________
E5-5
For Enterprise and Gaming products, based on the data inputs used
(see accounting policy), it was concluded that legal warranty period is
the most appropriate data type for estimating products’ durability. We
estimate that product durability for these products is equal to the war-
ranty period at a minimum. In practice our products will often last
longer than the minimum warranty period. The warranty period for our
products differs, ranging from 1 to 5 years.
Gaming products typically have 1-2 years warranty
Video products typically have 2 years warranty
Selected Biz, BlueParrott, and Engage headsets typically have
3 years warranty
Extended warranty services can increase warranty up to 5 years for se-
lected products.
For hearing aids, we design our products to minimum 5-year
durability, see the accounting policy for details
Comparing to an industry average is not possible, as this metric is not
widely reported on.
Accounting policies
Key products from the production process
From our three core business areas, the following products are in scope:
Hearing: Hearing aid, accessories, and packaging
Enterprise: Audio and video devices for professional use and packag-
ing
Gaming: Gaming devices, peripherals and packaging, consumer au-
dio devices and packaging audio devices and packaging
The durability of video, audio and gaming products
To assess the durability of these products, we have used the following data
inputs:
Durability requirements set in the product development phase of
products, reflecting the intended durability of products
The legal warranty period, representing the minimum expected life-
time of a product in the market
Return rates within the warranty period, in order to confirm that
products generally do not break during the warranty period
Where feasible, the nature and timing of product returns to assess
whether returns reflected end-of-life of a product
The durability of hearing aids
To assess the durability of hearing aids, we considered the design re-
quirements for durability, which are included in binding submissions
to authorities as part of product approval. These design require-
ments take origin in the legal requirements as stipula
ted in the Med-
ical Device Directive in terms of the minimum required duration for
manufacturers of hearing aids to ensure safe and effective use of
the product
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
80/195
Own workforce 81
Workers in the value chain 90
Consumers and end-users 93
Sustainability statement
Social
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
80/195
Arctis Nova 3 Wireless
The Arctis Nova 3 Wireless x Arctis App from SteelSeries empow-
ers gamers to unlock next-gen 360° Spatial Audio for next-gen
consoles.
The Arctis App offers gamers “real-time audio control” with preci-
sion audio presets for the top games on the planet, including Call of
Duty, Fortnite, Grand Theft Auto, and over 200 more.
The Arctis Nova 3 Wireless Series headsets feature custom audio
drivers, both Bluetooth and a USB-C dongle for high-speed 2.4GHz
wireless, optimized fast charging, and 260g of comfort.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
81/195
Material impacts, risks, and opportunities
___________________________________
SBM-3
We have identified six potential negative impacts related to our own
workforce. Overall, these impacts reflect our business model, which de-
pends on human input as a resource for all our key activities in our own
operations: hearing aid component assembly in Denmark, manufactur-
ing of hearing aids in China and Malaysia, final assembly of hearing aids
in ROCs, R&D and product testing, sales and external collaboration, and
white-collar back-office functions.
For this assessment, employees are grouped into two categories: blue-
collar employees at major manufacturing sites and full workforce
(white- and blue-collar employees).
We also have an entity-specific metric related to equal pay, the
adjusted pay gap, which more accurately reflects pay inequality than
the unadjusted pay gap.
Human and labor rights
The management of all IROs is supported by our cross-cutting policies,
actions, and targets related to human and labor rights.
Policies
___________________________________
S1-1
As a member of the UN Global Compact since 2010, GN is committed
to safeguarding human and labor rights in our own workforce. Accord-
ingly, GN operations and business activities are guided by the UN guid-
ing principles on Business and Human Rights, ILO Declaration on Fun-
damental Principles and Rights at Work and the OECD Guidelines for
Multinational Enterprises.
GN upholds human rights principles through the implementation of
policies and procedures to prevent discrimination, harassment, ad-
vance diversity, and ensure fair and equal treatment of our employees.
The GN Ethics Guide outlines our employment practices, which are
aligned with human and labor rights principles. GN also respects volun-
tary freedom of association, including the right to organize and bargain
collectively in a manner that is legally compliant. GN does not accept
child labor and forced labor as defined by the UN Convention on the
Rights of the Child.
GN policies are designed for all employee groups at every level to elimi-
nate discrimination and uphold human rights principles.
Targets and actions
___________________________________
S1-5; S1-4
One of the focus areas in our Better for planet strategy is safeguarding
the rights of workers, which includes our own employees. We aim to
achieve this through a targeted program to strengthen our human
Own workforce
Material IROs
Description
Excessive overtime in own
operations
Non-decent wages in own
operations
Inadequate protections of health
and safety in own operations
Pay inequality in own operations
Harassment in the workplace in
own operations
Diversity and gender equality
issues in own operations
12
13
14
15
16
17
Addressed in
value chain
Impact:
Risk
:
Opportunity:
Blue collar employees can be exposed to excessive overtime, which potentially leads to
negative impacts on employee health, well-being, and safety
While GN pays all employees at least a minimum wage and assesses this to be adequate,
there is a potential impact of blue-collar employees being paid inadequate wages affect-
ing their quality of life
Health and safety incidents occurring at major GN manufacturing sites in China and Ma-
laysia can negatively impact employee health, well-being, and safety
While GN has processes in place for equal remuneration, both white- and blue-collar
workers can be potentially impacted by not receiving equal pay for equal work
Where inadequate protections and grievance mechanisms are not provided or do not func-
tion effectively, this can potentially impact employee well-being relating to harassment
GN promotes and takes action to increase diversity in the workplace, but a potential lack
of diversity in management could lead to negative impacts for the underrepresented
gender in being offered career opportunities
S1-2 Processes for engaging with own workforce and workersrepresentatives about impactssee “Stakeholder engagement” on p. 53
S1-3 Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workforce to raise concernssee “Business conduct and corporate culture” on pp. 98-99
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
82/195
rights due diligence between now and 2030 (see p. 91). As we believe
that the strength of our human rights due diligence program is best re-
flected in widely-recognized external standards that capture the full
width of human rights performance, we have set targets related to our
score in EcoVadis as well as related to reinforcing our membership with
the RBA and promoting their code of conduct in our own operations.
Our EcoVadis target is to achieve a score of 70/100 by 2030. The cur-
rent baseline is a score of 57/100. Our second target is to undertake
third-party audits via the Validated Assessment Program (VAP) on the
RBA platform at all our key manufacturing sites and ROCs. Our current
baseline for this target is 0% of sites having undergone a VAP audit
process. To ensure we are able to take action towards achieving this
target, we plan to engage all site managers to register our sites and
perform a Self-Assessment Questionnaire (SAQ), which is required for
each site before we can begin the VAP audit process.
Our management of IROs related to more specific human or labor
rights is described in the sections below.
Health & Safety
Manufacturing set-up
To improve reporting on health and safety, as part of the DMA update
in 2025, we reassessed at which of our sites serious work-related inci-
dents are most likely to occur. We concluded that the most material
potential health and safety impacts occur at our major manufacturing
sites in Xiamen (China) and Johor Bahru (Malaysia), due to the scale
and the nature of work taking place at these sites. The presence of
health and safety management systems at these sites further reflects
the materiality of this topic for these sites specifically. Consequently,
our IRO and related reporting was adjusted to only cover these sites.
Policies
___________________________________
S1-1
We are committed to providing a safe and healthy working environ-
ment for all employees. A global H&S organization was set up in 2025
to further formulate and implement global H&S policies and standards
going forward. All GN's manufacturing sites have locally anchored H&S
groups or global H&S Committees. In 2026, a global health and safety
policy is scheduled to be finalized. Specific to our IRO, both our Xiamen
Johor Bahru sites have implemented formal Health & Safety policies,
that comply with applicable local laws.
As part of these policies, management at these sites aims to promote a
strong H&S culture to prevent workplace injuries and enhance the
working environment for GN employees, prioritizing continuous im-
provement and embedding safe working practices through targeted
training, performance monitoring, and proactive communication. A sys-
tematic H&S management system identifies and assesses risks early
and implements controls to prevent work-related accidents.
Targets and actions
___________________________________
S1-5; S1-4
H&S targets and actions are set by the local H&S organization, re-
viewed by the H&S Committee with final approval by the local general
manager in accordance with local H&S Objective Management proce-
dure. Objectives and target performance are reviewed at least once an-
nually in accordance with Xiamen and Johor Bahru H&S Management
Review Procedure.
H&S management in Xiamen and Johor Bahru will include employee in-
put when setting H&S targets and actions. Employees are represented
on-site and can voice their opinion or raise concerns via safety repre-
sentatives, line managers, H&S committees, whistleblower hotlines,
and internal/external audits. Sites also use employee surveys to moni-
tor performance against site health targets.
At the Xiamen and Johor Bahru facilities, H&S policies define quarterly
reviews of H&S performance, and H&S management system processes
include an annual HSE target plan.
We have the following targets for our major manufacturing sites in Xia-
men and Johor Bahru:
Johor Bahru and Xiamen have set a target for 2025 to receive
zero major non-conformities for the external audits, in line
with the 2024 baseline. In August and September 2025, the
sites closed external audits with no major non-conformities,
and the same target is applicable for 2026
Additionally, in Johor Bahru, an objective was set to improve
H&S awareness via training for local teams and an H&S work-
shop for all employees. The target is to achieve a 100% com-
pletion rate for all the training planned throughout 2025,
compared to a 95% completion rate in 2023. In 2025, 100% of
the training was completed, and the same target is applicable
for 2026
For Xiamen, the H&S plan for 2025 included a target of zero
fatality and lost time injuries in line with the 2024 baseline. In
2025, there were no major incidents. The same target is appli-
cable for 2026
Workplace risk assessments, training, and audits are conducted regu-
larly to mitigate H&S risks and reduce work-related accidents. Formal
processes for setting actions are currently implemented in the major
manufacturing facilities in Xiamen; and Johor Bahru. From October
2025 these processes will be reinforced under a global H&S governance
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
83/195
framework, including a global H&S policy to be implemented by early
2026.
The following covers some of the determined actions for 2025 at
the Johor Bahru and Xiamen sites.
In Johor Bahru and Xiamen, one of the key actions is to contin-
ually improve the H&S management system by conducting in-
ternal audits. In Johor Bahru, an internal audit is conducted
twice a year while in Xiamen an internal audit is conducted
once a year. All non-conformances and findings were moni-
tored and closed or mitigated, and audit findings informed im-
provements to the H&S management system
At the Xiamen facility, local regulations require us to conduct
risk assessment and annual hazard identification on a regular
basis. We also increased awareness about health and safety
risks at this site. As part of this action, June 2025 was “safety
month” where various activities such as a safety knowledge
questionnaire, newsletter, and drills were in focus
In October 2025, we established a global H&S organization to
define and implement companywide H&S policies, standardize
processes, and drive ISO 45001 certification across selected
manufacturing sites. It will oversee global H&S governance
while ensuring local ownership and implementation
Health & safety metrics
___________________________________
S1-14
In line with the adjustment to our IRO, we limit reporting to the Xiamen
and Johor Bahru manufacturing sites. In 2025, these sites reported
three non-severe work-related accidents, of which one led to lost time,
resulting in a work-related accident rate of 0,6. Importantly, there were
no fatalities due to work-related injuries or occupational ill health.
Restatements
In line with the update to our IRO, the H&S metrics have been restated
in 2025 to focus only on our manufacturing facilities in Xiamen and Jo-
hor Bahru. The 2024 data has been restated accordingly. As part of ma-
turing our H&S processes and data quality, we have also improved our
data collection process compared to 2024 to ensure the reported inci-
dents are recorded in H&S management systems as work-related inju-
ries that result lost time or medical intervention. Our 2025 data more
accurately reflects recorded incidents than the number we reported in
2024, meaning a comparison with the numbers reported in 2024 would
not be meaningful.
Accounting policies
Work related accidents and fatalities
A work-related accident is an event that results in injury or ill health be-
cause of work-related activities. Data on work-related accidents were col-
lected for the two main manufacturing sites Xiamen and Johor Bahru.
H&S data is recorded and stored in the H&S management systems locally.
The number of work-related accidents relates to GN’s own employees
while the number of fatalities relates to GN’s own employees as well as
others working on GN sites.
Rate of work-related accidents
In line with CSRD reporting requirements, the rate of work-related
accidents was calculated as the number of work-related accidents per one
million hours worked. Employee working hours were collected from local
H&S management systems.
Health & safety figures for own workforce in Xiamen and Johor Bahru
Unit
2025
2024
Own workforce covered by GN's health & safety management system
%
100%
100%
Fatalities as a result of work-related injuries and work-related ill health
number
0
0
Recordable work-related accidents
number
3
8
Recordable work-related accidents
rate
0,6
1,7
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
84/195
Working time
Policies
___________________________________
S1-1
In GN, our engaged employees are the core differentiator in a competi-
tive marketplace. We are dedicated to fostering a great workplace for
our people across the globe. One prerequisite for this is to ensure effec-
tive workflows and people management to avoid excessive overtime,
which we have identified as a material IRO for blue collars in our pro-
duction sites due to the potentially negative impact on the health and
well-
being of employees.
Accordingly, GN has a global policy for working time and specifically
for employees within the European Union a working time policy and
registration procedure. These policies govern our approach to Work
Time management and helps to ensure GN's compliance with local la-
bor laws and international regulations (such as the EU Working Time
Directive).
GN’s Global Working Time and Registration Policy provides a framework
for the management of employees’ work hours to ensure effective re-
source management and the avoidance of excessive overtime.
GN’s European Union Time and Registration Policy ensures we comply
with the EU Working Time Directive. As the EU Directive has been im-
plemented through local legislation and/or local collective agree-
ments, the rules vary in the different countries. The policy therefore
serves as the main guideline, but in case local policies or legislation dif-
fers, the local policies and legislation will always prevail.
The Global Working Time Policy was introduced in GN in 2024 and dur-
ing 2025 we have continued our efforts to ensure that adequate moni-
toring systems are in place in light of our policy. This is not considered
a major risk as local procedures are in place in the meantime.
Targets and actions
___________________________________
S1-5; S1-4
GN intends to comply with the Global Working Time and Registration
Policy standards and to promote a healthy work-life balance. Regional
and/or local policies and/or procedures are aligned with GN’s globally
defined standards. Local management and HR departments monitor
working hours and take corrective actions to prevent breaches of local
and international regulations. GN has been attentive to compliance
with working time regulations across all locations, and in connection
with CSRD, we have introduced a formal framework.
During 2025 and going into 2026 - GN is working on two actions re-
lated to the working time policies. Firstly, a ‘Policy Access & Awareness’
action in which we have established a central hub for HR Policies and
Procedures. A hub where we will consolidate further policies and proce-
dures. Secondly, as we consolidate our policies and procedures for time
management we will be reviewing local policies and procedures for our
main production sites to ensure that they conform to our global policy.
Adequate wages
Policies
___________________________________
S1-1
GN is committed to ensuring adequate wages for all employees glob-
ally. As GN operates across multiple jurisdictions, we comply with all
applicable country-specific legislation and/or collective agreements.
Therefore, a single global policy has not been defined.
Targets and actions
___________________________________
S1-5; S1-4
To maintain fair and competitive compensation, GN continuously moni-
tors employee pay levels against defined pay ranges across all loca-
tions. This ensures that pay remains aligned with market standards and
internal equity principles.
Beyond ensuring that all GN employees receive wages at or above the
legally mandated minimum, GN has not established additional targets
related to adequate wages. Local HR teams are responsible for contin-
uously monitoring compliance with local legislation and/or collective
agreements to ensure adherence. Controls on adequate wages are con-
ducted annually from a global perspective, confirming that all GN em-
ployees receive wages at or above the applicable country's minimum
wage based on base salary alone.
To maintain fair and competitive compensation, GN continuously moni-
tors employee pay levels against defined pay ranges across all loca-
tions. This ensures that pay remains aligned with market standards and
internal equity principles.
Accounting policies
Adequate wages
Hourly pay of all active employees during the calendar year is assessed
against the national minimum wage benchmark established through legis-
lation or collective bargaining agreements.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
85/195
Adequate wage metric
___________________________________
S1-10
As was the case in 2024, in 2025, all GN employees are paid wages that
exceed the minimum requirements set by local laws and/or collective
agreements in every country GN operates.
Diversity and belonging
Policies
___________________________________
S1-1
At GN, fostering an inclusive culture while promoting greater diversity
in voices, backgrounds and experiences is central to what we stand for
and the way we work. The latest engagement survey demonstrates
that our efforts to create a diverse and inclusive workplace are recog-
nized by employees and leaders alike.
Our goal is to create a strong and respectful culture that guides our
leadership and interactions to strengthen collaboration, spark innova-
tion, and drive sustainable growth.
Our global policy for diversity and belonging outlines our beliefs and
aspirations, ensuring accountability at the highest levels, including ELT.
The policy addresses issues related to diversity and applies to all Group
entities and employees. A regular review and update of the policy is
done to reflect contemporary guidance, and progress on established
targets is monitored by the ELT.
Targets and actions
___________________________________
S1-5; S1-4
In 2025, we have continued our efforts to strengthen an inclusive or-
ganizational culture across GN and increase diversity across leadership
pipelines.
We have not set a diversity target for senior leadership at Group level,
but only for the parent company, GN Store Nord A/S, as the Gender
Balance Act requires. For reporting on senior leadership target in ac-
cordance with the Gender Balance Act, see p. 40 of the Management’s
Report.
In 2024, we also reported on ‘extended leadership’, comprising a larger
group of senior employees. As this is not a legal requirement, we have
chosen to limit our reporting for 2025 to what is legally required and
have therefore excluded it from this report. Our initiatives in diversity
and belonging are still targeted at leaders across GN, including this
wider group.
In 2025, we have made significant strides in our Diversity and belonging
initiatives:
An inclusive language platform launched in 2024 to attract a
diverse candidate pool, was in 2025 made available to all em-
ployees to help develop a welcoming culture
A global campaign on psychological safety has been carried
out to reinforce our Leadership Commitments and provide
practical resources to help employees foster psychological
safety in their teams
Our commitment Embrace to Win (see p. 10) in 2025 was inte-
grated in leadership development training, with a focus on
fostering a culture of inclusivity and belonging across all levels
of leadership in GN
During the year, 12 cultural celebrations have taken place to
reflect the diversity in GN's global organization.
Continuous implementation of the governance model in the
regions where it applies to ensure that women are consistently
shortlisted and considered for leadership positions and promo-
tions
Based on our internal priorities, we have postponed our 2025 action of
developing an improved exit interview process to inform drivers of
turnover and ensure that voluntary turnover between women and men
is balanced to 2026.
We are aware of the series of recent Executive Orders in the United
States, and we are committed to complying with local law in the US
and elsewhere with regard to the initiatives and programs discussed
in this chapter. For example, diversity related targets and quotas
are not set or tracked with respect to our US businesses or employ-
ees. We will continue to monitor Executive Orders and other devel-
opments under applicable law and will adjust our approaches and
practices to ensure continued compliance. Our US team remains
committed to equal opportunity employment and does not discrim-
inate based on race, gender, or any other protected characteristic.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
86/195
In 2026, our focus on diversity and belonging will continue and several
initiatives have been planned to support this.
Key initiatives include:
rollout and implementation of Our Commitments to all GN
employees with awareness campaigns and skill building on in-
clusive behaviors
rollout of a global cultures campaign to further develop GN
leaders’ capabilities in managing global teams and enhance
global collaboration. The diversity targets and actions are
measured and reported to the ELT on a quarterly basis and to
the Board of Directors twice a year.
Gender distribution at senior leadership
___________________________________
S1-9
In 2025, the share of women in Senior Leadership positions at Group
level was 26.1% (6 women out of 23 individuals) and share of men was
73.9% (17 men out of 23 individuals). In 2024, the share of women was
25% (5 women out of 20 individuals) and share of men was 75% (15
men out of 20 individuals). For the accounting policy see “Reporting on
gender” in the accounting policies for “Employee Characteristics” on p.
89.
Restatements
Gender distribution in Senior Leadership has been restated in 2025 to
include managers on garden leave in order to align reporting with other
local regulations (Danish Gender Balance Act). In 2024, the reported
share of women in Senior Leadership positions was 26.3% (5 women
out of 19 individuals) and share of men was 73.7% (14 men out of 19
individuals).
Distribution of employees by age group
___________________________________
S1-9
The share of workers per age group is in line with our expectations
where 30-50 year olds make up the majority of our workforce approx-
imately 60%, with younger and older workers making up roughly 20%
each.
4,961
between 30
and 50
1,682
below 30
2024 2025
8,145
8,190
1,502
over
50
5,026
between 30
and 50
1,572
below 30
1,592
over 50
* Our reporting on diversity and belonging also cover the requirements of the Danish Financial Statements Act §107d
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
87/195
Equal pay
Fairness in pay is a key element of GNs approach to sustainable busi-
ness practices. We are committed to providing employees with equita-
ble and market-aligned remuneration that reflects their responsibilities,
performance, and contributions. To achieve this, GN continuously mon-
itors and benchmarks pay across all locations and against relevant mar-
ket standards. We implement structured processes to ensure pay eq-
uity, including formal pay gap analyses, independent reviews, and ob-
jective assessments of compensation for comparable roles. These
measures allow us to identify and address potential disparities proac-
tively and maintain a consistent, fair approach to remuneration across
the organization. In addition, bi-annual surveys are conducted to gather
employee feedback on compensation where the results indicate that
the majority of our employees evaluate that they are rewarded fairly.
Policies
___________________________________
S1-1
GN’s Remuneration Policy addresses our material negative impact re-
lating to equal pay, covers all employees globally, and aims to ensure a
consistent approach to pay across GN as well as fair pay for each job.
Targets and actions
___________________________________
S1-5; S1-4
While we have not yet established specific quantitative targets for the
effectiveness of our Remuneration Policy, our ambition remains to min-
imize pay gaps and ensure equal pay for equal work across GN.
In 2025, GN continued implementing initiatives aimed at improving the
share of women in senior positions, focusing on both internal promo-
tions and external recruitment. These initiatives are part of a multi-year
plan to strengthen gender diversity in leadership, which is expected to
gradually reduce the overall unadjusted gender pay gap over time. We
maintain metrics that monitor pay positioning relative to market
benchmarks and assess potential bias in the pay process, especially
those related to gender.
Compensation metrics (pay gap and total compensation)
___________________________________
S1-16
In 2025, GN’s unadjusted gender pay gap based on base salary for all
active employees, was 36.9% (2024: 38.3%).
To ensure that differences in pay are not driven by bias, GN established
an entity specific metric - adjusted gender pay gap analysis to compare
the base salary of men and women performing comparable work within
the same country.
In 2025, GN’s adjusted gender pay gap was 4.3% (2024: 3.3%). Alt-
hough the adjusted gender pay gap is relatively small, the analysis
highlighted areas for continued attention. GN will maintain annual re-
views to ensure fairness, transparency and consistency in pay practices.
Several factors significantly impact the above-mentioned unadjusted
gender pay gap, notably the organizational structure in question and
the balance of men and women across different organizational levels,
where GN has higher proportion of men in senior, higher-paid positions
than women.
Another factor influencing our unadjusted gender pay gap is material
differences in pay levels across GN locations combined with the differ-
ing gender compositions in each location.
In addition to pay gap analyses, GN monitors overall pay equity
through the total remuneration ratio. For 2025, the ratio between the
CEOs annual total remuneration and the median total remuneration at
GN is 46.4 (2024: 43.5). Further details on remuneration components
and methodology are available in the 2025 Remuneration Report. Fur-
ther details on total remuneration ratio can be found in the 2025 Re-
muneration Report.
Accounting policies
Unadjusted gender pay gap
The gender pay gap calculation follows ESRS reporting requirements illus-
trating gender pay gap on base salary on an aggregated organizational
level. Gender pay gap is calculated as the difference between average
hourly pay of male and female employees expressed as a percentage. All
active employees during the calendar year are included in the calculation.
Adjusted gender pay gap
From 2025, GN has strengthened its methodology for assessing the
adjusted gender pay gap to ensure greater objectivity. An independent
third-party provider now conducts the analysis using regression models
that control for legitimate pay drivers such as job complexity, experience,
performance, and location. This enhanced approach covers all active
employees during the calendar year and isolates only the unexplained pay
differences between women and men in comparable roles.
Total remuneration ratio
To calculate total remuneration ratio the median employee’s salary is
measured against our highest paid individual. Total remuneration for the
median employee is defined on the basis of base salary analysis where an
employee with a median base salary across all GN employees is selected
and remaining total remuneration components are calculated. All the ac-
tive employees during the calendar year are included in the calculation. GN
will work towards obtaining the data in a centralized system to include em-
ployee total remuneration in the calculations for future reporting periods.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
88/195
Violence and harassment
Policies
___________________________________
S1-1
To address the identified material potential negative impact on the
health and well-being of employees because of violence and harass-
ment, GN has implemented a dedicated Anti-Harassment Policy, which
aims to promote a respectful and inclusive culture and raise awareness
of bullying and harassment. It defines what GN considers to be harass-
ment and outlines actions to take when such cases are observed as well
as channels for reporting violence and harassment cases. The policy ap-
plies to all GN employees and activities, including interactions with cus-
tomers, business relationships, visitors, vendor employees, and interns.
Targets and actions
___________________________________
S1-5; S1-4
GN runs an annual mandatory anti-harassment e-learning for all em-
ployees. The main purpose of the program is to educate all employees
on identifying, preventing, and responding to harassment in the work-
place. GN also has the GN Alertline, where relevant cases are thor-
oughly investigated and reported to the Board’s Audit Committee on a
quarterly basis. Currently, GN does not track the effectiveness of the
Anti-Harassment Policy.
Incidents, complaints, and severe human rights impacts
___________________________________
S1-17
GN employees and external stakeholders can report concerns confiden-
tially through the whistleblower hotline. Cases are investigated by the
designated whistleblower investigation unit (Group Business Ethics &
Compliance department) with support from other Group Functions
where needed. All cases are reported quarterly to the Audit Commit-
tee.
GN has not incurred any fines, penalties or compensation for damages
related to reported incidents and complaints and has not identified any
severe human rights incidents connected to GN’s workforce.
88/195
Accounting policies
Incidents, complaints and severe human rights impacts
All cases reported through the GN Alertline are included in this metric. The
GN Alertline is a secure and confidential reporting tool hosted by an inde-
pendent third party. This hotline is available to all employees and external
stakeholders and can be accessed on the GN Group website via
www.gn.com/whistleblower and for employees also via GN's intranet.
Grievance channels and corresponding numbers
Unit
2025
2024
Total number of cases reported through GN Alertline by people in own workforce
number
36
40
Number of cases related to discrimination, including harassment
number
16
26
Fines, penalties and compensation for damages as a result of the incidents
DKK
0
0
Confirmed severe human rights incidents connected to own workforce
number
0
0
Confirmed severe human rights incidents connected to value chain workers
number
0
0
Fines, penalties and compensation related to confirmed severe human rights incidents
DKK
0
0
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
89/195
Employee characteristics
___________________________________
S1-6
At the end of the reporting period, our total employee headcount is
8,190 employees. The most representative number in the financial
statements can be found in note 2.3 on page 127. Our operations are
widespread, with significant employee presence in key regions.
The gender distribution is balanced with 4,080 males, 4,045 females
(10 workers who identify as non-binary and 55 workers where gender
data is missing).
The majority of our workforce (6,751 employees) are on permanent
contracts while 819 are on temporary contracts and 620 are non-guar-
anteed hours workers.
The temporary workers, that make up 10% of our total employees, are
crucial for managing operational peaks and lows. Notably, 68% of
these workers are in our Operations function, often due to legal re-
quirements - or local market practices - at our production sites. Our to-
tal employee turnover during 2025 was 1,118 employees, resulting in a
turnover rate of 13.7% (2024:15.2%).
Employee headcount by gender
2025
2024
Male
4,080
4,098
Female
4,045
3,969
Other
10
12
Not reported
55
66
Total employees
8,190
8,145
Employee headcount in countries where GN has at least 50 employees
2025
2024
Denmark
1,888
1,841
United States of America
1,550
1,608
China
1,404
1,427
Malaysia
1,013
997
India
340
338
Spain
202
193
Germany
166
172
United Kingdom
172
169
Japan
169
161
Australia
158
156
Poland
206
166
France
121
122
Taiwan
92
92
Brazil
95
89
Canada
94
89
Italy
93
83
Korea, Republic of
77
73
Netherlands
73
72
Singapore
66
64
Accounting policies
Employee headcount
Employee headcount is measured and reported as of 31
st
of December
2025. End-of-year figures gives the most accurate current state picture
without letting workforce fluctuations impact our figures.
Reporting on gender
Information about gender is recorded in GN’s HR management system,
Workday, where we host our total global workforce and other employee
master data. Employee headcount is disclosed as “Not reported” (see
“Employee headcount by gender”) when employees do not provide gender
information during the onboarding process. Category “Other” refer to
employees who identify themselves as non-binary.
Reporting on contract type
Until September 2024, the Workday system did not systematically capture
whether employees have employment contracts with guaranteed or non-
guaranteed hours. We have estimated the percentage of non-guaranteed
hours workers in the four countries with the highest employee count:
Denmark, the U.S., China, and Malaysia. Based on the analysis of the
general and local market conditions, it was concluded that non-guaranteed
hours employees are only relevant for the U.S. where 40% of the workforce
is under such employment conditions.
Employee turnover
Employee turnover includes both voluntary and involuntary permanent
turnover for both white collar and blue collar employees. The rate is calcu-
lated using the total headcount of employees as the denominator.
Female
Male
Other (*)
Not disclosed
Total
Employee headcount by contract type and gender
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
Employees
4,045
3,969
4,080
4,098
10
12
55
66
8,190
8,145
Permanent employees
3,139
3,023
3,557
3,532
8
8
47
59
6,751
6,622
Temporary employees
596
631
216
243
-
-
7
6
819
880
Non-guaranteed hours employees
310
315
307
323
2
4
1
1
620
643
(*) Gender as specified by the employees themselves
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
90/195
Material impacts and risks
___________________________________
SBM-3
We have identified four IROs related to workers in the value chain. Our
IROs reflect our dependence for our core activity of manufacturing
electronic devices on suppliers in industries with documented negative
social impacts, specifically mining, plastic and aluminum production,
paper production, freight and logistics, electronics manufacturing, and
e-waste treatment.
We cannot accurately link the majority of these IROs to GN’s activities,
because they occur in industries that are at tier 2 or beyond supplier
level in our upstream value chain. We directly or indirectly have busi-
ness relations with a very large number of sub-suppliers, in a part of
our value chain where we have limited visibility to leverage an
assessment of potential social impacts. For this reason, it is also not
possible for us to identify very specific (groups of) people or geogra-
phies where GN’s activities lead to impacts. Workers we consider to be
at high risk of impact and therefore in scope of this assessment in-
clude:
Agency workers working on GN sites in countries with weak
worker protection controls (this covers agency workers at our
manufacturing site in Malaysia).
Blue collar workers working for upstream entities involved in
mining, plastic, steel, aluminum and paper production, elec-
tronics manufacturing.
Blue collar workers working for downstream entities involved
in freight and distribution, and electronic waste processing.
One of the focus areas in our Better for planet strategy is safeguarding
the rights of workers across our value chain. We aim to achieve this
through a targeted program to strengthen our human rights due dili-
gence (see next page) between now and 2030. We expect that by suc-
cessfully executing this program, we will effectively manage material
impacts and risks in this area and comply with legislation in this area.
As Better for planet is part of GN’s overall strategy, the interests,
views, and rights of workers in the value chain are taken into account in
how we run our business.
Policies
___________________________________
S2-1; G1-2
GN is committed to ensuring that hu-
man rights are safeguarded and that we
manage our material sustainability mat-
ters related to value chain workers.
Our human rights policy commitments cover all value chain workers
across all geographies in which we operate to enable identification, as-
sessment, and management, or remediation of our material IROs. A
cornerstone of our human rights due diligence is our membership with
the RBA and our commitment to their code of conduct.
Workers in the value chain
S2-2 Processes for engaging with value chain workers about impacts see “Stakeholder engagement” on p. 53
S2-3 Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for value chain workers to raise concerns see “Business conduct and corporate culture” on pp. 98-99
Some industries in GNs value chain may have poor labor practices, such as excessive
overtime, insecure work, weak rights and inadequate pay/leave. This can harm workers
health, wellbeing and safety
Material IROs
Description
Inadequate working
conditions in the value chain
Mining industries, manufacturing, logistics and e -waste are linked to negative impacts to
health and safety of value chain workers
Inadequate protections of health
and safety in the value chain
Some parts of GNs value chain may lack legal protections against harassment and fail
to promote workforce diversity. This can harm workershealth and disproportionately,
affecting marginalized groups like migrant workers
Diversity and gender equality
issues in the value chain
Child and forced labor in the
value chain
Mining and manufacturing are linked to negative impacts of both child labor and other
forms of forced labor. There is also a financial risk, leading to risks to earnings due to
trade compliance, as well as fines and reputational damages
18
19
20
21
21
Addressed in
value chain
Impact: Risk:
Opportunity:
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
91/195
GN’s Supplier Code of Conduct (SCOC) is based on the RBA counter-
part, and is aligned with all relevant international frameworks, such as
the ILO Conventions, the UN Guiding Principles on Business and Hu-
man Rights, the UN Global Compact, and the OECD Guidance for Re-
sponsible Business Conduct. Our SCOC covers engagements with all
suppliers and business relationships for activities in our upstream, own
operations, and downstream, ensuring that we address IROs relating to
working conditions, health and safety, diversity, gender equality, child
labor and other forms of forced labor. It states that suppliers to all GN
companies, including all subsidiaries and affiliates, are expected to op-
erate in accordance with the minimum requirements set out in this
code. Our tier 1 and tier 2 suppliers are also subject to annual ESG au-
dits conducted by GN.
To ensure business partners and suppli-
ers comply with our SCOC, we use the
RBA and EcoVadis platforms to assess
human rights impacts and risks with key
suppliers.
We have established procedures and policies for managing relation-
ships with suppliers to ensure structured procurement processes and
fair behavior with business partners. All supplier contracts include stip-
ulations for governing late payments and guidelines for managing rela-
tionships with our suppliers, as well as small medium enterprises
(SMEs). These procedures are supported by our various policy commit-
ments, such as our SCOC.
Other relevant policy commitments supporting the management of
our material IROs in this area are our Sustainability ESG Policy and the
91/195
RBA VAP
**
audits
Coverage
EcoVadis SAQ RBA SAQ
*
2025
baseline
2030
target
2025
baseline
2030
target
2025
baseline
2030
target
100%
of manufacturing
sites and ROCs to
complete an RBA
SAQ
0%
of manufacturing
sites and ROCs
have completed
an RBA SAQ
100%
of manufacturing
sites and ROCs to
undergo a VAP
audit
0%
of manufacturing
sites and ROCs
have undergone
a VAP Audit
70/100
EcoVadis score
(reporting
company)
Strengthening
our RBA
membership
Ensuring we
comply with
all EU supply
chain due
diligence
laws
Indirect procurement: include responsible business conduct requirements with our indirect procurement suppliers based on risk exposure
Legislative : continued initiatives to ensure compliance with forced labor and conflict minerals legislation across our markets
Manufacturing
partners (T1)
Top
80%
spend
100%
to complete
facility &
corporate risk
assessment on
RBA
62%
completed
facility &
corporate risk
assessment on
RBA
2030
Voluntary EcoVadis requirements
Material and
component
suppliers (T2)
100%
to be onboarded
on EcoVadis
86%
onboarded on
EcoVadis
2030
RBA requirements for prioritized suppliers with high-risk profiles
* SAQ Self Assessment Questionnaire under RBA
** VAP Audits Validated Assessment Program Audits under RBA
*** Silver result all priority findings are resolved as a result of a VAP Audit
Supply chain
Own
operations
100%
completed a VAP
Audit with a
minimum Silver
result
68%
completed a VAP
Audit with a
minimum
Silver*** result
Our human rights due diligence program
57/100
EcoVadis score
(reporting
company)
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
92/195
recently updated Modern Slavery Statement and Conflict Minerals Pol-
icy. These describe how we consider social sustainability in everything
we do across our full value chain, as well as specifically addressing re-
spect for human rights, including labor rights, of workers and the aboli-
tion of child and forced labor. These policies guide our purchasing and
supplier selection, in which potential new suppliers are required to
complete a survey to verify compliance with applicable labor law, in-
cluding laws that ban slavery and human trafficking. GN requires its
suppliers to exclude minerals originating from conflict-affected and
high-risk areas (CAHRAs), which include, but are not limited to, the
Democratic Republic of the Congo and adjoining countries.
Targets and actions
___________________________________
S2-5; S2-4
In 2024, we committed to undertaking a comprehensive review of all
human rights-related policy areas to understand any applicable targets
that can be set. This also included taking actions to expand upon exist-
ing initiatives connected to using platforms, such as RBA, EcoVadis and
FRDM, to introduce a standardized process for tracking supplier perfor-
mance related to social indicators. We set a target to onboard at least
80% of our largest material and component suppliers (i.e. in terms of
amount of materials supplied) on the EcoVadis platform, including en-
suring we extend our supplier audit processes to account for CSDDD
and adjusting supplier contracts and the SCOC, where required. During
2025, we onboarded 86% (83 out of 96 suppliers) of this group on
EcoVadis and conducted 86 supplier audits across China and Southeast
Asia. Following these audits, we have worked with suppliers to address
all findings through corrective action plans, ensuring that they comply
with our policy objectives.
In 2025, we also conducted a human rights impact assessment as part
of developing Better for planet. As depicted in the infographic on the
previous page, the overall target for 2030 is to strengthen GN’s human
rights due diligence processes through increased use of EcoVadis and
RBA. This will allow for better identification of material impacts and
risks connected to value chain workers and to track the effectiveness
of our policies and actions when responding to these, while strengthen-
ing our ability to monitor progress and assess the effectiveness of the
targets over time.
We have targets for both our own operations and supply chain (see S1
chapter for more details regarding targets relating to our own opera-
tions). Each target is designed to accomplish a specific improvement
area relating to material impacts, such as poor working conditions,
health and safety, discrimination, and lacking diversity and gender
equality, in ongoing initiatives with our tier 1 partners and tier 2 suppli-
ers. They also address areas further in our upstream value chain to mit-
igate impacts and risks associated with forced labor and conflict miner-
als. As part of the development of Better for planet, we engaged with
value chain workers via credible proxies, such as our own audits, RBA
audit findings and EcoVadis scorecards.
To ensure we meet our targets, we intend to take the following ac-
tions:
In line with RBA requirements, we intend to fully map and as-
sess risks covering 80% of our spending with tier 1 manufac-
turing partners and tier 2 suppliers. These assessments will be
based on SAQs on the RBA platform and/or EcoVadis score-
cards
Linked to this, we plan to finalize the development and imple-
mentation of a new supplier and partner engagement routines
until end of 2027 to make better use of the RBA and EcoVadis
platform. The intention of this is to ensure that our key part-
ners share with us third-party scores and audit insights (e.g. as
part of RBA’s VAP), and actively work on the improvements of
their performance until 2030. "For our supplier engagement
program, tier 1 manufacturing partners will be required to be
onboarded on RBA, as well as complete an up-to-date SAQ.
We are progressing towards this target with 62% of our part-
ners already having been onboarded on RBA and completed
the required SAQ. Furthermore, 68% of partners have under-
gone a VAP audit process with a Silver result
We are currently in process of updating our scope for con-
ducting ESG audits by reviewing the checklists used by our
teams conducting the audits. The aim of this is to capture and
review data points from all suppliers relating to our material
IROs, as well as the targets in Better for planet
As part of our other supplier engagement programs, we plan
to introduce RBA code of conduct training for relevant GN
functions through the RBA Academy. This training, through
our existing SCOC, will also be rolled out and shared with our
suppliers
Where required, we will continue to onboard all suppliers in
scope of the program on EcoVadis. However, for our tier 1
partners, we view alignment with RBA as the main require-
ment
Finally, we will continue our responsible minerals sourcing
program as set out by OECD Due Diligence Guidance for Re-
sponsible Supply Chains of Minerals from Conflict-Affected
and High-Risk Areas (CAHRAs) across all markets in which we
operate. We will continue to make use of our existing partner-
ship with Greensoft Technology who perform due diligence on
our behalf focusing on 3TG conflict minerals and cobalt in our
upstream value chain in relevant CAHRAs
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
93/195
Material impacts, risks, and opportunities
___________________________________
SBM-3; S4-5
We have identified two risks (data privacy, product safety) and one op-
portunity and positive impact (hearing health) related to consumers
and end-users.
We respond to these risks by ensuring robust product safety and data
privacy processes within the context of our existing business model
and strategy. As data privacy and product safety are strictly regulated
by international and local laws, targets are mainly determined based
on these regulations. For hearing health, we have established an
entity-specific metricthe number of people helped with hearing
lossto quantify GN’s positive impact on consumers and end users.
Given the compliance-based nature of IROs, GN has not directly
engaged with consumers and end-users when setting targets, tracking
performance, or when identifying lessons learnt.
GN has implemented several policies, actions, and targets for manag-
ing product safety and data privacy related risks. For more information
see the table below and a dedicated section in this chapter for each
IRO.
Consumers and end-users
93/195
Material IROs
Description
Risk of non-compliance with
privacy laws
Violation of health and
safety standards
Hearing health
22
23
24
24
Addressed in
value chain
Impact: Risk:
Opportunity:
There is a financial risk as a consequence of non-compliance with privacy laws, if GN fails to
protect customer personal data (including security failures)
There is a financial risk as a consequence of recalls or reputational damage if a GN product
fails to meet product safety standards
There is a positive impact on society in terms of our capacity to offer millions of end-users
with better hearing, as well as allowing for a reduction in stigma of hearing loss. There is
also an opportunity in this space as our hearing products help to increase awareness
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
94/195
Helping people with hearing loss
Hearing health is both an actual positive impact and an opportunity for
GN. Our core activity of manufacturing hearing aids enables us to cre-
ate positive impact by helping millions of people with hearing loss. We
aim to help more people with hearing loss through customer-centric in-
novation, partnerships, and operational and commercial effectiveness.
Policies
___________________________________
S4-1
As hearing is inherent to the core activity in our Hearing division, it is
not covered in a policy as such. We strive to maximize our positive im-
pact by growing our Hearing business, which is reflected in our ex-
pected Group organic revenue growth of 5-8% annually until 2028. For
more information on our growth assumptions, see Financial targets
2025-2028, p 32.
Beyond hearing aid manufacturing, GN takes a step further by address-
ing the connections between hearing loss and overall health, especially
brain health, to motivate more people to take action on their hearing
loss. We strive to shape the hearing health agenda and drive a societal
shift that positions hearing as essential to cognitive, mental, social, and
physical well-being with initiatives such as LISTEN TO THIS. One of
our key commitments is to monitor research and generate insights that
support and guide the development of the hearing products to create
positive impact for users improving mental health, productivity, and
the overall quality of life.
Targets and actions
___________________________________
S4-5; S4-4
The global hearing aid adoption rate remains low, suggesting a need to
increase awareness of hearing health as part of overall health and well-
being. Our ambition is to drive awareness of hearing health by educat-
ing healthcare professionals and a broader audience with evidence
based content and practical tools. Additionally, we collaborate with
trusted partners to advance new knowledge and public health ap-
proaches.
We set a target in 2021 to help 10 mil-
lion people with hearing loss by 2025.
We have already exceeded that mile-
stone: in 2024, we helped 11.2 million
people hear better and live better lives,
and as of 2025 this increased to 12.1
million people.
In 2025, we continued several actions to raise awareness about hearing
health, reduce stigma and improve the overall quality of life for people
with hearing loss.
We launched the world’s smallest AI powered hearing aid that
enhances sound quality even in challenging situations like
noisy restaurants or crowded venues
We added a new Mental Health section to the LISTEN TO
THIS platform to highlight the importance of brain health and
its connection to hearing health. LISTEN TO THIS shapes the
hearing health agenda and amplifies GN’s impact by turning
insights into engagement and partnerships. It helps position
GN as a trusted leader in hearing and broader health and ena-
bles GN to maximize its positive impact on society by
strengthening its voice. As of October 2025, more than 1,500
hearing-care professionals have signed up to learn about the
link between hearing and cognition, gaining tools and insights
to initiate and act on hearing-health conversations
In November, alongside the Ambassador of Denmark to the
United States, His Excellency Jesper Møller Sørensen and with
LISTEN TO THIS, we brought together voices from healthcare,
technology, policy, and patient communities for an exclusive
gathering designed as a public affairs platform to foster dia-
logue and strengthen relationships. The invited guests include
representatives from AARP, GSA, UsAgainstAlzheimer’s, HIA,
the VA, and other select organization on the topic of "Hearing
and cognitive health: Addressing a silent risk of dementia.”
We also continued to help people with hearing loss without di-
rect access to hearing health due to their circumstances,
through a variety of product donation efforts globally
We partnered with the Danish fashion brand HAN Kjøbenhavn
to bring hearing health into the spotlight at Copenhagen
Fashion Week, showcasing hearing aids as modern design ob-
jects rather than something to hide. Two models with hearing
Accounting policies
Helping people with hearing loss
This number represents the number of people estimated to be using our
products on 31 December 2025. It is calculated using sales volumes of GN
hearing aids and assumptions based on EHIMA figures for binaural treat-
ment (i.e. whether users use one or two hearing aids) and estimated re-
placement rates (where we used five years for users based in high-income
countries U.S., Europe, Japan, Korea, and Australia and eight years for
other countries).
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
95/195
loss walked the runway wearing GN devices. The collaboration
is part of our mission to break stigma and make hearing health
visible, relatable, and culturally relevant
Data privacy
Data privacy of customers is a material risk in the value chain and in
our own operations, as GN holds a range of data on customers, some
of which is highly sensitive (e.g. health records, as part of the activities
in our hearing aid division). Failure to protect this data could have sig-
nificant financial implications.
Policies
___________________________________
S4-1
GN’s ambition is to ensure that all employees have the proper
knowledge of data privacy and that GN protects all personal data. GN
continuously reviews internal procedures and follows regulations to
protect consumer and end-user data and ensure the effectiveness of
policies.
To address the material risk related to data privacy, our Data Privacy
Code of Conduct and Data Privacy Policy are created to ensure that all
GN employees have the knowledge to mitigate risks and to ensure that
GN complies with relevant data protection regulations as the General
Data Protection Regulation (GDPR).
Our Data Privacy Code of Conduct guides how all employees process
and protect the consumer and end-user data that GN handles. The
Data Privacy Code of Conduct also describes processes for collecting,
processing, and protecting consumer and end-user data and applies to
all employees in GN.
The Data Privacy Policy aims to provide direction to identify and meet
the requirements regarding maintenance of privacy as well as the pro-
tection of personal identifiable information. This is in accordance with
applicable laws, regulations, and contractual agreements. The policy
describes rules and restrictions for international transfer of personal
data, how to collect, process, store, and inform personal data, etc.
A key ongoing initiative to ensure compliance with our Data Privacy
Policy and GDPR regulation is a GDPR risk assessment. As part of this,
questionnaires are sent to business process owners via our compliance
application. The aim with the initiative is to assess data privacy risks
across all business processes including alignment with the EU AI Act,
where AI systems and models are used in connection with personal
data.
Another ongoing initiative to contribute to compliance with our Data
Privacy Policy and work procedures is ‘zero trust technologies’. It as-
sumes that individuals, devices, and services that are attempting to ac-
cess company resources, even if inside the network, cannot automati-
cally be trusted. The initiative has resulted in significantly reducing any
intruders’ ability to breach GN systems and data.
Targets and actions
___________________________________
S4-5; S4-4
Besides compliance with international and local regulations, GN has
not set targets related to data privacy. GN complies with privacy regu-
lations such as GDPR, Health Insurance Portability and Accountability
Act USA (HIPAA), Personal Information Protection Law (China) (PIPL),
and The Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents
Act (Canada)(PIPEDA). GN continuously reviews internal procedures
and follows regulations to protect consumer and end-user data and en-
sure the effectiveness of policies and actions implemented. In connec-
tion with CSRD implementation, the process is formalized from 2024.
A new third party awareness training software for privacy and security
has been implemented in the beginning of 2025. This has improved and
modernized the general data privacy e-learning, and an extended use
of the tool will be implemented during 2026 by introducing short, topic
specific e-learning modules on a more frequent basis, thus ensuring a
more constant awareness of the data privacy principles.
Data ethics
GN uses data for various purposes, which leads to benefits for GN and
its customers. GN is committed to act ethically responsible with data
and comply with ethical principles. By actively considering data ethics,
GN intends to ensure human dignity, equality, fairness, responsible use
of data, transparency, and awareness by minimizing risk of algorithm
bias and discrimination, lack of transparency, lack of control, and lack
of responsibility and accountability. GN is implementing appropriate
organizational and technical security measures to ensure that any use
of data happens in a safe and secure manner. GN will periodically re-
view the contents of GN data ethics taking into consideration input
from employees and partners, development in trends, technology, leg-
islation, and ethical data values. See GN’s Data Ethics Policy:
www.gn.com/dataethicspolicy. (§ 99 d)
Product safety
Product safety of our hearing products is a material risk where medical
devices fall under strict product safety regulation to protect hearing
aid users. A product-safety failure could have significant financial con-
sequences and lead to health and safety harms for end-users.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
96/195
Policies
___________________________________
S4-1
GN develops, manufactures, and markets hearing aids, which are classi-
fied as medical devices. Ensuring product safety to manage the mate-
rial risk related to this is fundamental to our business and we adhere to
strict regulatory frameworks and safety standards to effectively man-
age product safety risks.
GN safety policies ensure that our hearing products meet and exceed
safety and quality standards, safeguarding user health and well-being.
The policies apply to all hearing aids and associated accessories de-
signed and manufactured by the company, covering all aspects from
development to post-market monitoring. The policies do not cover
third-party accessories or components not designed or manufactured
by GN, nor does it apply to non-medical electronics.
Our safety policies outline measures to identify, assess, and mitigate
product safety risks throughout the product lifecycle. The policies in-
clude details on adherence to medical device standards, quality control
protocols, and post-market surveillance activities. Furthermore, poli-
cies cover risk management approaches focusing on design safety, usa-
bility, and compliance with regulations.
We have a continuous improvement process for product safety
through feedback, technological innovation, and compliance with
evolving standards. According to CSRD Article 2, the 2017/745 Medical
Device Regulation defines the specific safety requirement applicable
for all hearing aids and associated accessories designed and manufac-
tured by the company, covering all aspects from development to post-
market monitoring. Additionally, our devices comply with the 2014/53
Radio Equipment Directive (RED) for wireless communication, includ-
ing Bluetooth functionality, to ensure the safe and effective use of
wireless technology.
Targets and actions
___________________________________
S4-5; S4-4
For our hearing products, as part of our commitment to continuous im-
provement of quality and compliance practice, we strive to ensure we
always comply with country-specific regulation and deadlines in rela-
tion to electronic Medical Device Reporting (eMDR) and vigilance re-
porting, which are both critical in ensuring timely identification of and
response to potential safety issues.
We have set a target on deviation response time, which we measure as
the time taken to initiate corrective actions if we have three consecu-
tive months of underperformance against our response time KPI. The
ongoing target and baseline value was 20 days which was formally de-
fined in 2024. The average response time in 2025 was 17 days, which is
below the target value.
To set this target, we utilized a combination of quantitative analysis
(e.g., incident data trends, KPI metrics) and qualitative assessment
(e.g., internal audits, stakeholder feedback). Cross-functional teams in-
cluding Quality, Regulatory Affairs, Risk Management, and Product De-
velopment are involved in defining, monitoring, and refining our KPIs.
Feedback from regulatory bodies and industry partners informs our ap-
proach, particularly for adjusting compliance timelines and addressing
emerging risks.
Regular management review meetings ensure that the target and KPIs
are continually aligned with regulatory requirements and industry best
practices. Vigilance processes are aligned with national and interna-
tional regulatory requirements, where specific deadlines dictate the
timeline for reporting incidents. We employ a trigger-based monitoring
approach for CAPA (Corrective and Preventive Actions), where certain
thresholds (e.g., exceeding specific KPI limits) automatically initiate a
root cause analysis.
At GN, we utilize robust internal processes to monitor key aspects of
product safety, regulatory compliance, and risk management. Our
overarching ambition is to maintain compliance with regulatory re-
quirements, while proactively mitigating risks associated with product
safety.
Several product safety related initiatives were implemented in GN dur-
ing 2025:
GN is exposed to regular audits and inspections to assess com-
pliance with internal and external safety requirements. In
2025, we had a total of 25 external audits, including 15 exter-
nal audits by our Notified Bodies
GN continues to perform and document training activities as
part of its continuous education programs, ensuring that em-
ployees remain informed about product safety best practices
and regulatory developments. In 2025, the focus has been on
deepening knowledge of upcoming regulatory requirements,
strengthening capabilities within risk management, advancing
cyber security awareness, and building competence in AI-re-
lated compliance. Targeted training sessions have supported
employees in adapting to these evolving areas, ensuring GN
maintains a high level of preparedness and compliance across
its operations
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
97/195
Business conduct 98
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
97/195
Sustainability statement
G
overnance
Spearheading the Auracast revolution
More than a decade ago, GN initiated the setup of a hearing aid
working group within the Bluetooth Special Interest Group (SIG),
where GN took a leading role in the development of a new Blue-
tooth standard Bluetooth Low Energy (LE) Audio supporting
Auracast
broadcast audio.
Throughout 2025, multiple sites around the world have imple-
mented Auracast, transforming how users experience audio in
private and public spaces now and into the future. Auracast is be-
coming the gold standard for increased accessibility in theaters,
music halls, conference venues, public transportation and air-
ports, museums, places of worship, and even sports bars not
only for hearing aid users but also for the wider community.
This was a big milestone for GN and our mission to make sound
more inclusive, pioneering this accessible technology in hearing
aidshelping even more people hear better and live better lives.
Many other technology companies are now following in our foot-
steps allowing people to use Auracast to also stream audio di-
rectly from TV sets, radio, various electronic devices, etc.
The Sydney Opera House in Australia was the first cultural institu-
tion worldwide to permanently install Auracast broadcast audio in
its Playhouse, Drama Theatre and Studio.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
98/195
Material impacts, risks, and opportunities
___________________________________
SBM-3
We have two material risks related to business conduct, reflecting that
as a global company we engage in business relationships across a wide
variety of geographies. The first risk is related to third party relations,
indicating the financial risk associated with failure in due diligence of
third parties we deal with. The second risk is related to corruption and
bribery, reflecting the financial risk associated with failure to prevent
these practices. GN has implemented appropriate policies and proce-
dures for mitigating these risks.
Business conduct and corporate culture
___________________________________
G1-1; S1-3; S2-3; GOV-1
Our success is founded on ethical conduct, which is central to who we
are and how we operate. In a rapidly changing world, upholding the
highest ethical standards is both a responsibility and a privilege that
guides our decisions and safeguards our reputation as a trusted leader.
At GN, we are committed to integrity, transparency, and ethical con-
duct across our entire organization, fostering a culture in which
employees feel empowered and safe to raise concerns, including
through the whistleblower hotline GN Alertline.
The GN Business Ethics & Compliance program is designed to prevent,
detect, and respond to misconduct, ensuring that stakeholders act re-
sponsibly and in accordance with applicable laws and GN policies as set
out in the GN Ethics Guide – Code of Conduct. Core program compo-
nents include compliance policies, training, and communication, whis-
tleblower hotline investigations, anti-corruption compliance reviews,
third-party due diligence, and economic sanctions management.
The Group Business Ethics & Compliance team partners across the or-
ganization to mitigate the risk of non-compliance with anti-corruption
laws and GN policies worldwide. Anti-corruption training is mandatory
on an annual basis for all employees, including consultants.
GN’s commitment to business ethics is anchored in our GN Ethics Guide
– Code of Conduct, which sets out the responsibilities and ethical stand-
ards expected of all employees, members of the Board of Directors,
and business partners. This Guide is aligned with recognized standards
of ethical business conduct and applicable regulations and publicly
available in ten languages at www.gn.com/documents and on GN’s in-
tranet.
The Group Business Ethics & Compliance team is supported by our net-
work of local Compliance Champions, who act as local compliance liai-
sons. The Compliance Champions help promote and raise awareness of
compliance-related matters and regularly facilitate local training activi-
ties. This program is a key element in preventing potential violations
and misconduct within GN.
GN Alertline (confidential reporting system)
At GN, we are committed to providing a safe environment where both
internal and external stakeholders can confidently raise their concerns.
GN has established the whistleblower hotline GN Alertline, to enable
reporting of business ethics misconduct and to reinforce our commit-
ment to conducting business in a financially, socially, and environmen-
tally responsible manner. The Alertline reports form the basis for inves-
tigations into potential misconduct, violation of law, or company policy
breaches.
The Alertline is a secure, confidential reporting channel hosted by an
independent third party and is available to employees and external
stakeholders via www.gn.com/whistleblower (and on the intranet for
employees). Concerns may be submitted verbally or in writing.
The Group Business Ethics & Compliance department is GN’s desig-
nated investigation unit in accordance with the Danish whistleblower
law has established an Investigation Guideline, a procedural tool that
details the step‑by‑step process for investigating concerns raised by
employees.
Business conduct
G1-2 Management of relationships with suppliers see “Policies” on pp. 90-92
There is a financial risk in the electronics industry due to evidence of supplier malpractice.
This can have reputational risks as GN is dependent on suppliers for its value creationThird party relations
There is a financial risk due to bribery and corruption as this can lead to legal fines and
fees, reputational damage, market disqualification, operational disruptions and contract
terminations
Corruption and bribery
Material IROs
Description
Addressed in
value chain
25
26
Impact: Risk:
Opportunity:
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
99/195
Oversight of these investigations lies with GN’s Audit Committee,
which is updated quarterly on findings and recommendations on cases
received through the GN Alertline.
GN is committed to ensuring that any person who reports a concern in
good faith will not be subject to retaliatory action in line with our Non-
Retaliation Policy.
Compliance Training and Awareness
GN is committed to conducting business ethically. To ensure this com-
mitment is shared across the organization, all GN employees are re-
quired to complete the annual GN Ethics Guide training. This online
course explains why ethical conduct matters to GN and our stakehold-
ers, outlines the main compliance and ethics risks we face, and illus-
trates how to recognize and respond to potential issues.
The key focus areas of this training are speaking up, bribery and corrup-
tion, conflicts of interest, third-party risk, and managers’ responsibili-
ties. The e-learning is accompanied by a “read and acknowledge” of our
GN Ethics Guide, compliance policies, and is available in ten languages.
More in-depth, in-person training is also provided as required and is
mandated for employees in higher risk roles and functions, as deter-
mined by our risk assessments, in addition to being available on re-
quest.
Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery
___________________________________
G1-3
GN maintains a zero‑tolerance stance on bribery and corruption, as set
out in our Anti-Corruption Policy. The policy defines expectations and
mandatory controls to prevent corrupt practices across the organiza-
tion and provides guidance on reporting misconduct or seeking clarifi-
cation.
We communicate the policy through internal awareness campaigns, e-
learning, and in-person training. Additional policies and processes in-
clude our Gifts and Hospitality Policy and our third-party management
program.
The Group Business Ethics & Compliance team regularly conducts on-
site compliance reviews across all levels of GN, with a particular focus
on anti-corruption and anti-bribery controls. These reviews are de-
signed to assess and mitigate the risk of corruption practices within GN
by identifying potential vulnerabilities or gaps in our compliance pro-
cesses.
The main objectives of an anti-corruption compliance review are to:
Identify and assess local compliance challenges and issues
Advise the business on how to manage specific compliance
risks
Support the business in ensuring compliance with applicable
laws and regulations (e.g., the US FCPA and the UK Bribery
Act) and GN policies
The team also carries out broader, planned combined reviews with
Group Legal and Group Financial Reporting & Controlling.
Incidents of corruption and bribery
___________________________________
G1-4
Consistent with the previous year, GN has not recorded any convictions
or fines related to violations of anti-corruption or anti-bribery laws.
Incidents of corruption and bribery
Unit
2025
2024
Confirmed incidents of corruption or bribery
number
0
0
Fines related to violation of anti-corruption or anti-bribery
laws
DKK
0
0
Accounting policies
Convictions and fines related to violation of anti-corruption
Fines, penalties and compensation related to violations of anti-corruption
or anti-bribery laws are covered by our internal policy and process on man-
datory engagement of Group Legal, who therefore have visibility of any
such instances.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
100/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
100/195
Sustainability statement
Appendices
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
101/195
___________________________________
IRO-2
ESRS2 - General disclosures
Disclosure requirement
Page
BP-1
General basis for preparation of the sustainability statement
54
BP-2
Disclosures in relation to specific circumstances
54
GOV-1
The role of the administrative, management and supervisory bodies
51
GOV-2
Information provided to, and sustainability matters addressed by the undertaking’s administrative, management
and supervisory bodies
51
GOV-3
Sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes
52
GOV-4
Statement on due diligence
55
GOV-5
Risk management and internal controls over sustainability reporting
55
SBM-1
Strategy, business model and value chain
47-50
SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
53
SBM-3
Material impacts, risks and opportunities and how they interact with its strategy and business model
49-50
IRO-1
Process to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities
49
IRO-2
Disclosure requirements in ESRS covered by the sustainability statement
101-104
ESRS E2 - Pollution
Disclosure requirement
Page
IRO-1
Description of the processes to identify and assess material pollution-related impacts, risks and opportu-
nities
49
E2-1
Policies related to pollution
71
E2-2
Actions and resources related to pollution
71-72
E2-3
Targets related to pollution
71-72
E2-5
Substances of concern and substances of very high concern
73
ESRS E5 - Resource and circular economy
Disclosure requirement
Page
IRO-1
Description of the processes to identify and assess material resource use and circular economy-related
impacts, risks and opportunities
49
E5-1
Policies related to resource use & circular economy
74
E5-2
Actions and resources related to resource use & circular economy
74-75
E5-3
Targets related to resource use & circular economy
74-75
E5-4
Resource inflows
76
E5-5
Resource outflows
77-79
ESRS S1 - Own workforce
Disclosure requirement
Page
SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
53
SBM-3
Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model
81
S1-1
Policies related to own workforce
81-82; 84-85; 87-88
S1-2
Processes for engaging with own workforce and workers’ representatives about impacts
53
S1-3
Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for own workforce to raise concerns
98-99
S1-4
Taking action on material impacts on own workforce, and approaches to mitigating material risks and
pursuing material opportunities related to own workforce, and effectiveness of those actions
81-85; 87-88
S1-5
Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing mate-
rial risks and opportunities
81-85; 87-88
S1-6
Characteristics of the undertaking’s employees
89
S1-9
Diversity metrics
86
S1-10
Adequate wages
85
S1-14
Health and safety metrics
83
S1-16
Compensation metrics (pay gap and total compensation)
87
S1-17
Incidents, complaints and severe human rights impacts
88
Contents tables of disclosure requirements
ESRS E1 - Climate change
Disclosure requirement
Page
GOV-3
Integration of sustainability-related performance in incentive schemes
52
SBM-3
Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model
61
IRO-1
Description of the processes to identify and assess material climate-related impacts, risks and opportunities
49; 61-62
N/A
Disclosures pursuant to Article 8 of Regulation (EU) 2020/852 (Taxonomy Regulation)
57-60
E1-1
Transition plan for climate change mitigation
62
E1-2
Policies related to climate change mitigation and adaption
63
E1-3
Actions and resources in relation to climate change policies
64-65
E1-4
Targets related to climate change mitigation and adaption
63-64
E1-5
Energy consumption & mix
66
E1-6
Gross scopes 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions
67-69
E1-7
GHG removals and GHG mitigation projects financed through carbon credits
70
E1-9
Anticipated financial effects from material physical and transition risks and potential
61-62
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
102/195
ESRS S2 - Workers in the value chain
Disclosure requirement
Page
SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
53
SBM-3
Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model
90
S2-1
Policies related to value chain workers
90-92
S2-2
Processes for engaging with value chain workers about impacts
53
S2-3
Processes to remediate negative impacts and channels for value chain workers to raise concerns
98-99
S2-4
Taking action on material impacts on value chain workers, and approaches to managing material risks related to
value chain workers, and effectiveness of those actions
92
S2-5
Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks
92
ESRS S4 - Consumers and end users
Disclosure requirement
Page
SBM-2
Interests and views of stakeholders
53
SBM-3
Material impacts, risks and opportunities and their interaction with strategy and business model
93
S4-1
Policies related to consumers and end-users
94-96
S4-4
Taking action on material impacts on consumers and end-users, and approaches to managing material risks and
pursuing material opportunities related to consumers and end users, and effectiveness of those actions
94-96
S4-5
Targets related to managing material negative impacts, advancing positive impacts, and managing material risks
and opportunities
93-96
ESRS G1 - Business conduct
Disclosure requirement
Page
GOV-1
The role of the administrative, supervisory and management bodies
98
IRO-1
Description of the processes to identify and assess material impacts, risks and opportunities
49
G1-1
Corporate culture and business conduct policies
98-99
G1-2
Management of relationships with suppliers
90-92
G1-3
Prevention and detection of corruption and bribery
99
G1-4
Confirmed incidents of corruption and bribery
99
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
103/195
___________________________________
IRO-2
Data points that are derived from other EU legislation
Disclosure
requirement
Data point
SFDR reference
Pillar 3 reference
Benchmark
regulation reference
EU Climate Law
reference
Material
Page number
ESRS 2 GOV-1
21 (d)
Board's gender diversity
x
x
x
40
ESRS 2 GOV-1
21 (e)
Percentage of board members who are independent
x
x
41-43
ESRS 2 GOV-4
30
Statement on due diligence
x
x
55
ESRS 2 SBM-1
40 (d) i
Involvement in activities related to fossil fuel activities paragraph
x
x
x
ESRS 2 SBM-1
40 (d) ii
Involvement in activities related to chemical production paragraph
x
x
ESRS 2 SBM-1
40 (d) iii
Involvement in activities related to controversial weapons paragraph
x
x
ESRS 2 SBM-1
40 (d) iv
Involvement in activities related to cultivation and production of tobacco paragraph
x
ESRS E1-1
14
Transition plan to reach climate neutrality by 2050
x
x
62
ESRS E1-1
16 (g)
Undertakings excluded from Paris-aligned Benchmarks paragraph
x
x
x
62
ESRS E1-4
34
GHG emission reduction targets
x
x
x
x
63-64
ESRS E1-5
38
Energy consumption from fossil sources disaggregated by sources (only high climate impact sectors)
x
x
66
ESRS E1-5
37
Energy consumption and mix
x
x
66
ESRS E1-5
40-43
Energy intensity associated with activities in high climate impact sectors
x
x
66
ESRS E1-6
44
Gross Scope 1, 2, 3 and Total GHG emissions
x
x
x
x
68
ESRS E1-6
53-55
Gross GHG emissions intensity
x
x
x
x
68
ESRS E1-7
56
GHG removals and carbon credits
x
x
70
ESRS E1-9
66
Exposure of the benchmark portfolio to climate-related physical risks
x
ESRS E1-9
66 (a); 66 (c)
Disaggregation of monetary amounts by acute and chronic physical risk ; Location of significant assets
at material physical risk
x
ESRS E1-9
67 (c)
Breakdown of the carrying value of its real estate assets by energy-efficiency classes
x
ESRS E1-9
69
Degree of exposure of the portfolio to climate- related opportunities
x
ESRS E2-4
28
Amount of each pollutant listed in Annex II of the E-PRTR Regulation (European Pollutant Release and
Transfer Register) emitted to air, water and soil
x
ESRS E3-1
9
Water and marine resources
x
ESRS E3-1
13
Dedicated policy
x
ESRS E3-1
14
Sustainable oceans and seas
x
ESRS E3-4
28 (c)
Total water recycled and reused
x
ESRS E3-4
29
Total water consumption in m3 per net revenue on own operations
x
ESRS 2- IRO 1 - E4
16 (a) i
x
ESRS 2- IRO 1 - E4
16 (b)
x
ESRS 2- IRO 1 - E4
16 (c)
x
ESRS E4-2
24 (b)
Sustainable land / agriculture practices or policies
x
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
104/195
Disclosure
requirement
Data point
SFDR reference
Pillar 3 reference
Benchmark
regulation reference
EU Climate Law
reference
Material
Page number
ESRS E4-2
24 (c)
Sustainable oceans / seas practices or policies
x
ESRS E4-2
24 (d)
Policies to address deforestation
x
ESRS E5-5
37 (d)
Non-recycled waste
x
ESRS E5-5
39
Hazardous waste and radioactive waste
x
ESRS 2- SBM3 - S1
14 (f)
Risk of incidents of forced labour
x
ESRS 2- SBM3 - S1
14 (g)
Risk of incidents of child labour
x
ESRS S1-1
20
Human rights policy commitments
x
x
81
ESRS S1-1
21
Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental International Labor Organisation Con-
ventions 1 to 8
x
x
81
ESRS S1-1
22
Processes and measures for preventing trafficking in human beings
x
x
81
ESRS S1-1
23
Workplace accident prevention policy or management system
x
x
82-83
ESRS S1-3
32 (c)
Grievance/complaints handling mechanisms
x
x
98-99
ESRS S1-14
88 (b) (c)
Number of fatalities and number and rate of work-related accident
x
x
x
83
ESRS S1-14
88 (e)
Number of days lost to injuries, accidents, fatalities or illness
x
x (Phased in)
ESRS S1-16
97 (a)
Unadjusted gender pay gap
x
x
x
87
ESRS S1-16
97 (b)
Excessive CEO pay ratio
x
x
87
ESRS S1-17
103 (a)
Incidents of discrimination
x
x
88
ESRS S1-17
104 (a)
Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights and OECD
x
x
x
88
ESRS 2- SBM3 S2
11 (b)
Significant risk of child labour or forced labour in the value chain
x
x
90
ESRS S2-1
17
Human rights policy commitments
x
x
90-92
ESRS S2-1
18
Policies related to value chain workers
x
x
90-92
ESRS S2-1
19
Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights principles and OECD guidelines
x
x
x
90-92
ESRS S2-1
19
Due diligence policies on issues addressed by the fundamental International Labor Organisation Con-
ventions 1 to 8
x
x
90-92
ESRS S2-4
36
Human rights issues and incidents connected to its upstream and downstream value chain
x
x
92
ESRS S3-1
16
Human rights policy commitments
x
ESRS S3-1
17
Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights, ILO principles or and OECD guidelines
x
x
ESRS S3-4
36
Human rights issues and incidents
x
ESRS S4-1
16
Policies related to consumers and end-users
x
ESRS S4-1
17
Non-respect of UNGPs on Business and Human Rights and OECD guidelines
x
x
ESRS S4-4
35
Human rights issues and incidents
x
ESRS G1-1
10 (b)
United Nations Convention against Corruption
x
ESRS G1-1
10 (d)
Protection of whistleblowers
x
ESRS G1-4
24 (a)
Fines for violation of anticorruption and anti-bribery laws
x
x
x
99
ESRS G1-4
24 (b)
Standards of anti- corruption and anti- bribery
x
x
99
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
105/195
Abbreviation glossary
Abbreviation
Definition
BTE
Behind the ear
CAPA
Corrective and Preventive Actions
CBECS
Commercial Buildings Energy Consumption Survey
CCA
Climate change adaptation
CCM
Climate change mitigation
CoE
Center of Excellence
CRM
Corporate Risk Management
CRT
Cobalt reporting templates
CSDDD
Corporate Sustainability Due Diligence Directive
CSRD
Corporate Sustainability Reporting Directive
DACCS
Direct air carbon capture and storage
DEFRA
Department for Environment, Food & Rural Affairs
DMA
Double materiality assessment
DNSH
Do No Significant Harm
DPP
Digital Product Passport
DRC
Democratic Republic of the Congo
EFRAG
European Financial Reporting Advisory Group
EHIMA
European Hearing Instrument Manufacturers Association
ELT
Executive Leadership Team
eMDRs
electronic Medical Device Reporting
EPA
Environmental Protection Agency
ESPR
Ecodesign for Sustainable Products Regulation
ESRS
European Sustainability Reporting Standards
EU WEEE Directive
Waste Electrical and Electronic Equipment Directive
FRDM
Freedom
FSC
Forest Stewardship Council
GDPR
General Data Protection Regulation
GHG
Greenhouse gas
GLEC
Global Logistics Emissions Council
Abbreviation
Definition
H&S
Health and safety
HIPAA
Health Insurance Portability and Accountability Act
HSE
Health, Safety, & Environment
HVAC
heating, ventilation, and air conditioning
IEA
International Energy Agency
IPCC
Intergovernmental Panel on Climate Change
IPE
International Position Evaluation
IRO
Impacts, risk, and opportunity
ISCC
International Sustainability and Carbon Certification
LCA
Life cycle assessment
NZE
Net-Zero Emissions
OECD
Organisation for Economic Co-operation and Development
PC/ABS
Polycarbonate-Acrylonitrile Butadiene Styrene
PCB
Printed circuit board
PIPEDA
The Personal Information Protection and Electronic Documents Act
PIPL
Personal Information Protection Law
ppm
Parts per million
RBA
Responsible Business Alliance
REACH
Registration, Evaluation, Authorisation and Restriction of Chemicals
REC
Renewable Energy Certificate
RED
Radio Equipment Directive
ROC
Regional operation center
RoHS
Restriction of Hazardous Substances
SBTi
Science Based Targets initiative
STEPS
Stated Policies Scenario
SKU
Stock keeping unit
TCFD
Taskforce for Climate-Related Financial Disclosures
TWS
TrueWireless
Abbreviation glossary
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
106/195
Q4 financial highlights 107
Quarterly financial highlights 108
Quarterly reporting by segment 109
Quarterly reporting 110
Q4 segment disclosures 111
2025 segment disclosures 112
Expensed development cost 113
Additional financials
Q4 202
5 (unaudited)
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
106/195
Revolutionary suite of tactical communica-
tion and hearing protection systems
In September 2025, FalCom launched a suite of twelve ground-
breaking products. Marking the most significant milestone in
FalCom’s history, this comprehensive next-generation portfolio
sets a new industry benchmark with highly modular, scalable, and
mission-ready systems designed to empower operators in the most
demanding environments.
The suite fundamentally transforms tactical communication and
hearing protection by delivering unmatched flexibility, modularity,
and user-centric innovation. FalCom systems are designed not just
to meet but to anticipate operational needs seamlessly integrat-
ing audio, data, and power in the smallest, most rugged form fac-
tors.
FalCom now offers the industry’s highest-rated hearing protection,
the world’s smallest audio, data, and power control units, deliver-
ing unmatched modularity and communication efficiency with min-
imal carrier footprint, and the first-ever tactical data hub integrat-
ing audio, data, and power into a single, rugged platform setting
new standards for battlefield connectivity and efficiency.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
107/195
GN Group
Revenue ended at DKK 4,678 million, due to organic revenue growth of
-2% (excluding the wind-down), while the impact from FX was -4%.
Gross profit ended at DKK 2,499 million, reflecting a gross margin of
53.4% compared to 53.2% in Q4 2024 driven by strong pricing disci-
pline and group-wide synergies, offset by direct tariff costs in Enter-
prise and Gaming. R&D investments ended at DKK -425 million in the
quarter, which included a DKK -63 million non-cash write-down of se-
lected development projects as a consequence of the recently an-
nounced partnership between GN and Huddly concerning large room
video solutions. Management and administrative costs ended at DKK
-396 million in the quarter compared to DKK -467 million in Q4 2024,
reflecting continued cost focus. Reported EBITA ended at DKK 627 mil-
lion, equaling an EBITA margin of 13.4% compared to 13.7% in Q4
2024, reflecting the positive development in the gross margin and
group-wide cost focus, but offset by the R&D write-down. In Q4 2025,
amortization of acquired intangible assets amounted to DKK -57 mil-
lion. Financial items ended at DKK -138 million, consisting of DKK -103
million in underlying financial items, and DKK -35 million in FX revalua-
tion of balance sheet items. Free cash flow excl. M&A reached DKK 744
million in the quarter as a result of the strong profitability and a posi-
tive development in net working capital.
Hearing division
Revenue in Q4 2025 was DKK 1,906 million compared to DKK 1,850
million in Q4 2024, driven by an organic revenue growth of 7%. Reve-
nue growth was 3% including around -4% impact from the develop-
ment in FX. In North America, Hearing experienced solid organic reve-
nue growth, primarily driven by the independent segment and VA. In
Europe, Hearing continued to deliver double-digit organic revenue
growth supported by strong performance in France and Germany. The
growth in Rest of World was impacted by a challenging comparison
base from Q4 2024. Hearing’s gross profit ended at DKK 1,152 million
in Q4 2025, equivalent to a gross margin of 60.4% (compared to 61.4%
in Q4 2024). The development reflects negative country and channel
mix. Hearing’s divisional profit was DKK 671 million corresponding to a
divisional profit margin of 35.2%.
Enterprise division
Revenue in Q4 2025 was DKK 1,896 million compared to DKK 2,050
million in Q4 2024, equal to -3% organic revenue growth. Revenue
growth was -8% including around -5% impact from the development in
FX. The development in the quarter reflects positive growth across
North America and APAC, while EMEA was negatively impacted by
continued market challenges, as well as some channel inventory reduc-
tions. In addition, Enterprise experienced a significant revenue contri-
bution from FalCom. Enterprise’s gross profit ended at DKK 1,052 mil-
lion in Q4 2025, equivalent to a gross margin of 55.5% (compared to
57.5% in Q4 2024). The development reflects a positive pricing effect
as well as the impact of the group-wide synergies despite direct tariff
costs. Enterprise’s divisional profit was DKK 631 million, corresponding
to a divisional profit margin of 33.3%.
Gaming division
Revenue from SteelSeries in Q4 2025 was DKK 882 million compared
to DKK 1,053 million in Q4 2024, equal to -12% organic revenue
growth. The development reflects a difficult gaming equipment mar-
ket in the quarter as a consequence of the low level of consumer senti-
ment and a demanding comparison base from Q4 2024, where
SteelSeries delivered organic revenue growth of 16%. Total revenue
growth (including wind-down) was -22% with -4% impact from the de-
velopment in FX. The gross profit contribution from SteelSeries prod-
ucts was DKK 300 million, equivalent to 34.0% compared to 34.5% in
Q4 2024 driven by group-wide synergies, but offset by despite direct
tariff costs. The divisional profit contribution from SteelSeries products
was DKK 145 million (equivalent to a strong divisional profit margin of
16.4%).
Q4 financial highlights
Financial overview Q4 2025
GN Store Nord
Hearing division
Enterprise division
Gaming division
Gaming
Consumer
DKK million
Q4 2025
Q4 2024
Growth
Q4 2025
Q4 2024
Growth
Q4 2025
Q4 2024
Growth
Q4 2025
Q4 2024
Growth
Q4 2025
Q4 2024
Growth
Revenue
4,678
5,019
-7%
1,906
1,850
3%
1,896
2,050
-8%
882
1,053
-16%
-6
66
NA
Organic growth
-2%*
0%
7%
7%
-3%
-3%
-12%
16%
-108%
-78%
Gross profit
2,499
2,672
-6%
1,152
1,135
1%
1,052
1,178
-11%
300
363
-17%
-5
-4
NA
Gross profit margin
53.4%
53.2%
0.2%p
60.4%
61.4%
-1.0%p
55.5%
57.5%
-2.0%p
34.0%
34.5%
-0.5%p
NA
-6.1%
NA
Divisional profit
1,444
1,521
-5%
671
667
1%
631
775
-19%
145
-3
Divisional profit margin
30.9%
30.3%
0.6%p
35.2%
36.1%
-0.9%p
33.3%
37.8%
-4.5%p
16.4%
NA
EBITA
627
688
-9%
EBITA margin
13.4%
13.7%
-0.3%p
Free cash flow excl. M&A
744
94
650
* Excluding wind-down effects. Reported organic revenue growth of -3%
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
108/195
Q4
Q4
Full year
Full year
2025
2024
2025
2024
DKK million
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(aud.)
(aud.)
GN Store Nord
Revenue
4,678
5,019
16,782
17,985
Revenue growth
-7%
-1%
-7%
-1%
Organic growth
-3%
0%
-4%
1%
Gross profit margin
53.4%
53.2%
54.6%
53.2%
EBITA*
627
688
1,908
2,153
EBITA margin*
13.4%
13.7%
11.4%
12.0%
Profit (loss) before tax
450
503
914
1,361
Effective tax rate
22.2%
22.1%
22.3%
22.2%
EBITDA
768
780
2,323
2,541
ROIC (EBITA*/Average invested capital)
9%
10%
9%
10%
Earnings per share DKK, basic (EPS)
2.36
2.52
4.48
6.79
Earnings per share DKK, fully diluted (EPS diluted)
2.36
2.52
4.48
6.78
Free cash flow excl. M&A
744
94
1,112
1,081
Cash conversion (Free cash flow excl. M&A/EBITA*)
119%
14%
58%
50%
Equity ratio
37.3%
35.4%
37.3%
35.4%
Net interest-bearing debt
8,876
9,699
8,876
9,699
Net interest-bearing debt (period-end)/EBITDA
3.8
3.8
3.8
3.8
Outstanding shares, end of period (thousand)
145,613
145,613
145,613
145,613
Average number of outstanding shares (thousand)
145,613
145,613
145,613
145,613
Average number of outstanding shares, fully diluted (thousand)
145,712
145,712
145,712
145,712
Treasury shares, end of period (thousand)
5,300
5,300
5,300
5,300
Share price at the end of the period
106.8
133.8
106.8
133.8
Market capitalization
15,555
19,476
15,555
19,476
ROIC and NIBD/EBITDA are calculated based on EBITA and EBITDA for the latest four quarters
* Excluding gain (loss) on divestments of operations etc. and amortization of acquired intangible assets but
including amortization of development projects and software developed in-house.
Q4
Q4
Full year
Full year
2025
2024
2025
2024
DKK million
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(aud.)
(aud.)
Hearing division
Revenue
1,906
1,850
7,214
7,104
Revenue growth
3%
2%
2%
4%
Organic growth
7%
7%
5%
10%
Gross profit margin
60.4%
61.4%
61.1%
62.8%
Divisional profit
671
667
2,421
2,464
Divisional margin
35.2%
36.1%
33.6%
34.7%
Enterprise division
Revenue
1,896
2,050
6,899
7,474
Revenue growth
-8%
-1%
-8%
-3%
Organic growth
-3%
-3%
-6%
-3%
Gross profit margin
55.5%
57.5%
55.8%
55.5%
Divisional profit
631
775
2,311
2,662
Divisional margin
33.3%
37.8%
33.5%
35.6%
Gaming division
Revenue
876
1,119
2,669
3,407
Revenue growth
-22%
-6%
-22%
-5%
Organic growth
-18%
-7%
-19%
-5%
Gross profit margin
33.7%
32.1%
33.7%
28.2%
Divisional profit
142
79
310
81
Divisional margin
16.2%
7.1%
11.6%
2.4%
Quarterly financial highlights
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
109/195
Quarterly reporting by segment
Q1 2024
Q2 2024
Q3 2024
Q4 2024
Q1 2025
Q2 2025
Q3 2025
Q4 2025
Full Year 2024
Full Year 2025
DKK million
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
Income statement
Revenue
Hearing
1,737
1,792
1,725
1,850
1,703
1,858
1,747
1,906
7,104
7,214
Enterprise
1,811
1,873
1,740
2,050
1,666
1,713
1,624
1,896
7,474
6,899
Gaming
755
834
699
1,119
617
589
587
876
3,407
2,669
Total
4,303
4,499
4,164
5,019
3,986
4,160
3,958
4,678
17,985
16,782
Organic growth
Hearing
14%
10%
10%
7%
-1%
8%
7%
7%
10%
5%
Enterprise
-1%
-1%
-7%
-3%
-9%
-7%
-4%
-3%
-3%
-6%
Gaming
1%
9%
-21%
-7%
-20%
-27%
-13%
-18%
-5%
-19%
Total
5%
5%
-4%
0%
-8%
-5%
-1%
-3%
1%
-4%
Gross profit
Hearing
1,089
1,131
1,103
1,135
1,032
1,152
1,071
1,152
4,458
4,407
Enterprise
992
1,015
961
1,178
931
961
906
1,052
4,146
3,850
Gaming
194
188
219
359
227
200
178
295
960
900
Total
2,275
2,334
2,283
2,672
2,190
2,313
2,155
2,499
9,564
9,157
Gross profit margin
Hearing
62.7%
63.1%
64.0%
61.4%
60.6%
62.0%
61.3%
60.4%
62.8%
61.1%
Enterprise
54.8%
54.2%
55.2%
57.5%
55.9%
56.1%
55.8%
55.5%
55.5%
55.8%
Gaming
25.7%
22.5%
31.3%
32.1%
36.8%
34.0%
30.3%
33.7%
28.2%
33.7%
Total
52.9%
51.9%
54.8%
53.2%
54.9%
55.6%
54.4%
53.4%
53.2%
54.6%
Divisional profit
Hearing
599
598
600
667
484
668
598
671
2,464
2,421
Enterprise
638
651
598
775
548
583
549
631
2,662
2,311
Gaming
12
-10
-
79
64
72
32
142
81
310
Total
1,249
1,239
1,198
1,521
1,096
1,323
1,179
1,444
5,207
5,042
Divisional margin
Hearing
34.5%
33.4%
34.8%
36.1%
28.4%
36.0%
34.2%
35.2%
34.7%
33.6%
Enterprise
35.2%
34.8%
34.4%
37.8%
32.9%
34.0%
33.8%
33.3%
35.6%
33.5%
Gaming
1.6%
-1.2%
0.0%
7.1%
10.4%
12.2%
5.5%
16.2%
2.4%
11.6%
Total
29.0%
27.5%
28.8%
30.3%
27.5%
31.8%
29.8%
30.9%
29.0%
30.0%
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
110/195
Quarterly reporting
Q1 2024
Q2 2024
Q3 2024
Q4 2024
Q1 2025
Q2 2025
Q3 2025
Q4 2025
Full Year 2024
Full Year 2025
DKK million
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
Other Group information
Depreciation and software amortization
-101
-99
-96
-92
-95
-93
-86
-141
-388
-415
EBITDA
639
473
649
780
395
639
521
768
2,541
2,323
EBITA
538
374
553
688
300
546
435
627
2,153
1,908
Amortization and impairment of acquired intangible assets
-91
-89
-94
-91
-85
-85
-95
-57
-365
-322
Profit (loss)
266
112
289
392
89
180
91
350
1,059
710
Free cash flow excl. M&A
46
155
786
94
-395
353
410
744
1,081
1,112
Acquisitions and divestments of companies
-35
-
106
29
-27
-
-
-
100
-27
Free cash flow
11
155
892
123
-422
353
410
744
1,181
1,085
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
111/195
Income statement
Hearing
Enterprise
Gaming
Group
Q4 2025
Q4 2024
Q4 2025
Q4 2024
Q4 2025
Q4 2024
Q4 2025
Q4 2024
(DKK million)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
Revenue
1,906
1,850
1,896
2,050
876
1,119
4,678
5,019
Production costs
-754
-715
-844
-872
-581
-760
-2,179
-2,347
Gross profit
1,152
1,135
1,052
1,178
295
359
2,499
2,672
Selling and distribution costs
-481
-468
-421
-403
-153
-280
-1,055
-1,151
Divisional profit
671
667
631
775
142
79
1,444
1,521
Development costs
-425
-355
Management and administrative expenses
-396
-467
Other operating income and costs, net
4
-11
EBITA*
627
688
Amortization and impairment of acquired intangible
assets
-57
-91
Gain (loss) on divestment of operations etc.
11
4
Operating profit (loss)
581
601
Share of profit (loss) in associates
7
-1
Financial items
-138
-97
Profit (loss) before tax
450
503
Tax on profit (loss)
-100
-111
Profit (loss) for the period
350
392
Additional information
Hearing
Enterprise
Gaming
Group
Q4 2025
Q4 2024
Q4 2025
Q4 2024
Q4 2025
Q4 2024
Q4 2025
Q4 2024
(DKK million)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
(unaud.)
Revenue distributed geographically
Europe
554
485
991
1,130
359
419
1,904
2,023
North America
921
901
463
497
420
591
1,804
1,996
Rest of World
431
464
442
423
97
109
970
1,000
Revenue
1,906
1,850
1,896
2,050
876
1,119
4,678
5,019
Revenue growth composition
Organic growth
7%
7%
-3%
-3%
-18%
-7%
-3%
0%
FX growth
-4%
-2%
-5%
2%
-4%
1%
-4%
0%
M&A growth
0%
-3%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
-1%
Revenue growth
3%
2%
-8%
-1%
-22%
-6%
-7%
-1%
EBITDA
768
780
Depreciation and software amortization
-141
-92
EBITA*
627
688
EBITA margin
13.4%
13.7%
Number of FTEs, end of period
7,611
7,347
* Excluding gain (loss) on divestments of operations etc. and amortization of acquired intangible assets but including amortization of de-
velopment projects and software developed in-house.
Q4 segment disclosures
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
112/195
Income statement
Hearing
Enterprise
Gaming
Group
(DKK million)
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
Revenue
7,214
7,104
6,899
7,474
2,669
3,407
16,782
17,985
Production costs
-2,807
-2,646
-3,049
-3,328
-1,769
-2,447
-7,625
-8,421
Gross profit
4,407
4,458
3,850
4,146
900
960
9,157
9,564
Selling and distribution costs
-1,986
-1,994
-1,539
-1,484
-590
-879
-4,115
-4,357
Divisional profit
2,421
2,464
2,311
2,662
310
81
5,042
5,207
Development costs
-1,460
-1,491
Management and administrative expenses
-1,683
-1,543
Other operating income and costs, net
9
-20
EBITA*
1,908
2,153
Amortization and impairment of acquired intangible
assets
-322
-365
Gain (loss) on divestment of operations etc.
10
72
Operating profit (loss)
1,596
1,860
Share of profit (loss) in associates
3
-7
Financial items
-685
-492
Profit (loss) before tax
914
1,361
Tax on profit (loss)
-204
-302
Profit (loss) for the period
710
1,059
Additional information
Hearing
Enterprise
Gaming
Group
(DKK million)
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
2025
2024
Revenue distributed geographically
Europe
2,053
1,847
3,667
3,942
1,022
1,288
6,742
7,077
North America
3,537
3,616
1,712
1,913
1,236
1,581
6,485
7,110
Rest of World
1,624
1,641
1,520
1,619
411
538
3,555
3,798
Revenue
7,214
7,104
6,899
7,474
2,669
3,407
16,782
17,985
Revenue growth composition
Organic growth
5%
10%
-6%
-3%
-19%
-5%
-4%
1%
FX growth
-2%
-2%
-2%
0%
-3%
0%
-3%
0%
M&A growth
-1%
-4%
0%
0%
0%
0%
0%
-2%
Revenue growth
2%
4%
-8%
-3%
-22%
-5%
-7%
-1%
Incurred development costs
-1,861
-1,784
Capitalized development costs
1,034
1,015
Amortization, impairment and depreciation of devel-
opment projects**
-633
-722
Expensed development costs
-1,460
-1,491
EBITDA
2,323
2,541
Depreciation and software amortization
-415
-388
EBITA*
1,908
2,153
EBITA margin
11.4%
12.0%
Number of FTEs, end of period
7,611
7,347
* Excluding gain (loss) on divestments of operations etc. and amortization of acquired intangible assets but including amortization of de-
velopment projects and software developed in
-house.
** Does not include amortization of acquired intangible assets, cf. definition of EBITA.
2025 segment disclosures
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
113/195
An amortization of a Purchase Price Allocation related to SteelSeries
transaction has affected the presented R&D amortization in Q1, Q2
and Q3 2025. The amortization on the Purchase Price Allocation re-
lated to SteelSeries does not relate to in-house developed R&D pro-
jects and has not been included in the R&D income statement. Conse-
quently, reported expensed development costs in Q1, Q2 and Q3 2025
have not been affected.
Amortizations on in-house developed R&D in each quarter has been im-
pacted by DKK 20 million, as the amortization have been overstated by
this amount. To adjust for this Purchase Price Allocation, the R&D dis-
closures for Q1, Q2 and Q3 have been restated (no changes to already
presented quarterly income statement, balance sheet or cash flow
statements):
Expensed development cost
DKK million
Q1 2024
Q2 2024
Q3 2024
Q4 2024
Full Year
2024
Q1 2025
Q2 2025
Q3 2025
Q4 2025
Full Year
2025
Incurred development costs
-415
-473
-335
-561
-1,784
-433
-485
-431
-512
-1,861
Capitalized development costs
207
267
128
413
1,015
207
273
260
294
1,034
Amortization, impairment, and depreciation
of development projects
-143
-236
-136
-207
-722
-147
-132
-147
-207
-633
Expensed development costs
-351
-442
-343
-355
-1,491
-373
-344
-318
-425
-1,460
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
114/195
Consolidated income statement 115
Consolidated Statement of comprehensive income 115
Consolidated balance sheet at December 31 116
Consolidated statement of cash flow 117
Consolidated statement of equity 118
Consolidated
f
inancial
statements
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
114/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
115/195
DKK million
Note
2025
2024
Revenue
2.2
16,782
17,985
Production costs
2.3, 3.4, 3.6
-7,625
-8,421
Gross profit
9,157
9,564
Development costs
2.3, 3.4
-1,460
-1,491
Selling and distribution costs
2.3, 3.4
-4,115
-4,357
Management and administrative expenses
2.3, 3.4, 5.6
-1,683
-1,543
Other operating income and costs, net
9
-20
EBITA*
1,908
2,153
Amortization and impairment of acquired intangible assets
2.5, 3.4
-322
-365
Gain (loss) on divestment of operations etc.
5.1
10
72
Operating profit (loss)
1,596
1,860
Share of profit (loss) in associates
5.4
3
-7
Financial income
4.6
390
358
Financial expenses
4.6
-1,075
-850
Profit (loss) before tax
914
1,361
Tax on profit (loss)
2.4
-204
-302
Profit (loss) for the year
710
1,059
Attributable to:
Non-controlling interests
57
71
Shareholders in GN Store Nord A/S
4.1
653
988
Earnings per share (EPS)
Earnings per share DKK, basic (EPS)
4.1
4.48
6.79
Earnings per share DKK, fully diluted (EPS diluted)
4.1
4.48
6.78
* Please refer to Key Ratio Definitions on p. 168 for definition of EBITA
DKK million
Note
2025
2024
Profit (loss) for the year
710
1,059
Other comprehensive income
Items that will not be reclassified to the income statement
Actuarial gains (losses)
4
-52
Tax relating to actuarial gains (losses)
2.4
-1
13
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement
Adjustment of cash flow hedges
4.3
-85
105
Foreign exchange adjustments, etc.
-473
269
Tax relating to other comprehensive income
2.4
19
-23
Other comprehensive income for the year, net of tax
-536
312
Total comprehensive income for the year
174
1,371
Attributable to:
Non-controlling interests
57
71
Shareholders in GN Store Nord A/S
117
1,300
Consolidated income
statement
Consolidated statement
of comprehensive income
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
116/195
DKK million
Note
2025
2024
Assets
Intangible assets
3.1, 3.4
17,035
17,318
Property, plant and equipment
3.2, 3.3, 3.4
1,067
1,088
Investments in associates
5.4
53
296
Receivables from associates
4.4, 5.4
152
211
Deferred tax assets
2.4
410
566
Other non-current assets
3.5, 4.4
1,870
1,804
Total non-current assets
20,587
21,283
Inventories
3.6
2,314
2,585
Trade receivables
3.7, 4.4
4,383
4,673
Tax receivables
2.4
139
289
Receivables from associates
4.4, 5.4
67
-
Other receivables
4.4
617
801
Cash and cash equivalents
1,119
980
Total current assets
8,639
9,328
Total assets
29,226
30,611
DKK million
Note
2025
2024
Equity and Liabilities
Share capital
604
604
Other reserves
-3,979
-3,440
Retained earnings
14,273
13,660
Total equity
10,898
10,824
Bank loans and issued bonds, non-current
4.2, 4.4, 4.5
8,563
9,036
Lease liabilities, non-current
3.3, 4.4, 4.5
332
362
Pension obligations
28
30
Provisions, non-current
3.8
161
218
Deferred tax liabilities
2.4
1,025
1,036
Other non-current liabilities
4.3, 4.4, 4.5
904
954
Total non-current liabilities
11,013
11,636
Bank loans and issued bonds, current
4.2, 4.4, 4.5
1,823
1,746
Overdraft facilities
4.4, 4.5
-
258
Lease liabilities, current
3.3, 4.4, 4.5
97
85
Trade payables
4.2, 4.4
1,496
1,627
Tax payables
2.4
101
280
Provisions, current
3.8
293
305
Other current liabilities
4.3, 4.4
3,505
3,850
Total current liabilities
7,315
8,151
Total equity and liabilities
29,226
30,611
Consolidated balance sheet at December 31
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
117/195
DKK million
Note
2025
2024
Operating activities
Operating profit (loss)
1,596
1,860
Depreciation, amortization and impairment
3.4
1,336
1,379
Other non-cash adjustments
5.5
-25
-113
Cash flow from operating activities before changes in working capital
2,907
3,126
Change in inventories
263
85
Change in receivables
123
-163
Change in trade payables and other payables
-223
254
Total changes in working capital
163
176
Cash flow from operating activities before financial items and tax
3,070
3,302
Interest received
255
92
Interest etc. paid
-522
-434
Tax paid, net
2.4
-127
-235
Cash flow from operating activities
2,676
2,725
Investing activities
Development projects
3.1
-1,034
-1,015
Investments in intangible assets, excluding development projects
3.1
-337
-269
Investments in property, plant and equipment
3.2
-168
-120
Investments in other non-current assets
-265
-298
Repayment of other non-current assets
220
109
Contingent consideration paid
-
-51
Acquisition of companies/operations
-27
-35
Divestment of companies/operations
5.1
-
135
Received dividend
20
-
Cash flow from investing activities
-1,591
-1,544
Cash flow from operating and investing activities (free cash flow)
1,085
1,181
DKK million
Note
2025
2024
Financing activities
Proceeds from borrowings
4.5
7,695
-
Repayment of bank loans
4.5
-766
-1,086
Repayment of issued bonds
4.5
-7,300
-1,406
Repayment of lease liabilities
4.5
-135
-99
Repayment of other non-current liabilities
4.5
-37
-32
Paid dividends to non-controlling interests
-85
-
Drawn (repaid) on credit facilities
4.5
-258
258
Cash flow from financing activities
-886
-2,365
Net cash flow
199
-1,184
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
980
2,162
Adjustment foreign currency, cash and cash equivalents
-60
2
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
1,119
980
Consolidated statement of cash flows
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
118/195
Reference is made to note 5.1 for accounting policies on fair value adjustment of put option.
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
2025
Other reserves
DKK million
Share capital
Foreign
exchange
adjustments
Hedging
reserve
Treasury
shares
Proposed dividends
for the year
Retained
earnings
Equity,
shareholders in
GN Store Nord A/S
Non-controlling
interests
Total
equity
Balance at January 1, 2025
604
-786
71
-2,725
-
13,660
10,824
-
10,824
Reclassification
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Profit (loss) for the period
-
-
-
-
-
653
653
57
710
Actuarial gains (losses)
-
-
-
-
-
4
4
-
4
Tax relating to actuarial gains (losses)
-
-
-
-
-
-1
-1
-
-1
Adjustment of cash flow hedges
-
-
-85
-
-
-
-85
-
-85
Tax relating to cash flow hedges
-
-
19
-
-
-
19
-
19
Foreign exchange adjustments, etc.
-473
-
-
-
-
-473
-
-473
Other comprehensive income for the year
-
-473
-66
-
-
3
-536
-
-536
Total comprehensive income for the year
-
-473
-66
-
-
656
117
57
174
Share-based payment (granted)
-
-
-
-
-
63
63
-
63
Share-based payment (reversed)
-
-
-
-
-
-104
-104
-
-104
Tax relating to share-based payment
-
-
-
-
-
-7
-7
-
-7
Fair value adjustment of put option liability
-
-
-
-
-
5
5
28
33
Paid dividends
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-85
-85
Balance at December 31, 2025
604
-1,259
5
-2,725
-
14,273
10,898
-
10,898
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
119/195
Consolidated statement of changes in equity
(
Continued)
2024
Other reserves
DKK million
Share capital
Foreign
exchange
adjustments
Hedging
reserve
Treasury
shares
Proposed dividends
for the year
Retained
earnings
Equity,
shareholders in
GN Store Nord A/S
Non-controlling
interests
Total
equity
Balance at January 1, 2024
604
-1,062
-11
-2,725
-
12,781
9,587
-
9,587
Profit (loss) for the period
-
-
-
-
-
988
988
71
1,059
Actuarial gains (losses)
-
-
-
-
-
-52
-52
-
-52
Tax relating to actuarial gains (losses)
-
-
-
-
-
13
13
-
13
Adjustment of cash flow hedges
-
-
105
-
-
-
105
-
105
Tax relating to cash flow hedges
-
-
-23
-
-
-
-23
-
-23
Foreign exchange adjustments, etc.
-
276
-
-
-
-7
269
-
269
Other comprehensive income for the year
-
276
82
-
-
-46
312
-
312
Total comprehensive income for the year
-
276
82
-
-
942
1,300
71
1,371
Share-based payment (granted)
-
-
-
-
-
57
57
-
57
Share-based payment (reversed)
-
-
-
-
-
-93
-93
-
-93
Fair value adjustment of put option liability
-
-
-
-
-
-27
-27
-71
-98
Balance at December 31, 2024
604
-786
71
-2,725
-
13,660
10,824
-
10,824
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
120/195
Section 1 - Basis of preparation
Overview of the financial accounting policies in general and an
introduction to Management's key accounting estimates and
judgments.
1.1 Material accounting policies 121
1.2 Key accounting estimates and judgements 123
1.3 Non-IFRS measures 123
Section 2 - Results of the year
Insights into the results for the year, including operating segments,
employee costs and taxes.
2.1 Segment disclosures 125
2.2 Revenue and geographical information 126
2.3 Staff costs and management remuneration 128
2.4 Tax 129
2.5 Consolidated income statement classified by function 131
Section 3 - Operating assets and liabilities
Insights into the assets that form the basis for the activities in the
Group, and the related liabilities. Most of these are included in invested
capital and some in net working capital.
3.1 Intangible assets 133
3.2 Property, plant and equipment 136
3.3 Leases 138
3.4 Depreciation, amortization and impairment 139
3.5 Other non-current assets 140
3.6 Inventories 142
3.7 Trade receivables 143
3.8 Provisions 144
Section 4 - Capital structure and financing
items
Insight into GN Store Nord's capital structure and financial items as
well as financial risks.
4.1 Share capital and capital structure 146
4.2 Financial risks 147
4.3 Derivatives 151
4.4 Financial instruments 152
4.5 Liabilities from financing activities 156
4.6 Financial income and expenses 157
Section 5 - Other disclosures
Statutory notes and other disclosures.
5.1 Acquisition and divestment of companies and operations 159
5.2 Share-based incentive plans 161
5.3 Contingent liabilities 164
5.4 Investments in associates 165
5.5 Other non-cash adjustments 165
5.6 Fees to statutory auditors 165
5.7 Related parties 165
5.8 Events after the reporting period 165
Consolidated
notes
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
120/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
121/195
1.1 Material accounting policies
The annual report of GN Group (Group) has been prepared in accord-
ance with IFRS Accounting Standards (IFRS) as adopted by the EU and
the Danish disclosure requirements for annual reports of listed compa-
nies and it is presented in compliance with reporting Class D under the
Danish Financial Statements Act.
The notes to the annual report have been updated compared to prior
year in certain instances to provide a more accurate representation. In
such cases, comparative figures have been adjusted accordingly.
The annual report has been prepared in accordance with the historical
cost convention, as modified by the revaluation of certain financial in-
struments (including derivative financial instruments) at fair value.
The description of the accounting policies in the individual notes is part
of the complete description of Group’s accounting policies.
Defining materiality
The annual report is based on the concept of materiality, to ensure
that the content is material and relevant to the users. Group provides
the specific disclosures required by IFRS unless the information is con-
sidered immaterial.
Consolidated Financial Statements
The consolidated financial statements comprise the financial state-
ments of the parent company, GN Store Nord A/S, and its controlled
subsidiaries in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies. Intra-
group transactions, -shareholdings, -balances, -dividends, and realized
and unrealized gains and losses on intra-group transactions are elimi-
nated.
Control is achieved when Group is exposed or has rights to variable re-
turns from its involvement with the investee and has the ability to af-
fect those returns through its power over the investee. Generally, there
is a presumption that a majority of voting rights results in control. To
support this presumption and when Group has less than a majority of
the voting or similar rights of an investee, Group considers all relevant
facts and circumstances in assessing whether it has power over an in-
vestee.
Group companies are listed on pp. 166-167. Enterprises that are not
subsidiaries, but where Group exercises significant influence, but where
it does not have power to govern the financial and operating policies,
are considered associates. When assessing whether Group exercises
control or significant influence, potential voting rights that are sub-
stantive and options on acquisition of additional ownership interests
are taken into account.
Foreign Currency Translation
Functional Currency and Presentation Currency
The consolidated financial statements are presented in Danish kroner
(DKK), which is the functional currency and presentation currency of
the parent company.
Translation of Transactions and Balances
Transactions denominated in foreign currencies are translated to the
functional currency at the exchange rates at the transaction date. For-
eign exchange differences arising between the exchange rates at the
transaction date and at the date of payment are recognized in the in-
come statement as financial income or financial expenses. Receivables,
payables and other monetary items denominated in foreign currencies
are translated at the exchange rates at the balance sheet date. The dif-
ference between the exchange rates at the balance sheet date and at
the date at which the receivable or payable arose or was recognized in
the latest annual report is recognized in the income statement as fi-
nancial income or financial expense.
Translation of Subsidiaries
On recognition in the consolidated financial statements of foreign enti-
ties with a functional currency other than the Group’s presentation
currency, the income statements are translated at the exchange rates
at the transaction date, and the balance sheet items are translated at
the exchange rates at the balance sheet date. An average exchange
rate for the month is used as the exchange rate at the transaction date
to the extent that this does not significantly distort the presentation of
the underlying transactions. Foreign exchange differences arising on
translation of the opening balance of equity of such enterprises at the
exchange rates at the balance sheet date and on translation of the in-
come statements from the exchange rates at the transaction date to
the exchange rates at the balance sheet date are recognized in other
comprehensive income.
Foreign exchange adjustment of balances with foreign entities that are
considered part of the investment in the entity is recognized in other
comprehensive income in the consolidated financial statements under
a separate translation reserve.
Cash Flow Statement
The cash flow statement is presented using the indirect method based
on the operating profit (loss). The cash flow statement shows the cash
flow from operating, investing and financing activities for the year and
the year’s changes in cash and cash equivalents as well as the cash and
cash equivalents at the beginning and end of the year. The cash flow
effect of acquisitions and disposals of enterprises is shown separately
in cash flows from investing activities. Cash flow from acquired enter-
prises is recognized in the cash flow statement from the acquisition
date. Cash flow from disposed of enterprises is recognized up until the
disposal date.
Section 1 - Basis of preparation
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
122/195
Cash flow from operating activities comprises cash flow from the
year’s operations adjusted for non-cash operating items and changes in
working capital. Working capital comprises current assets excluding
items stated as cash and cash equivalents and excluding tax receivable,
as well as current liabilities excluding bank loans, tax payable and pro-
visions.
Cash flow from investing activities comprises payments in connection
with acquisitions and disposals of enterprises and activities, acquisi-
tions and disposals of intangible assets, property, plant and equipment
and other non-current assets and acquisitions and disposals of securi-
ties that are not included in cash and cash equivalents.
Cash flow from financing activities comprises changes in the size or
composition of the share capital and related costs as well as the raising
of loans, repayment of interest-bearing debt, payment of the principal
portion of lease liabilities, acquisition and disposal of treasury shares
and payment of dividends to shareholders.
Cash and cash equivalents comprise cash and short-term marketable
securities with a term of three months or less and are subject to an in-
significant risk of changes in value.
IXBRL reporting
Group is required to file its annual report in the European Single Elec-
tronic Format (ESEF). The primary statements and notes in the consoli-
dated financial statements are tagged using inline eXtensible Business
Reporting Language (iXBRL). The iXBRL tags comply with the ESEF
taxonomy, which is included in the ESEF Regulation and developed
based on the IFRS taxonomy published by the IFRS Foundation.
Where a financial statement line item is not defined in the ESEF taxon-
omy, an extension to the taxonomy has been created.
The annual report submitted to the Danish Financial Supervisory Au-
thority consists of the XHTML document together with certain tech-
nical files, all included in a file named GNStoreNord-2025-12-31-en.zip.
New standards, interpretations and amendments adopted by Group
Group has adopted all relevant new or revised International Financial
Reporting Standards and IFRIC Interpretations with effective date Jan-
uary 1, 2025, with the following being the most relevant for Group:
The Effects of Changes in Foreign Exchange Rates amend-
ments to IAS 21
The new or revised standards and interpretations did not affect recog-
nition and measurement materially nor did they result in any material
changes to disclosures in the notes. Apart from this, the annual report
is presented in accordance with the accounting policies applied in pre-
vious years’ annual reports.
Accounting standards not yet adopted
A number of new standards, amendments to standards and interpreta-
tions are effective for annual periods beginning after January 1, 2026
and have not been applied in preparing this annual report. Group will
adopt new standards and interpretations as of the effective dates:
Amendments to the Classification and Measurement of Finan-
cial Instruments amendments to IFRS 9 and IFRS 7 (effective
January 1, 2026)
Annual Improvements Volume 11 (effective January 1, 2026)
IFRS 18, Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements
(effective January 1, 2027)
IFRS 18, Presentation and Disclosure in Financial Statements
IFRS 18 includes requirements for the presentation and disclosure of
information in financial statements.
The statement of profit or loss will be presented into five categories,
operating, investing, financing, income tax and discontinued operations
categories based on an assessment of Group’s business activities. The
standard also includes requirements related to aggregation and dis-
aggregation of information in the primary financial statements and
notes. Further, IFRS 18 requires Group to identify its management de-
fined performance measures (MPM) as detailed disclosures need to be
included in the notes for them. This should enable users of consoli-
dated financial statements to understand the aspect of financial per-
formance that in management’s view is communicated by an MPM and
how the MPM compares with measures defined by IFRS Accounting
Standards.
The Group is assessing the impact of IFRS 18.
None of the other new standards, amendments to standards and inter-
pretations are expected to have material impact on the consolidated
financial statements of Group.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
123/195
1.2 Key accounting estimates
and judgements
The recognition of certain items of income and expenses and the deter-
mination of the carrying amount of certain assets and liabilities implies
making accounting estimates and judgments.
Key accounting estimate
The estimates used are based on assumptions, which by Management
are deemed reliable, but by nature are associated with uncertainty. The
assumptions may be incomplete or incorrect, and unexpected events
or circumstances may arise. Accordingly, the Group is subject to risks
and uncertainties that may lead to a situation where actual results dif-
fer from estimates. We believe that our estimates are the most likely
outcome of future events.
Key accounting judgement
Key accounting judgements are made when applying accounting poli-
cies. The application of the Group’s accounting policies may require
Management to make judgements that can have a significant impact
on the amounts recognized in the consolidated financial statements.
The impact assessment is based on a combination of quantitative and
qualitative measures, such as outcome expectations, complexity and
subjectivity to indicating the impact to the consolidated financial state-
ments.
No new areas have been categorized as key accounting estimates and
judgements, compared to last year.
A description of key accounting estimates and judgments is included in
the relevant notes:
Estimate/ Note Key accounting estimates and judgements judgement 2.2 Revenue and geographical Revenue recognition Estimate information 2.4 Tax Deferred tax assets valuation Judgement 3.1 Intangible assets Recognition and measurement of goodwill Estimate and development projects 3.5 Other non-current assets Ownership interest in dispensers Judgement
1.3 Non-IFRS measures
This Annual Report includes financial measures which are not defined
by IFRS Accounting Standards. These measures are included because
they are used by Management to analyze and manage the business and
to provide stakeholders with useful information on the group’s finan-
cial position, performance and development. Please refer to Key Ratio
Definitions on p. 168 for a definition of these measures.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
124/195
2.1 Segment disclosures 125
2.2 Revenue and geographical information 126
2.3 Staff costs and management remuneration 128
2.4 Tax 129
2.5 Consolidated income statement classified by function 131
Section 2
-
Results of the year
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
124/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
125/195
2.1 Segment disclosures
The segments are aligned with the internal reporting structure of the
Group. Group’s segment reporting will occur on the following three di-
visions:
Hearing;
Enterprise; and
Gaming
Management has identified Hearing, Enterprise, and Gaming as key
markets and therefore the reportable segments in the Group, as this
reflects the management of activities, results and the use of resources.
Segment performance is evaluated on Divisional profit. Divisional
profit is calculated as gross profit less selling and distribution costs.
Following the decision to move the BlueParrott business from the
Gaming division to the Enterprise division the historical divisional num-
bers have been restated. No change in Group numbers or Hearing divi-
sional numbers.
Income statement Hearing Enterprise Gaming Group (DKK million) 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 Revenue 7,214 7,104 6,899 7,474 2,669 3,407 16,782 17,985 Production costs -2,807 -2,646 -3,049 -3,328 -1,769 -2,447 -7,625 -8,421 Gross profit 4,407 4,458 3,850 4,146 900 960 9,157 9,564 Selling and distribution costs -1,986 -1,994 -1,539 -1,484 -590 -879 -4,115 -4,357 Divisional profit 2,421 2,464 2,311 2,662 310 81 5,042 5,207 Development costs -1,460 -1,491 Management and administrative expenses -1,683 -1,543 Other operating income and costs, net 9 -20 EBITA* 1,908 2,153 Amortization and impairment of acquired intangible assets -322 -365 Gain (loss) on divestment of operations etc. 10 72 Operating profit (loss) 1,596 1,860 Share of profit (loss) in associates 3 -7 Financial items -685 -492 Profit (loss) before tax 914 1,361 Tax on profit (loss) -204 -302 Profit (loss) for the period 710 1,059
Accounting policies
Segment Information
Management has identified Hearing, Enterprise and Gaming as the reportable segments in the Group. Hearing is operating within the hearing instrument indus-
try, primarily producing and selling hearing instruments and products related hereto. Enterprise is a leading supplier in the market for audio and video devices
for professional use. Gaming is operating to produce gaming devices and peripherals.
Segment information is based on the Groups accounting policies. In the Group, segment performance is evaluated on the basis of gross profit and divisional
profit. Segment revenue and expense comprise items directly attributable to a segment and items that can be allocated to a segment on a reasonable basis.
Non-attributable costs are not allocated.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
126/195
2.2 Revenue and geographical information
Revenue disaggregation
Revenue is predominantly recognized at a point in time, and revenue
recognized over time is not significant. Revenue is in all material
respects related to sale of goods; hearing aid instruments, DKK 7,214
million (2024: DKK 7,104 million), audio and collaboration solutions,
DKK 6,899 million (2024: DKK 7,474 million), and gaming equipment,
DKK 2,669 million (2024: 3,407 million). Revenue is attributed to
countries on the basis of the customer's location. Denmark accounted
for revenue of DKK 262 million (2024: DKK 282 million). The US
represent a material single country and accounts for revenue of DKK
6,100 million (2024: DKK 6,479 million). One distributor, mainly in
Enterprise, comprises more than 10% of the group's total revenue
amounting to DKK 2,001 million (2024: DKK 2,485 million).
Geographical information on assets
Assets are attributed to countries based on the domicile location of the
asset. Denmark represents a material single country and constitutes
the vast majority of assets in Europe, DKK 12,281 million (2024: 11,987
million). The US represents a material single country and constitutes
the vast majority of assets in North America, DKK 4,824 million (2024:
DKK 5,449 million).
Contract liabilities
Group has recognized the following revenue-related contract liabilities:
DKK million 2025 2024 Deferred revenue related to pre-paid extended warranties (Other current liabilities and Other non-current liabilities) 251 256 Accrued rights of return (Other current liabilities) 186 124 Contract liabilities at December 31 437 380 Revenue recognized, included in contract liabilities at the begin-ning of the year 252 295
As of December 31, 2025, accrued customer rebates amounted to DKK
932 million (2024: DKK 1,032 million).
Key accounting estimates
Estimating variable consideration
Certain contracts with customers include a right of return and volume re-
bates that give rise to variable consideration. In estimating the variable
consideration Group is required to use either the expected value method or
the most likely amount method based on which method better predicts the
amount of consideration to which it will be entitled. Significant accounting
estimates and judgments involve determining the portion of expected re-
turns of goods as well as the amount of discounts and rebates. The portion
of goods sold that is expected to be returned is estimated based on histori-
cal product returns data.
Intangible assets and prop-Revenue from contracts with customers erty, plant and equipment Hearing Enterprise Gaming Consolidated total Consolidated total DKK million 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 2,053 1,847 3,667 3,942 1,022 1,288 6,742 7,077 12,883 12,537 Europe 3,537 3,616 1,712 1,913 1,236 1,581 6,485 7,110 4,872 5,496 North America 1,624 1,641 1,520 1,619 411 538 3,555 3,798 347 373 Rest of World Total 7,214 7,104 6,899 7,474 2,669 3,407 16,782 17,985 18,102 18,406
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
127/195
2.2 Revenue and geographical information
(Continued)
Accounting policies
Revenue
Revenue from the sale of hearing aids
, audio and collaboration solutions and
gaming equipment
is recognized in the income statement when the customer
obtains control of the goods. When considering at what point in time the cus-
tomer obtains control of the goods, a number of indicators are considered, in-
cluding whether:
Group has a present right to payment for the goods
The customer has legal title to the goods
The customer has physical possession of the goods
The customer has the significant risks and rewards of ownership of
the goods
The customer has accepted the goods
In the majority of sales, the customer obtains control of the goods either
upon shipment from a distribution hub or upon delivery to the customer.
The amount of revenue recognized varies with discounts and rebates offered
to customers. Discounts and rebates are estimated based on the expected
amount to be provided to the customers and reduce revenues recognized.
Revenue is only recognized to the exte
nt that it is highly probable that a
significant reversal will not occur. Revenue from contracts in which
Group
provides on
-going access to research against a fee and in which the
counterparty reasonably expects that
Group will continue to perform
research
is recognized over the access period.
When goods are sold with a right of return, a refund liability and a right to the
returned products are recognized as
other current liabilities and a current
asset, respectively. The refund liability is deducted from revenue and the right
to the returned products is offset in cost of sales. The portion of goods sold
that is expected to be returned is estimated based on historical product
returns data. The estimated amounts of both returns, discounts and rebates
are reassessed at each reporting date.
Group
typically provides warranties for general repairs of defects that existed
at the time of sale, as required by law. These assurance
-type warranties are
accounted for as described in the accounting policies for warranty provisions.
As part of a sales transaction, certain future services such as extended
warranties may be included. In case such service
-type warranties are sold, the
transaction price is allocated to the promised goods and services based on
stand
-alone selling prices. Observable prices are as far as possible used to
determine the stand
-alone selling prices but if such are not available a cost
plus a margin approach is used.
Extended warranties are initially recognized as contract liabilities in the
balance sheet and recognized in the income statement on a straight
-
line basis
over the term of the extended warranty period.
The typical payment terms for customers is between 30 and 60 days.
Group
does not expect to have contracts with payment terms exceeding one year. As
a consequence, the transaction prices are not adjusted for the time value of
money. Revenue is measured excluding VAT, taxes and granted cash and
quantity discounts in relation to
the sale and expected returns of goods.
Production Costs
Production costs comprise costs, including depreciation and salaries, incurred
in generating the revenue for the year. Production costs include direct and in-
direct costs for raw materials and consumables, wages and salaries, inventory
write
-downs, maintenance and depreciation and impairment of production
plant and costs and expenses relating to the operation, administration and
management of factories.
Development Costs
Development costs comprise costs, salaries, and depreciation of operating
assets and equipment directly or indirectly attributable to the Group’s
development activities. Furthermore, amortization and write
-down of
capitalized development projects are inclu
ded as part of development costs.
Selling and Distribution Costs
Selling and distribution costs comprise costs relating to the sale and
distribution of products and services, including salaries, sales commissions,
advertising and marketing costs, depreciation and impairment, expected
losses on trade receivables etc.
Management and Administrative Expenses
Management and administrative expenses comprise expenses
incurred for management and administration. Administrative expenses
include office expenses, depreciation and impairment, etc.
Other Operating Income and Costs, net
Other operating income and costs comprise items secondary to the principal
activities of the enterprises.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
128/195
2.3 Staff costs and management
remuneration
Staff costs
DKK million
2025
2024
Wages, salaries and remuneration
3,656
3,665
Pensions, defined contribution plans
235
213
Other social security costs
433
419
Cost of current share-based incentive
63
58
Value of reversed share-based incentive
-104
-93
Total
4,283
4,262
Included in:
Production costs and change in payroll costs included
in inventories
346
310
Development costs
767
676
Selling and distribution costs
2,367
2,497
Management and administrative expenses
803
779
Total
4,283
4,262
Average number of FTEs
7,299
7,201
Number of FTEs, year-end
7,611
7,347
Share-based incentive plans
The Group's long-term equity-settled incentive program is specified
and described in note 5.2 share-based incentive plans.
Remuneration of the Board of Directors and Executive Management
DKK million
2025
2024
Fixed pay*
15
15
Short-term incentives
8
12
Cost of current share-based incentive
6
7
Value of reversed share-based incentive
-7
-
Total Executive Management remuneration
22
34
Executive Management termination benefits
6
4
Board of Directors remuneration
10
10
Total remuneration to Executive Management and
Board of Directors
38
48
* Fixed pay include Base salary and Other benefits. Other benefits include car allowances,
company paid telephone and internet cost. For the Board of Directors Other benefits in-
clude travel allowance and social security costs.
The total remuneration of the Executive Management is based on the
“General Guidelines for Incentive Pay to Management”, as adopted at
Group´s Annual General Meeting.
The remuneration of the Executive Management is based on a fixed
base salary and participation in Group‘s option- and performance share
unit-based long-term incentive programs. Furthermore, the remunera-
tion includes an annual bonus plan (short-term incentives) with a tar-
get bonus of 50% of the base salary with a potential to underperform
or outperform the target leading to an effective potential bonus range
between 0 - 100% of the base salary.
The Group does not make pension contributions for members of the
Executive Management. Executive Management has usual severance
agreements and change-of-control agreements.
Members of the Board of Directors receive a fixed remuneration as
approved by the shareholders at the Annual General Meeting on March
12, 2025. The base fee for the Board of Directors did not change from
2024 to 2025. The fixed remuneration is based on the Groups corpo-
rate governance structure in which an Audit Committee, a Technology
& Innovation Committee, and a Remuneration & Nomination Commit-
tee have been established. Further, the appointed board members of
Group also serve on the Board of Directors of GN Hearing A/S.
In addition to the remuneration, members of the Board of Directors
who are not Danish residents are entitled to a fixed travel allowance in
connection with participation in board meetings in Denmark.
For details related to the remuneration of the Board of Directors and
Executive Management, refer to the Remuneration Report 2025.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
129/195
2.4 Tax
Tax on profit (loss)
DKK million
2025
2024
Tax on profit (loss)
Current tax for the year
-129
-106
Deferred tax for the year
-68
-221
Effect of change in income tax rates
-
-1
Withholding tax
-
-1
Adjustment to current tax with respect to prior years
9
42
Adjustment to deferred tax with respect to prior years
-16
-15
Total
-204
-302
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
Danish tax rate
22.0%
22.0%
Effect of tax rates in foreign jurisdictions
1.0%
1.1%
Non-taxable income
-0.3%
-1.0%
Non-deductible expenses
3.9%
3.2%
Other, including provisions for uncertain tax positions*
-4.3%
-3.1%
Effective tax rate
22.3%
22.2%
Tax relating to other comprehensive income
Actuarial gains (losses)
-1
13
Adjustment of cash flow hedges
19
-23
Total
18
-10
*Other primarily relates to tax subsidies relating to R&D countered by provisions for uncer-
tain tax positions.
Deferred Tax
DKK million
2025
2024
Deferred tax, net
Deferred tax at January 1, net
-470
-251
Adjustment with respect to prior years
-16
-16
Effect of change in income tax rates
-
-1
Deferred tax for the year recognized in profit (loss) for the year
-68
-221
Deferred tax for the year recognized in other comprehensive income
for the year
-18
10
Tax related to share-based incentive plans
7
13
Foreign exchange adjustments
-50
-4
Deferred tax at December 31, net
-615
-470
Deferred tax is recognized in the balance sheet as follows:
Deferred tax assets
410
566
Deferred tax liabilities
-1,025
-1,036
Deferred tax at December 31, net
-615
-470
Deferred tax, net relates to:
Intangible assets
-1,280
-1,150
Property, plant and equipment
54
23
Other securities
2
5
Current assets
139
175
Current liabilities
3
4
Intercompany liabilities
-1
-2
Tax loss carryforwards
148
96
Provisions
289
339
Other
31
40
Total
-615
-470
Tax value of unrecognized tax assets
Tax loss carryforwards
87
137
Other tax assets
136
83
Unrecognized tax assets at December 31
223
220
Unrecognized tax assets are based on the Group's expectations to the
future utilization of the tax assets. All tax losses carryforward have no
expiry date. Deferred tax, net includes DKK 128 million expected to be
utilized within 12 months (2024: DKK 62 million).
Accounting policies
Tax on profit (loss) for the year
The parent company is jointly taxed with all Danish subsidiaries. The cur-
rent Danish corporation tax is allocated between the jointly taxed compa-
nies in proportion to their taxable income. The jointly taxed companies are
taxed under the on-account tax scheme.
Tax for the year comprises current tax and changes in deferred tax for the
year. The tax expense relating to the profit (loss) for the year is recognized
in the income statement, and the tax expense relating to amounts recog-
nized in other comprehensive income is recognized in other comprehensive
income.
Current tax payable is recognized in current liabilities and deferred tax is
recognized in non-current liabilities. Tax receivable is recognized in current
assets and deferred tax assets are recognized in non-current assets.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
130/195
2.4 Tax (Continued)
Approach to tax and taxes paid
The tax Group pays is an important part of our wider economic and so-
cial impact and a key mechanism by which Group contributes to the de-
velopment of the countries where we operate. Group is committed to
paying tax responsibly, complying with tax regulations and acknowl-
edges its responsibility to stakeholders to meet expectations of good
tax practices.
The Group Tax Policy is reviewed annually and approved by the Board
of Directors. Please refer to our tax policy on the Group website:
www.gn.com/taxpolicy.
We monitor and support the international initiatives building trust in
multinationals tax management and payments. In acting responsibly,
we disclose our main taxes paid on a regional level and for Denmark
separately. For the financial year 2025, our estimated corporate tax
payment amounts to DKK 148 million (2024: DKK 235 million).
Group is subject to taxation in the countries in which we operate. The
tax legislation and tax rates in these countries differ, impacting the tax
we pay. The allocation of taxes paid is based on the “principal model”,
which is in alignment with our operational and commercial activities
and is recognized by OECD as an acceptable transfer pricing model to
allocate taxable profits. The allocation is based on functions, assets,
and risks in every entity.
While acting responsibly, Group observes and complies with the appli-
cable international tax initiatives regarding reporting and disclosure re-
quirements. We continuously monitor the development to consider
our response to the proposed international disclosure requirements.
Group is subject to the Pillar Two rules and has had no material top-up
tax in 2025. Group has applied the mandatory exception and has there-
fore not recognized any Pillar Two related deferred taxes in 2025.
Number of employ-EBT IFRS (DKK Effective tax Tax paid (DKK Accrued tax Regions Nature of Activity ees, end of period million) rate million) (DKK million) Denmark Principal 1,834 70 17.0% 3 20 Europe R&D, Production, distribution and sales 1,115 356 28.9% 45 18 North America R&D, Production, distribution and sales 1,616 242 32.0% 10 26 Rest of World R&D, Production, distribution and sales 3,046 246 27.5% 69 31 Total Total Group 7,611 914 22.3% 127 95 Eliminations and other adjust-ments IFRS Annual Report 2025 Total Group 7,611 914 22.3% 127 95
Accounting policies
Deferred Tax
Deferred tax assets, including the tax base of tax loss carryforwards, are
recognized at the expected value of their utilization, either as a set-off
against tax on future income or as a set-off against deferred tax liabilities
in the same legal tax entity and jurisdiction. Deferred tax is measured using
the balance sheet liability method on all temporary differences between
the carrying amount and the tax base of assets and liabilities. Deferred tax
is not recognized on goodwill unless this is deductible for tax purposes. De-
ferred tax is measured according to the tax rules and at the tax rates appli-
cable in the respective countries at the balance sheet date when the de-
ferred tax is expected to crystallize as current tax. The change in deferred
tax as a result of changes in tax rates is recognized in the income state-
ment. If a tax deduction on computation of the taxable income in Denmark
or in foreign jurisdictions is obtained as a result of share-based payment
programs, the tax benefit for the deduction is recognized directly in the
balance sheet. Deferred tax assets are subject to annual impairment tests
and are recognized only to the extent that it is probable that the assets will
be utilized.
Key accounting judgement
Deferred tax assets valuation
Management has made judgments in determining the extent to which de-
ferred tax assets are recognized. Group recognizes deferred tax assets only
to the extent that it is probable that taxable profit will be available against
which the temporary differences and unused tax losses can be utilized.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
131/195
2.5 Consolidated income statement
classified by function
The Group presents the consolidated income statement based on a
classification of costs by function. However, in order to present EBITA
in the consolidated income statement, which is the measure of profit
used by Management, amortization and impairment of acquired intan-
gible assets are separated from the individual functions and presented
as a separate line item. If amortization and impairment of acquired in-
tangible assets are allocated to the individual line items by function,
the consolidated income statement is presented as follows:
DKK million 2025 2024 Revenue 16,782 17,985 Production costs -7,634 -8,432 Gross profit 9,148 9,553 Development costs -1,561 -1,612 Selling and distribution costs -4,284 -4,544 Management and administrative expenses -1,726 -1,589 Other operating income and costs, net 9 -20 Gain (loss) on divestment of operations etc. 10 72 Operating profit (loss) 1,596 1,860 In the above income statement amortization and impairment of acquired intangible assets has been allocated to functions as follows: Production costs -9 -11 Development costs -101 -121 Selling and distribution costs -169 -187 Management and administrative expenses -43 -46 Amortization and impairment of acquired intangible assets -322 -365
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
132/195
Introduction
Insights into the assets that form the basis for the activities in the
Group, and the related liabilities. Most of these are included in invested
capital and some in net working capital.
3.1 Intangible assets 133
3.2 Property, plant and equipment 136
3.3 Leases 138
3.4 Depreciation, amortization and impairment 139
3.5 Other non-current assets 140
3.6 Inventories 142
3.7 Trade receivables 143
3.8 Provisions 144
Section 3
-
Operating assets and liabilities
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
132/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
133/195
3.1 Intangible assets
The carrying amount of In-house development projects and software
include development in progress of DKK 1,726 million and DKK 776
million respectively (2024: DKK 1,625 million and DKK 815 million).
Of the total impairment of DKK 87 million, DKK 70 million can be allo-
cated to Enterprise, while DKK 17 million can be allocated to Hearing.
In 2024 the total impairment of 104 million could be allocated to Gam-
ing, and relates to Consumer products.
Goodwill
Goodwill arising from business acquisitions is recognized in the consoli-
dated financial statements. There were no additions during the year
(2024: no additions).
Management performs an annual impairment test of the carrying
amount of goodwill. The impairment test covers the Group's cash-
generating units (CGU) to which the carrying amount of goodwill is
allocated.
Acquired In-house development development projects and Customer Patents DKK million Goodwill projects software relationships Software and rights Other Total Cost at January 1 11,358 7,995 903 1,141 2,302 958 1,417 26,074 Additions - 1,034 - - 337 - - 1,371 Disposals - -270 -200 -315 -447 -38 -385 -1,655 Transfers - - - - - - 4 4 Foreign exchange adjustments -545 - - -6 -3 - -46 -600 Cost at December 31 10,813 8,759 703 820 2,189 920 990 25,194 Amortization and impairment at January 1 - -5,385 -257 -530 -1,048 -812 -724 -8,756 Amortization - -538 -79 -96 -109 -74 -79 -975 Disposals - 270 200 315 447 38 385 1,655 Impairment - -75 - - -12 - - -87 Foreign exchange adjustments - - - - - 2 2 4 Amortization and impairment at December 31 - -5,728 -136 -311 -722 -846 -416 -8,159 Carrying amount at December 31, 2025 10,813 3,031 567 509 1,467 74 574 17,035 Cost at January 1 11,154 6,981 903 1,223 2,090 958 1,421 24,730 Additions - 1,015 - - 269 - - 1,284 Disposals -1 - -50 -58 - - -109 Disposal on company divestments -37 - - -32 - - -5 -74 Foreign exchange adjustments 241 - - - 1 - 1 243 Cost at December 31 11,358 7,995 903 1,141 2,302 958 1,417 26,074 Amortization and impairment at January 1 - -4,684 -226 -530 -984 -729 -652 -7,805 Amortization - -597 -41 -82 -95 -83 -76 -974 Disposals - - 10 50 31 - - 91 Disposals on company divestments - - - 32 - - 4 36 Impairment - -104 - - - - - -104 Amortization and impairment at December 31 - -5,385 -257 -530 -1,048 -812 -724 -8,756 Carrying amount at December 31, 2024 11,358 2,610 646 611 1,254 146 693 17,318
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
134/195
3.1 Intangible assets (Continued)
Goodwill at 31 December 2025 is as follows:
Carrying amount of Pre-tax Weighted average goodwill discount rate cost of capital DKK million % % 2025 2024 2025 2024 2025 2024 CGUs Hearing 4,058 4,483 7.9 7.8 7.5 7.5 Enterprise 4,383 4,503 8.4 8.0 8.0 7.8 Gaming 2,372 2,372 8.5 8.2 8.1 8.0 Total 10,813 11,358
In the impairment test, the discounted future cash flows of each CGU
(the value in use) were compared with the carrying amounts. Future
cash flows are based on the budget for 2026, market forecasts for
2027 2028, strategy financial models, etc. approved by the Board of
Directors. Budgets and strategy financial models are based on specific
assumptions for the individual CGU regarding sales, operating profit,
working capital, investments in non-current assets, etc. The calcula-
tions apply expected growth in the terminal period of 2.0% p.a. for all
CGUs (2024: 2.0% p.a.). Assumptions regarding sales and operating
profit are based on Market assumption and growth, the WACC is based
on peers, working capital and investments in non-current assets are
based on historical data and strategy plan.
The long-term market growth in the Hearing, Enterprise, and Gaming
industries is driven by the following main factors:
Hearing:
Shifting demographics with a growing elderly and more afflu-
ent population
Intensified noise pollution driving the increased prevalence of
hearing loss
Increased penetration rates as more people with a hearing
loss will use hearing aids in the future, and
Increased use of two hearing aids, which is relatively common
today, instead of only one
Enterprise:
UC technology has the potential to reduce travel cost and car-
bon footprint by the companies that adopt the technology
Continued transition from desk phones to Unified Communi-
cations
Video playing an increasingly larger role in future experiences
Increasing flexibility requirements by office-workers, demands
for productivity, focus on cloud-based solutions, and general
technology improvements
Gaming:
Continued growth in gaming, time spent and players
Growing appetite for premium features, driving higher Aver-
age Sales Price (ASP)
The expected revenue growth across the three divisions is based on the
current differentiated product offering unique technology as well as
future product launches. Based on the impairment test and related as-
sumptions, Management has not identified any goodwill impairment at
December 31, 2025. No likely change in the assumptions applied will
result in an impairment.
Development projects and software
In-progress and completed development projects comprise develop-
ment and design of hearing instruments, audio and collaboration solu-
tions, and gaming equipment. Most development projects are expected
to be completed in the coming years, after which product sales and
marketing can be commenced. Management performs at least one an-
nual impairment test of the carrying amount of recognized develop-
ment costs. The recoverable amount is assessed based on sales fore-
casts. During the year, impairments of DKK 75 million (2024: DKK 104
million) related to projects were recognized, mainly attributable to
video collaboration projects as a result of the new partnership with an
external partner for large room video solutions. In Management's as-
sessments, the recoverable amount exceeds the carrying amount at
December 31, 2025.
Software comprises development, design and test of production, plan-
ning software and reporting systems, business intelligence etc.
Implementation of these systems is expected to optimize internal pro-
cedures and processes. During the year, impairments of DKK 12 million
(2024: DKK 0 million) related to software were recognized. In 2025,
Management assessed that the expected useful lives were reflected in
the carrying amounts at December 31, 2025.
Customer relationships
Customer relationships primarily comprise acquired customer relation-
ships. The most significant customer relationship relates to the acquisi-
tion of SteelSeries, Audigy, BlueParrott and US Beltone.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
135/195
3.1 Intangible assets (Continued)
Patents and rights
Patents and rights primarily comprise acquired patents and rights. The
most significant patents and rights relate to technologies for the de-
velopment of new hearing instruments for Hearing and rights to the
use of certain technologies for development of headsets, video com-
munications solutions and gaming equipment.
Other
The Group's other intangible assets mainly comprise of DKK 557 mil-
lion (2024: DKK 627 million) related to trademarks, DKK 11 million
(2024: DKK 21 million) related to supply agreements. In Management's
assessments, the recoverable amount exceeds the carrying amount at
December 31, 2025.
Accounting policies
Goodwill
At the acquisition date goodwill is recognized in the balance sheet at cost as
described under Business combinations (note 5.1). Subsequently, goodwill is
measured at cost less accumulated impairment losses. Goodwill is not
amortized but is tested for impa
irment at least once a year. The carrying
amount of goodwill is allocated to the Group’s cash
-generating units at the
acquisition date. Identification of cash
-generating units is based on how
Management monitors the operation in the Management reporting.
As a result of the integration of acquired enterprises in the existing group,
Management assesses that the smallest cash
-generating units to which the
carrying amount of goodwill can be allocated are: Hearing
, Enterprise and
Gaming
.
Development projects, Software, Patents, Licenses and
Other Intangible Assets
Intangible assets are measured at cost less accumulated amortization and im-
pairment. Amortization is provided on a straight
-line basis over the expected
useful lives of the assets. When changing the depreciation period, the effect
on the depreciation is re
cognized prospectively as a change in accounting esti-
mates. Amortization and impairment is recognized in the income statement
as production costs, development costs, distribution costs and administrative
expenses.
The expected useful lives are as follows:
2025Completed development projects1-5 years Software3-10 years Customer relationshipsup to 10 yearsPatents, licenses, trademarks andup to 20 other intellectual property rights years
Development projects that are clearly defined and identifiable, where the
technical utilization degree, sufficient resources and a potential future market
or development opportunities in the Company is evidenced, and where
Group
intends to produce, market or use the project, are recognized as intangible as-
sets if it is probable that costs incurred will be covered by future earnings. The
cost of such development projects includes direct wages, salaries, materials
and other direct
and indirect costs attributable to the development projects.
Amortization and write
-down of such capitalized development projects are
started at the date of completion and are included in development costs.
Other development costs are recognized in the income statement as incurred.
Gains or losses on the disposal of intangible assets are determined as the
difference between the selling price less selling costs and the carrying amount
at the disposal date and are recognized in the income statement as other
operating income or other op
erating costs, respectively.
Impairment of Goodwill and in
-progress development projects
Goodwill is subject to at least one annual impairment test. Similarly, in
-
progress development projects are tested for impairment at least annually.
An impairment test is also performed whenever there is an indication that an
asset may be impaired.
The carrying amount of goodwill is tested for impairment together with the
other non
-current assets in the cash-generating unit to which the goodwill is
allocated. Goodwill is written down to the recoverable amount if the carrying
amount is higher than the
recoverable amount. The recoverable amount is
computed as the present value of the expected future net cash flows from
the enterprises or activities to which the goodwill is allocated.
Recognition of impairment losses in the
consolidated income statement
An impairment loss is recognized if the carrying amount of an asset or its
cash
-generating unit exceeds the recoverable amount of the asset or the
cash
-generating unit. Impairment of goodwill is recognized in a separate line
item in the income statement.
Impairment of goodwill is not reversed.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
136/195
3.1 Intangible assets (Continued)
3.2 Property, plant and equipment
Key accounting estimates
Valuation of intangible assets - goodwill
Determining whether goodwill is impaired requires a comparison of the
recoverable amount with the carrying amount. The recoverable amount is
determined as the net present value of the future cash flows expected to
arise from the cash-generating unit to which goodwill is allocated.
Key accounting estimates
Valuation of intangible assets - development projects
Development projects are measured at cost less accumulated amortization
and impairment. An impairment test is performed of the carrying amount
of recognized development projects. The impairment test is based on
assumptions regarding strategy, product lifecycle, market conditions,
discount rates and budgets, etc., after the project has been completed and
production has commenced. If market-related assumptions, etc., are
changed, development projects may have to be written down.
Management examines and assesses the underlying assumptions when
determining whether or not the carrying amount should be written down.
Factories and Leasehold Plant and Operating assets Assets under DKK million office buildings improvements machinery and equipment construction Total Cost at January 1 703 209 956 768 24 2,660 Transfers 35 -3 -302 270 -4 -4 Additions 9 50 31 52 26 168 Disposals - -50 -81 -108 - -239 Foreign exchange adjustments -4 -14 -40 -17 - -75 Cost at December 31 743 192 564 965 46 2,510 Depreciation and impairment at January 1 -320 -149 -870 -662 - -2,001 Depreciation -32 -21 -38 -54 - -145 Disposals - 50 81 107 - 238 Transfers -27 1 295 -269 - - Foreign exchange adjustments 3 10 40 15 - 68 Depreciation and impairment at December 31 -376 -109 -492 -863 - -1,840 Carrying amount at December 31, 2025 367 83 72 102 46 670 Leased assets, c.f. note 3.3 356 - - 41 - 397 Total carrying amount at December 31, 2025 723 83 72 143 46 1,067 Cost at January 1 679 210 935 773 14 2,611 Reclassification -5 -17 -10 32 - - Additions 28 39 30 13 10 120 Disposals - -13 -2 -18 - -33 Disposals on company divestments - -12 - -17 - -29 Foreign exchange adjustments 1 2 3 -15 - -9 Cost at December 31 703 209 956 768 24 2,660 Depreciation and impairment at January 1 -281 -157 -782 -644 - -1,864 Depreciation -27 -18 -66 -74 - -185 Impairment - - -6 - - -6 Disposals - 13 1 16 - 30 Disposals on company divestments - 12 - 16 - 28 Transfers 3 3 - -6 - - Foreign exchange adjustments -15 -2 -17 30 - -4 Depreciation and impairment at December 31 -320 -149 -870 -662 - -2,001 Carrying amount at December 31, 2024 383 60 86 106 24 659 Leased assets, c.f. note 3.3 383 - - 46 - 429 Total carrying amount at December 31, 2024 766 60 86 152 24 1,088
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
137/195
3.2 Property, plant and equipment
(Continued)
Accounting policies
Property, plant and equipment
Land and buildings, plant and machinery and fixtures and fittings, other plant
and equipment are measured at cost less accumulated depreciation and
impairment losses. Cost comprises the purchase price and costs of materials,
components, suppliers, direct wages and salaries and indirect production
costs until the date when the asset is available for use. Liabilities related to
dismantling and removing
the asset and restoring the site on which the asset
is located are added to the cost. Where individual comp
onents of an item of
property, plant and equipment have different useful lives, they are accounted
for as separate items, which are depreciated separately.
Depreciation is provided on a straight
-line basis over the expected useful lives
of property, plant and equipment.
The expected useful lives are as follows:
2025Buildings and installations (land is not depreci-10-50 years ated)Leasehold improvements5-20 years Plant and machinery1-7 years Operating assets and equipment2-7 years
When determining the useful lives impact of climate-related risks have been
assessed. Such risks include new climate
-related legislation restricting or
changing the use of certain assets.
The basis of depreciation is calculated as the residual value of the asset less
impairment losses. The residual value is determined at the acquisition date
and reassessed annually. If the residual value exceeds the carrying amount,
depreciation is disconti
nued. When changing the depreciation period or the
residual value, the effect on the depreciation is recognized prospectively as a
change in accounting estimates. Depreciation and impairment is recognized in
the income statement as production costs, develo
pment costs, distribution
costs and administrative expenses.
Expenses for repairs and maintenance of property, plant and equipment are
included in the income statement. Gains or losses on disposal or scrapping of
an item of property, plant and equipment are determined as the difference
between the sales price reduced by costs related to dismantling and removing
the asset, selling costs and costs related to restoring the site on which the
as-
set
is located and the carrying amount. Gains or losses are recognized in the
income statement as
other operating income or other operating costs,
respectively.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
138/195
3.3 Leases
Group’s leases mainly consist of property leases of e.g. offices but also
include cars and office equipment. Rental contracts are typically made
for fixed periods but may have extension options. Contracts may con-
tain both lease and non-lease components. In such cases the considera-
tion in the contract is allocated to the lease and non-lease components
based on their relative stand-alone prices. Lease terms are negotiated
on an individual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and
conditions.
Lease liabilities
DKK million 2025 2024 Contractual maturity analysis of lease liabilities: Less than one year 118 113 Between one and three years 162 153 More than three years 192 301 Total 472 567 The maturity analysis is based on non-discounted cash flows.
Amounts expensed in the income statement and total cash outflow
DKK million 2025 2024 Interest expense on lease liabilities 23 10 Expenses for low-value assets and short-term leases 57 53 Total cash outflow re. lease liabilities 135 99
Right-of-use assets from leases included in property, plant and equipment 2025 2024 Factories and Operating assets Factories and Operating assets DKK million office buildings and equipment Total office buildings and equipment Total Carrying amount at January 1 383 46 429 272 17 289 Reclassification - - - -33 33 - Additions 101 26 127 250 28 278 Disposals - - - -32 -1 -33 Remeasurements 7 -1 6 8 - 8 Depreciation -100 -29 -129 -84 -26 -110 Foreign exchange adjustments -35 -1 -36 2 -5 -3 Carrying amount at December 31 356 41 397 383 46 429
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
139/195
3.3 Leases (Continued)
3.4 Depreciation, amortization
and impairment
DKK million 2025 2024 Depreciation, amortization and impairment for the year of prop-erty, plant and equipment (incl. leased assets) and intangible as-sets are recognized in the income statement as follows: Production costs -67 -113 Development costs -633 -722 Selling and distribution costs -55 -64 Management and administrative expenses -259 -115 Amortization and impairment of acquired intangible assets -322 -365 Total -1,336 -1.379 Depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment (incl. leased assets) are recognized in the income statement as fol-lows: Production costs -67 -113 Development costs -20 -21 Selling and distribution costs -51 -59 Management and administrative expenses -136 -108 Total -274 -301 Amortization of intangible assets is recognized in the income state-ment as follows: Development costs -538 -597 Selling and distribution costs -4 -5 Management and administrative expenses -111 -7 Amortization and impairment of acquired intangible assets -322 -365 Total -975 -974 Impairment of intangible assets is recognized in the income state-ment as follows: Development costs -75 -104 Management and administrative expenses -12 - Total -87 -104
Accounting policies
Leases
Leases are recognized as a right
-of-use asset and a corresponding liability at
the date at which the leased asset is available for use by the group. Each lease
payment is allocated between the liability and finance cost. The finance cost
is charged to prof
it or loss over the lease period so as to produce a constant
periodic rate of interest on the remaining balance of the liability for each
period. The right
-of use asset is depreciated over the shorter of the asset's
useful life and the lease term on a stra
ight-line basis.
Assets and liabilities arising from a lease are initially measured on a present
value basis. Lease liabilities include the net present value of the following
lease payments:
fixed payments (including in-substance fixed payments), less any
lease incentives receivable
variable lease payment that are based on an index or a rate
amounts expected to be payable by the lessee under residual value
guarantees
the exercise price of a purchase option if the lessee is reasonably cer-
tain to exercise that option, and
payments of penalties for terminating the lease, if the lease term re-
flects the lessee exercising that option
The lease payments are discounted using the interest rate implicit in the
lease. If that rate cannot be determined, the lessee’s incremental borrowing
rate is used, being the rate that the lessee would have to pay to borrow the
funds necessary to obtain an
asset of similar value in a similar economic
environment with similar terms and conditions. Right
-of-use assets are
measured at cost comprising the following:
the amount of the initial measurement of lease liability
any lease payments made at or before the commencement date less
any lease incentives received
any initial direct costs, and
restoration costs
Payments associated with short
-term leases and leases of low-value assets
are recognized on a straight
-line basis as an expense in profit or loss. Short-
term leases have a
lease term of 12 months or less. Low-value assets
comprise e.g. IT
-equipment and small items of office furniture.
Extension and termination options
Extension and termination options are included in a number of leases across
the group.
These terms are used to maximize operational flexibility.
Specification of the Group’s total impairment and the distribution of im-
pairment across segments is provided in section 3.1 ‘Intangible assets’.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
140/195
3.5 Other non-current assets
DKK million 2025 2024 Loans to dispensers of Hearing products 819 808 Pre-paid discounts 273 316 Ownership interests 366 157 RAP, SIP and DCP 373 473 Other 39 50 Total 1,870 1,804
RAP (Retirement Advantage Plan) and SIP (Savings and Investment
Plan) are programs in which customers earn funds based on purchases.
DCP (Deferred Compensation Plan) is a program in which Management
in certain foreign subsidiaries may choose to defer compensation. The
amounts invested by the Group on behalf of customers and Manage-
ment are recognized in Other non-current assets. The Group’s liabilities
related to the programs are recognized in Other non-current liabilities
at DKK 333 million (2024: DKK 346 million).
All ownership interests are accounted for at fair value through profit or
loss.
Dispenser loans are provided to dispensers of Hearing products in or-
der to support their future growth. The majority of dispenser loans is
related to dispensers in the US. Hearing's assessment of credit risk as-
sociated with non-current loans to dispensers depends primarily on
change in payment behavior and current economic conditions. Before a
loan is extended, the creditworthiness of the individual dispenser is an-
alyzed. Calculating the expected credit loss rates, Group considers his-
torical loss rates for each category of dispensers, and provides for
credit losses against loans to customers by comparing the develop-
ment in the actual loan balance to the agreed development in the loan
balance.
The table below illustrates how the 12-month and lifetime expected
credit loss are calculated for dispenser loans and how the credit risk ex-
posure on dispenser loans are grouped by Group’s internal credit rat-
ing.
2025 2024 Expected credit Estimated gross carry-Carrying amount (net Expected credit Estimated gross carry-Carrying amount (net loss rate ing amount at default of loss allowance) loss rate ing amount at default of loss allowance) GN Store Nord internal credit rating DKK million DKK million DKK million DKK million Performing 12-month expected credit loss 3% 841 819 3% 829 808 Underperforming Lifetime expected credit losses 100% 75 - 100% 107 - Total dispenser loans at December 31 916 819 936 808
The 12-month and lifetime expected credit losses have developed as follows: Performing Underperforming DKK million (12 month ECL) (lifetime ECL) Total Opening loss allowance as at January 1, 2025 -21 -107 -128 New dispenser loans, net -1 -11 -12 Write-off Assets derecognized through the income statement - 31 31 Foreign exchange adjustments and other changes - 12 12 Closing loss allowance as at December 31, 2025 -22 -75 -97 Opening loss allowance as at January 1, 2024 -20 -112 -132 New dispenser loans, net -1 -19 -20 Write-off Assets derecognized through the income statement - 23 23 Foreign exchange adjustments and other changes - 1 1 Closing loss allowance as at December 31, 2024 -21 -107 -128
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
141/195
3.5 Other non-current assets (Continued)
Accounting policies
Loans to dispensers
Loans to dispensers and other receivables are measured at amortized cost
less an allowance for expected credit losses. Both loans to dispensers and
other receivables are held for collection of contractual cash flows and those
cash flows represent solely pa
yments of principal and interest.
Ownership Interests and savings plans
Ownership interests between 20% and 50% in unlisted enterprises in which
the Group does not exercise significant influence on the financial and operat-
ing policies are recognized under non
-current assets at fair value. Gains and
losses on such ownership int
erests are recorded under financial items in the
income statement.
Changes in the fair value of ownership interests at fair value though profit or
loss are recognized in financial items in the income statement.
The savings plans RAP, SIP and DCP are measured at fair value through profit
or loss.
Impairment of dispenser loans
Loss allowances on dispenser loans are measured equal to 12
-month
expected credit losses, if the credit risk has not increased significantly since
initial recognition. If the credit risk has increased significantly, the loss
allowance are measured at an am
ount equal to lifetime expected credit
losses.
The calculation of 12
-month expected credit losses on dispenser loans are
based on a weighted average of historical annual losses on customers.
Payment plans are agreed with dispensers when issuing loans to these. The
credit risk of loans to dispensers is
considered to have increased significantly
since initial recognition when actual loan balances differ from the agreed
Key accounting judgments
Financial support arrangements
Group grants loans to dispensers and acquires ownership interests in dis-
pensers. The agreements are typically comprehensive, complex and cover
several aspects of the relationship between the parties. Management as-
sesses the recognition and classification of income and expenses for each
of these agreements, including whether the agreement represent a dis-
count on future sales. Management also assesses whether current eco-
nomic conditions and changes in customers' payment behavior could indi-
cate impairment of the outstanding balances.
Ownership Interests
When considering whether or not Hearing exercises significant influence in
unlisted enterprises a number of judgments are made. These judgments in-
clude considering:
Representation on the board of directors
Participation in policy-making processes
Material transactions between the entity and Group
Interchange of managerial personnel
Provision of essential technical information
development in loan balances with more than 40%. At this point the loan is
considered to be in default and credit impaired.
The calculation of lifetime expected credit losses on dispenser loans is based
on the difference between the development in the actual loan balances and
the agreed development in loan balances. The allowances are increased in
steps if the difference betwee
n the actual loan balance and the agreed devel-
opment in loan balances increases.
Indicators that there is no reasonable expectation of recovery of a dispenser
loan include bankruptcy, change of control and change in the payment
behavior or financial situation of the dispenser. In such cases a full or partial
write
-off of a dispenser loan will be recognized by derecognizing the asset.
Where recoveries are made, these are recognized in the income statement.
Impairment of Pre
-paid discounts
The carrying amount of Pre
-paid discounts is subject to an annual test for
indications of impairment. When there is an indication that assets may be
impaired, the recoverable amount of the asset is determined.
Recognition of impairment losses in the income statement
Impairment losses are recognized in the income statement in the relevant
functional line items. Impairment of dispenser loans are reversed only to the
extent of changes in the assumptions and estimates underlying the impair-
ment calculation.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
142/195
3.6 Inventories
DKK million 2025 2024 Raw materials and consumables 609 561 Work in progress 31 24 Finished goods and merchandise 1,674 2,000 Total 2,314 2,585 The above includes write-downs amounting to Inventories, provision -253 -281 Costs of goods sold included in Production Costs -5,800 -6,770
The write-down of inventories were amongst others related to the clos-
ing of the Consumer business.
z
Accounting policies
Inventories
Inventories are measured at cost in accordance with the FIFO-principle
using the standard cost method. Standard costs take into account normal
levels of raw materials and consumables, staff costs, efficiency and
capacity utilization. Standard costs are reviewed regularly and adjusted in
accordance with the FIFO-principle.
Raw materials and goods for resale are measured at cost, comprising pur-
chase price plus delivery costs.
Work in progress and finished goods are measured at cost, comprising the
cost of direct materials, wages and salaries and indirect production over-
heads. Indirect production overheads comprise indirect materials, wages and
salaries, maintenance and depreciation of production machinery, buildings
and equipment as well as factory administration and management.
Where the net realizable value is lower than cost, inventories are written
down to this lower value. The net realizable value of inventories is calcu-
lated as the sales amount less costs of completion and costs necessary to
make the sale.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
143/195
3.7 Trade receivables
The loss allowance included in total trade receivables, based on the
above aging profile and expected loss rates, have developed as follows:
DKK million 2025 2024 Loss allowance at January 1 -186 -185 Increase in loss allowance during the year -105 -34 Trade receivables written off as uncollectible 10 12 Reversal of unused loss allowance 69 20 Disposal on company divestments - 1 Foreign exchange adjustments 9 - Loss allowance at December 31 -203 -186
The total loss allowance of DKK 203 million is included in trade receiv-
ables at December 31, 2025 (2024: DKK 186 million). Group's assess-
ment of credit risk associated with individual receivables depends pri-
marily on aging, change in customer payment behavior, current eco-
nomic conditions etc. as described in significant accounting estimates.
Group has sold selected trade receivables through a non-recourse re-
ceivables purchase arrangement to accelerate cash collection in order
to drive an interest optimization strategy. Group does not bear the
credit risk on those customers, and the receivables have been derecog-
nized. The effect on trade working capital from the receivables pur-
chase agreement was limited.
No security has been pledged to Group for trade receivables.
Accounting policies
Measurement of trade receivables
Trade receivables are measured at amortized cost less expected lifetime
credit losses. The expected loss rates are based on days past due and
whether a receivable concerns a Hearing, Enterprise, or Gaming customer.
Current expectations and estimates of expected credit losses are
furthermore based on change in customer behavior and current economic
conditions. Expected credit losses are based on an individual assessment of
each receivable and at portfolio level.
1-60 days past 61-90 days past 91-120 days 121-180 days More than 181 DKK million Current due due past due past due days past due Total Gross carrying amount - Trade receivables 3,874 293 64 41 60 254 4,586 Loss allowance at December 31 -29 - -5 -4 -11 -154 -203 Trade receivables at December 31, 2025 3,845 293 59 37 49 100 4,383 Expected loss rate 1% 0% 8% 10% 18% 61% 4% Gross carrying amount - Trade receivables 4,008 406 90 75 63 217 4,859 Loss allowance at December 31 -14 -6 -4 -6 -14 -142 -186 Trade receivables at December 31, 2024 3,994 400 86 69 49 75 4,673 Expected loss rate 0% 1% 4% 8% 22% 65% 4%
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
144/195
3.8 Provisions
Warranty Other DKK million provisions provisions Total Provisions at January 1 373 150 523 Additions 397 3 400 Consumed -374 -35 -409 Reversed -7 -24 -31 Foreign exchange adjustments -27 -2 -29 Provisions at December 31, 2025 362 92 454 Which is presented in the consolidated balance sheet as: Non-current liabilities 118 43 161 Current liabilities 244 49 293 Provisions at December 31, 2025 362 92 454
Warranty provisions concern products sold. The warranty provision
covers any defects in design, materials and workmanship for a period
of 1-4 years from delivery and completion. Other provisions primarily
consist of provisions for legal disputes, obligations regarding onerous
contracts and property leases.
Accounting policies
Provisions
Warranty provisions are recognized as the underlying goods and services
are sold based on warranty costs incurred in previous years and expecta-
tions of future costs.
Provisions are recognized when, as a result of events before or at the bal-
ance sheet date, the Group has a legal or a constructive obligation and it is
probable that there may be an outflow of resources embodying economic
benefits to settle the obligation. On measurement of provisions, the costs
required to settle the liability are discounted if the effect is material to the
measurement of the liability.
A provision for onerous contracts is recognized when the expected benefits
to be derived by the Group from a contract are lower than the unavoidable
costs of meeting its obligations under the contract (onerous contracts). A
provision for onerous contracts is recognized e.g. when the Group has en-
tered a binding legal agreement for the purchase of components from sup-
pliers that exceeds the benefits from the expected future use of the com-
ponents and the Group can only sell the components at a loss.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
145/195
Introduction
Insight into GN Store Nord's capital structure and financial items as
well as financial risks.
4.1 Share capital and capital structure 146
4.2 Financial risks 147
4.3 Derivatives 151
4.4 Financial instruments 152
4.5 Liabilities from financing activities 156
4.6 Financial income and expenses 157
Section 4
- Capital structure
and financing items
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
145/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
146/195
4.1 Share capital and capital structure
Capital structure
The Board of Directors regularly assess the capital structure. Group’s
current capital structure policy targets are as follows:
Leverage 2.0x NIBD/EBITDA
Dividend payout of 15-25% of the annual net profit
Group’s overall target is to deliver a competitive shareholder return
through a combination of dividend payments and share price apprecia-
tion. Group aims to distribute any excess cash to shareholders through
share buyback programs, subject to amongst others, requirements to
support the ongoing operations, strategic opportunities, and the capi-
tal structure.
Group remain focused on delivering shareholder value and will con-
sider doing shareholder distribution again, once the leverage is closer
to the long-term target of 2.0x.
Cash distributions
For the year ended December 31, 2025, there has been paid a dividend
of DKK 85 million relating to non-controlling interests in a subsidiary.
For 2024, there has been no dividend paid related to prior years nor has
there been proposed dividend for the year.
Share capital
All shares are fully issued and paid up. The nominal value of each share
is DKK 4 and no shares carry any special rights.
Treasury shares
The treasury shares had a market value of DKK 566 million at
December 31, 2025 (2024: DKK 709 million).
Treasury shares have been acquired under the share buyback program
in order to reduce the share capital, hedge and the LTI program.
Weighted average number of shares Shares, thousands 2025 2024 Weighted average number of outstanding shares 145,613 145,613 Dilutive effect of share-based payment with positive intrin-sic value average for the period 99 99 Diluted weighted average number of shares 145,712 145,712
Result used for calculating EPS DKK million 2025 2024 Profit (loss) for the year attributable to shareholders in GN 653 988 Store Nord A/S used for the calculation of earnings per share
Nominal value Nominal value Nominal value Treasury shares Outstanding Total number of outstanding of treasury of total shares as a percentage Thousands shares Treasury shares of shares shares (DKK) shares (DKK) (DKK) of share capital Number/value of shares at January 1, 2025 145,613 5,300 150,913 582,450 21,202 603,652 3.5% Number/value of shares at December 31, 2025 145,613 5,300 150,913 582,450 21,202 603,652 3.5% Nominal value Nominal value Nominal value Treasury shares Outstanding Total number of outstanding of treasury of total shares as a percentage Thousands shares Treasury shares of shares shares (DKK) shares (DKK) (DKK) of share capital Number/value of shares at January 1, 2024 145,613 5,300 150,913 582,450 21,202 603,652 3.5% Number/value of shares at December 31, 2024 145,613 5,300 150,913 582,450 21,202 603,652 3.5%
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
147/195
4.1 Share capital and capital structure
(Continued)
4.2 Financial risks
Group is exposed to several financial risks arising from its operating, in-
vesting and financing activities, comprising foreign currency risk, inter-
est rate risk, liquidity risk and credit risk. Financial risks are to the ex-
tent possible managed centrally by Group Treasury. Commercial credit
risk, arising primarily from trade and other receivables, is managed de-
centralized through the divisions (Hearing, Enterprise and Gaming).
The Treasury Policy is revised on a continuous basis to adapt to the
changing financial risk situation, and the Treasury Policy has been re-
viewed by the Audit Committee and approved by the Board of Direc-
tors.
The Treasury Policy, including the Limits of Authority for Group Treas-
ury, sets the overall requirements and limits for the treasury activities
within the Group including Group’s hedging policy. It is Group’s policy
only to enter into financial transactions to mitigate risks arising from
business activities, thus no transactions are made purely on speculative
basis.
Group’s objectives, policies and process for measuring and managing
the risk exposure related to foreign currency risk, interest rate risk, li-
quidity risk and credit risk are summarized in the table and further ex-
plained in the notes below.
Accounting policies
Earnings per Share and Diluted Earnings per Share
Earnings per share (EPS) is calculated by dividing
Profit (loss) for the year
attributable to shareholders in GN Store Nord A/S
by the weighted average
number of shares outstanding in the year.
Diluted earnings per share is calculated by increasing the weighted average
number of shares outstanding by the number of additional ordinary shares
that would be outstanding if potentially dilutive shares were issued. The
dilutive effect of outstanding sh
are-based payment is calculated using the
Treasury Stock method.
Equity
Dividends
The expected dividend payment for the year is disclosed as a separate item in
equity. Proposed dividends are recognized as a liability at the date they are
adopted by the Annual General Meeting (declaration date).
Hedging reserve
The hedging reserve includes the accumulated net change in the fair value of
hedging transactions qualifying for hedge accounting.
Treasury Shares
Treasury shares are recognized at cost. Gains and losses on disposal of own
shares are calculated as the difference between the purchase price measured
in accordance with the FIFO
-principle and the selling price. Gains or losses are
recognized directly in
retained earnings. Dividends received from treasury
shares are recognized directly in retained earnings. Capital reductions from
the cancellation of treasury shares are deducted from the share capital at an
amount corresponding to the nominal value of the
shares.
Foreign exchange adjustments
The translation reserve in the consolidated financial statements comprises
foreign exchange differences arising on translation of financial statements of
foreign subsidiaries from their functional currencies into the presentation
currency used by
Group (DKK) and foreign exchange adjustments of balances
considered to be part of the total net investment in foreign entities.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
148/195
4.2 Financial risks (Continued)
Financial risk
Exposure
Risk Management Policy
Mitigating actions
Foreign currency risk
Entities within the Group transact in currencies other than their functional cur-
rency, thus are exposed to fluctuations in foreign currencies.
The foreign currency exposures arise primarily from purchases of materials
, sales
of products
, and loans. Based on the current revenue, cost and loan composition,
the primary foreign currency exposures for the Group in 202
5 arise from USD and
GBP.
The EUR foreign currency risk is regarded as low in Danish entities due to Den-
mark’s fixed exchange rate policy towards EUR.
The Treasury Policy aims to minimize the foreign currency exposure on operating
profit, net income and free cash flow. The general
approach
is to manage currency
risks through natural matching of inflows and outflows or through hedging activi-
ties using commonly used derivatives such as FX spots and FX forwards.
The Policy sets forth thresholds and requirements for the hedging strategy. It is
generally the Group’s policy to hedge a minimum of 75% and not more than 100%
of net foreign currency exposure at EBITA level for operating business and to
maintain this hedg
ing level at any point in time. All hedging is conducted at Group
level.
Group has hedged a substantial part of the expected net EBITA in foreign curren-
cies to secure the EBITA contribution of the material trading currencies for the
next 12 months. The hedges have been designated with revenue
and production
cost
, respectively as the hedged items.
Interest rate risk
Interest rate risks arise from interest-bearing assets and liabilities. Interest-bearing
items consist primarily of cash and cash equivalents and bank loans and issued
bonds.
The Treasury Policy aims to minimize the interest rate exposure on operating
profit, net income and free cash flow. At least 50% of all interest
-bearing debt
should be fixed
-rate, either through fixed-rate agreements or through derivatives,
such as interes
t forwards or interest swaps.
Group currently has more than 50% floating interest rate exposure. The group has
decided to deviate from the Treasury Policy, which has been approved by the
Board of Directors.
Liquidity risk
Group’s loans and Euro Medium Term Loan (EMTN) notes are primarily long-term
with maturities extended until
2036 with mixture of fixed and floating interest
rates.
The Treasury Policy aims to ensure that sufficient funding is available for Group to
fulfil its financial obligations at any point in time for the next 12 months. Main
funding arrangements are managed or approved by Group Treasury, structuring
the funding facilities with committed and uncommitted facilities mainly with a
group of relati
onship banks. Liquidity is managed centrally through cash, cash
pools and working capital management practice.
To mitigate potential liquidity or refinancing risks, Group has EUR 500 million Re-
volving Credit Facility with maturity in 202
8, with the option to extend by up to
two years, i.e. 2030, in agreement with the banks
. As of December 31, 2025, the
Revolving Credit Facilities were
fully unutilized.
Credit risk
Group’s exposure to credit risk arises primarily from trade receivables, other re-
ceivables, dispenser loans and cash and cash equivalents.
Group has established policies for credit risk management related to customers in-
cluding the use of credit rating agencies.
The financial institutes applied by
Group must be highly rated by Moody’s or S&P.
Group has decentralized the credit risk management relating to customers includ-
ing the use of credit rating agencies to the divisions (Hearing, Enterprise and Gam-
ing).
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
149/195
4.2 Financial risks (Continued)
Foreign currency risk
Group has exposure towards foreign currencies, mainly arising from
the fluctuations in USD and GBP. The general policy is to minimize
Group's currency exposure through natural matching of in- and out-
flows to mitigate the impact of exchange rate fluctuations on earnings
and cash flow, thereby increasing the predictability of the financial re-
sults. Foreign currency risk is reduced by hedging the foreign currency
exposures in accordance with the Treasury Policy. Foreign currency ex-
posures are hedged through FX forwards and FX Swaps. Group’s hedg-
ing setup aims to centralize foreign currency exposure in GN Store
Nord A/S through internal contracts and trade the net foreign currency
exposures in the market.
Sensitivity analysis for foreign currency risk
The below sensitivity analyses illustrates the potential change in
Group’s profit or loss and equity in a response to a weakening /
strengthening of the currencies of which Group has significant expo-
sure to at the balance sheet date. This analysis assumes that all other
variables in particular interest rates, remain constant. At year-end an
increase of 10% in the USD exchange rate and 5% in the GBP exchange
rate would affect the income statement and Equity as outlined in the
following table:
USD GBP DKK million 2025 2024 2025 2024 Profit or loss after tax 128 225 - -1 Equity after tax 33 51 -17 -23
The exposure at year-end is not necessarily representative of the past
or future exposure of the Group.
The sensitivity analysis comprises cash and cash equivalents, current
receivables, trade payables, current and non-current loans, intercom-
pany balances and derivatives as of December 31. The effects of a
change in foreign exchange rates related to these items would be in-
cluded in the Income statement. A change in the value of derivatives
used for hedging would be included in Other comprehensive income if
hedge accounting is applied.
Interest rate risk
Group’s non-current debt comprises instruments with both fixed and
floating interest rates. These include the listed instruments of EUR 50
million private placement with fixed coupon of 1.97% per annum and
GBP 40 million private placement with fixed coupon of 3.2% per an-
num as well as bilateral R&D loans with fixed interest rates.
In 2025, Group successfully executed EUR 1,500 million loan agree-
ments, consisting of EUR 1,000 million term loan facility and EUR 500
million revolving credit facility, with its core banking group. Both facili-
ties mature in 2028, with the option to extend by up to two years, i.e.
2030, in agreement with the banks.
The EUR 1,000 million term loan facility was used to refinance EUR
800 million term loan maturing in Q3 2026 as well as EUR 137 million
in R&D loans maturing between 2026 and 2029.
The EUR 500 million revolving credit facility replaced the previous EUR
520 million facility. Its primary purpose is to mitigate potential liquidity
or refinancing risk.
Interest Rate Sensitivity
An increase of floating interest rates of 1 percentage point would re-
sult in a decrease in the annual profit of DKK 70 million (2024: DKK 60
million).
Liquidity risks
The Group’s capital structure includes interest-bearing long-term debt
ranging from 2026 to 2036, including bank loans, notes under the
EMTN program, and two drawing rights attached to a EUR 500 million
committed revolving credit facility and a EUR 1,000 million committed
term loan facility. As of December 31, 2025, the EUR 500 million com-
mitted revolving credit facility was fully undrawn and EUR 937 million
out of the EUR 1,000 million committed term loan facility was drawn.
(2024: EUR 520 million committed revolving credit facility unutilized
and EUR 800 million committed term loan facility fully utilized).
To diversify borrowing instruments and manage its net working capital
movements, the Group maintains EUR 432 million in short-term, un-
committed Money Market lines and Overdraft facilities with its main re-
lationship banks. The utilization as of December 31, 2025, was EUR 161
million (2024: EUR 169 million utilized).
In addition, Group also managed a short-term, uncommitted Euro
Commercial Paper program of up to EUR 250 million. EUR 70 million
was utilized as of December 31, 2025 (2024: EUR 47 million utilized).
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
150/195
4.2 Financial risks (Continued)
Maturity profile
Group does not operate in restricted countries, thus the group does
not have restricted cash constraints.
Covenants
The Groups loan portfolio is subject to financial covenants that are
common and expected for a company the size of the Group. The Group
regularly monitors compliance with the covenants. Based on Group’s
strong fundamental operational improvements executed in the past
few years, the new facilities reflect improved terms & conditions in
general including financial covenants.
Credit risk
Credit risk arises from the possibility that transactional counterparties
may default on their obligations, causing financial losses for the Group.
Credit loss refers to the impairment of financial assets due to credit
losses. When financial assets are impaired by credit losses, the Group
discloses a reconciliation of changes in that account during the period
for each class of financial assets, such as bad debt provisions.
The Group’s exposure to various risks associated with the financial in-
struments is discussed in note 4.4. The maximum exposure to credit
risk at the end of the reporting period is the carrying amount of each
class of financial assets mentioned below.
Trade receivables and other non-current assets
Group may incur losses if the credit quality of its customers deterio-
rates or if they default on their payment obligations to Group. Group’s
exposure to credit risk arises primarily from trade and other receiva-
bles. Such credit risk is managed decentralized through the divisions
(Hearing, Enterprise and Gaming). Assessment of credit risks related to
customers is further described in note 3.7 Trade receivables and note
3.5 Other non-current assets.
Financial instruments and cash deposits
Surplus cash positions in the Group are mainly held in current accounts
or as short-term money market deposits. Cash positions are primarily
held with financial institutions through which Group conducts its day-
to-day banking transactions and which are highly rated with Moody’s
and Standard & Poor’s.
It is Group Treasury policy that all counterparties for financial transac-
tions (whether on-balance sheet or derivatives) must be highly rated
financial institutions (i.e. banks with at least an external investment
grade rating by Moody’s or S&P). No bank accounts may be opened
without prior approval from Group Treasury.
The Group has entered into International Swaps and Derivatives Asso-
ciation agreements with all financial institution counterparties used for
trading derivative financial instruments under which Group has a right
to off-set should certain credit event occur, which means that the
Group’s actual credit risk is limited to the net assets per counterparty.
112
112 112
112
6,969
722
1
,721
3,720
451
2026 2027 2028 2029 2036 2037
DKKm
R
&D loan Drawn term loan
EMTN notes
Commercial paper and MM loan Undrawn RCF HQ financing
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
151/195
4.3 Derivatives
Foreign currency risk
The risk relating to purchase and sales in foreign currencies are hedged
using FX forwards and FX spots related to highly probable forecasted
sales and purchase transactions and are designated as cash flow
hedges. Derivatives used to hedge other than highly probable fore-
casted transactions are considered economic hedges.
The primary sources of ineffectiveness are changes to planned pur-
chases, sales or payments. No material ineffectiveness was detected
during the year (2024: No material ineffectiveness).
Fair value adjustments of cash flow and economic hedges
DKK million 2025 2024 Fair value adjustment for the year recognized in Other comprehen-sive income -50 111 Reclassified from equity to revenue during the year -98 15 Reclassified from equity to production costs during the year 63 -21 Adjustment of cash flow hedges in Other comprehensive income -85 105 Fair value adjustment of economic hedges recognized in Other op-erating income and costs, net 2 2 Fair value adjustment of economic hedges recognized in financial items 270 -123 All exchange rate instruments mature within 12 months from the bal-
ance sheet date.
Accounting policies
Derivative Financial Instruments
Derivative financial instruments are initially and subsequently recognized
in the balance sheet at fair value. Positive and negative fair values of deriv-
ative financial instruments are recognized as other receivables and paya-
bles, respectively. Fair values of derivative financial instruments are com-
puted on the basis of market data and generally accepted valuation meth-
ods.
Changes in the fair value of derivative financial instruments designated as
and qualifying for recognition as a hedge of the fair value of a recognized
asset or liability are recognized in the income statement together with
changes in the value of the hedged asset or liability, as far as the hedged
portion is concerned. Changes in the portion of the fair value of derivative
financial instruments designated as and qualifying as a cash flow hedge
that is an effective hedge of changes in the value of the hedged item are
recognized in other comprehensive income. If the hedged transaction re-
sults in gains or losses, amounts previously recognized in other compre-
hensive income are transferred from equity to the same item as the
hedged item.
When a hedging instrument expires, or is terminated, or when a hedge no
longer meets the criteria for hedge accounting, any gains or losses previ-
ously recognized in other comprehensive income remains in equity until
the forecast transaction occurs. When the forecast transaction is no longer
expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that were reported in equity
are immediately reclassified to the income statement. When the forecast
transaction is no longer expected to occur, the cumulative gain or loss that
were reported in equity are immediately reclassified to the consolidated in-
come statement.
For derivative financial instruments, where hedge accounting is not applied
(economic hedges), changes in fair value are recognized in the Income
statement as either other operating income and costs, net or financial
items.
Exchange rate instruments 2025 2024 Average rate Contract Fair value, Fair value, Average rate Contract Fair value, Fair value, DKK million (DKK) amount, net* assets liabilities (DKK) amount, net* assets liabilities Cash flow hedges AUD / DKK 417 284 1 -3 450 323 7 - GBP / EUR 848 425 3 -2 869 568 - -11 INR / DKK 7 159 7 - 8 81 - -3 USD / DKK 646 -432 2 -12 675 -621 30 - Other currency pairs 181 11 - 199 9 -1 Total 617 24 -17 550 46 -15 Economic hedges USD / DKK - - - - 710 -391 4 - EUR / USD 741 -2,002 17 -1 704 -3,109 - -56 Other currency pairs -51 4 - -359 - - Total -2,053 21 -1 -3,859 4 -56 * Positive contract amounts indicate sale of currencies vs. DKK or EUR
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
152/195
4.4 Financial instruments
Accounting policies
Financial Liabilities
Amounts owed to credit institutions and banks as well as the issued EMTN
bonds are recognized at the date of borrowing at fair value of the proceeds
received less transaction costs paid. In subsequent periods, the financial
liabilities are measured at amortized cost, corresponding to the capitalized
value using the effective interest rate. Accordingly, the difference between
the proceeds and the nominal value is recognized in the consolidated
income statement over the term of the loan.
Issued Bond-With-Warrant units are initially recognized at fair value less
related transaction costs. The fair value of the bonds is estimated by calcu-
lating the present value of all contractual future cash flows using an inter-
est rate for a bond with similar credit risk and duration as the issued bonds,
but without the attached warrants. The difference between the fair value
and the proceeds is considered to be the value of the warrants and is rec-
ognized in equity. The equity component is not re-measured subsequently.
After initial recognition the bonds are measured at amortized cost using
the effective interest method. By applying the effective interest method a
constant interest rate is used to increase the carrying amount of the bonds
and the difference between the carrying amount and the principal amount
is in this way recognized as an interest expense in financial expenses over
the remaining term to maturity. In case the bonds are redeemed before
maturity, the difference between the carrying amount at amortized cost
and the principal amount will be recognized as a loss in financial expenses.
Other liabilities, comprising trade payables, amounts owed to associates as
well as other payables, are measured at amortized cost. Due to their short-
term nature and the fact that they are settled at or close to their nominal
amounts, their carrying amounts are considered to approximate fair value.
Categories of financial assets and liabilities
The financial assets and liabilities presented in the
consolidated balance sheet can be grouped in the following categories:
DKK million 2025 2024 Financial assets Trade receivables 4,383 4,673 Other receivables 572 751 Receivables from associates 219 211 Other non-current assets 1,131 1,174 Financial assets at amortized cost 6,305 6,809 Derivative financial instruments included in Other receivables 21 4 RAP, SIP, DCP and Ownership interests, etc. included in Other non-current assets 739 630 Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss 760 634 Derivative financial instruments included in Other receivables 24 46 Financial assets at fair value through Other comprehensive income 24 46
Financial liabilities Issued bonds (bond-with-warrant units), non-current 373 8,199 Issued EMTN bonds, non-current 344 371 Bank loans, non-current 7,846 466 Bank loans and issued bonds, current 1,823 1,746 Overdraft facilities - 258 Lease liabilities 429 447 Other non-current liabilities - - Trade payables 1,496 1,627 Financial liabilities at amortized cost 12,311 13,114 Derivative financial instruments included in Other liabilities 1 56 RAP, SIP and DCP included in Other non-current liabilities 333 346 Contingent consideration included in Other liabilities 56 59 Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss 390 461 Derivative financial instruments included in Other liabilities 17 16 Financial liabilities at fair value through Other comprehensive income 17 16
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
153/195
4.4 Financial instruments (Continued)
Contractual maturity analysis for financial liabilities 2025 2024 Between one More than Between one More than DKK million Less than one year and three years three years Total Less than one year and three years three years Total Issued bonds 25 37 856 918 26 38 895 959 Bank loans 1,871 7,003 448 9,322 1,862 6,039 1,850 9,751 Lease liabilities 118 162 192 472 113 153 301 567 Other liabilities - 333 - 333 - 346 1 347 Trade payables 1,496 - - 1,496 1,627 - - 1,627 Contingent consideration - 56 - 56 - 36 23 59 Total non-derivative financial liabilities 3,510 7,591 1,496 12,597 3,628 6,612 3,070 13,310 Derivative financial liabilities 18 - - 18 72 - - 72 Total 3,528 7,591 1,496 12,615 3,700 6,612 3,070 13,382
The maturity analysis is based on non
-discounted cash flows. Reference is made to note 4.2 for description of liquidity risk.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
154/195
4.4 Financial instruments (Continued)
2025 2024 Quoted prices Observable input Unobservable input Quoted prices Observable input Unobservable input DKK million (level 1) (level 2) (level 3) Total (level 1) (level 2) (level 3) Total Financial Assets Derivative financial instruments included in Other receivables - 21 - 21 - 4 - 4 RAP, SIP, DCP included in Other non-current assets - 373 - 373 - 473 - 473 Ownership interests etc. included in Other non-current assets - - 366 366 - - 157 157 Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss - 394 366 760 - 477 157 634 Derivative financial instruments included in Other receivables - 24 - 24 - 46 - 46 Financial assets at fair value through Other comprehensive income - 24 - 24 - 46 - 46 Financial Liabilities Derivative financial instruments included in Other liabilities - 1 - 1 - 56 - 56 RAP, SIP and DCP included in Other non-current liabilities - 333 - 333 - 346 - 346 Contingent consideration included in Other liabilities - - 56 56 - - 59 59 Financial Liabilities at fair value through profit or loss - 334 56 390 - 402 59 461 Derivative financial instruments included in Other liabilities - 17 - 17 - 16 - 16 Financial Liabilities at fair value through Other comprehensive income - 17 - 17 - 16 - 16
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
155/195
4.4 Financial instruments (Continued)
DKK million 2025 2024 Fair value net gains (losses) recognized in the income statement: Net fair value gains (losses) on RAP, SIP and DCP -4 35 Net fair value gains (losses) on ownership interests and derivatives re. ownership interests -10 14 Net fair value gains (losses) on contingent consideration -4 -1
Fair value hierarchy
Financial instruments measured at fair value are categorized into the
following levels of the fair value hierarchy.
Level 1: Observable market prices for identical instruments.
Level 2: Generally accepted valuation techniques primarily
based on observable data or traded prices for compa-
rable instruments. Derivatives are not traded in an ac-
tive market and fair value is determined using market-
based data input.
Level 3: Valuation techniques primarily based on unobservable
prices.
Exchange rate instruments and interests rate swaps
The fair value of the exchange rate instruments and interest rate
swaps are determined using quoted forward exchange rates and for-
ward interest rates, respectively at the balance sheet date and can be
categorized as level 2 (observable inputs) in the fair value hierarchy.
Ownership interests
The fair value of the ownership interests is based on a market approach
model. The key input is market observations of sales prices of compa-
rable retail entities, combined with internal Group data such as number
of sold hearing aids and the financial statements in which Group holds
an interest. In the model, the ownership interests are divided into four
groups of revenue multiple, according to the relative size and profita-
bility of the dispensers. Since most of the data is based on non-observ-
able data, the model is categorized as level 3 in the fair value hierarchy.
The model is updated on a quarterly basis, and any changes are re-
flected in the Income statement or in Other comprehensive income as
applicable. The fair value models are sensitive to the dispenser’s finan-
cial performance for the last 24 months rolling on a quarterly basis.
Derivative financial instruments related to ownership interests
Derivative financial instruments related to ownership interests in dis-
pensers of Hearing products are recognized in the balance sheet at fair
value. The fair value model is based on a market approach model, using
market observations of sales prices of comparable retail entities. The
key inputs used are the number of hearing aid units sold by customers,
average selling prices, and the estimated probability that the instru-
ments will be exercised. The fair value model is categorized as level 3 in
the fair value hierarchy, and is updated on a quarterly basis, and any
material changes are reflected in the income statement. The fair value
models are sensitive to the customersfinancial performance the last
twelve months of any quarter and the probability of the instruments
being exercised.
RAP, SIP and DCP programs
RAP (Retirement Advantage Plan) and SIP (Savings and Investment
Plan) are programs in which customers earn funds based on purchases
made. DCP (Deferred Compensation Plan) is a program in which Man-
agement in certain foreign subsidiaries may choose to defer compensa-
tion. The asset value is based on the fair value of the mutual fund
investments, and the liability is based on the value generated by partic-
ipant contributions, participant distributions, forfeitures, and invest-
ment earnings or losses. Both assets and liabilities are categorized as
level 2 in the fair value hierarchy. Each quarter Group receives a report
regarding the fair value of the assets from a third-party contractor, and
will update the financial statements according to this report.
Contingent consideration
Contingent consideration, resulting from business combinations or di-
vestments, is valued at fair value at the acquisition or divestment date
as part of the transaction. The fair value is based on discounted cash
flows and contractual terms of the contingent considerations and on
non-observable inputs, such as the financial performance of the ac-
quired enterprises. The key assumptions take into consideration the
probability of meeting each performance target and the discount fac-
tor. Contingent considerations are categorized as level 3 (unobservable
inputs) in the fair value hierarchy. The models are updated on a quar-
terly basis, and any changes are reflected in the income statement. The
fair value models are sensitive to the financial performance of the ac-
quired enterprises, the probabilities of meeting the agreed objectives
and the discount factor.
Fair value disclosures re. financial instruments at amortized cost
Based on observable inputs (fair value hierarchy level 2), the fair value
of EMTN bonds amounted to DKK 548 million (2024: DKK 546 million).
For other financial assets and liabilities, the fair value is approximately
equal to the carrying amount.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
156/195
4.5 Liabilities from financing activities
2025 2024 Bank loans, Issued bonds, Other non-cur-Bank loans and is-Overdraft Bank loans, Issued bonds, Other non-cur-Bank loans and is-Overdraft DKK million non-current non-current rent liabilities Lease liabilities sued bonds, current facilities Total non-current non-current rent liabilities Lease liabilities sued bonds, current facilities Total Liabilities at January 1 465 8,571 767 447 1,746 258 12,254 503 3,024 777 298 9,674 - 14,276 Cash flows 6,930 -7,300 -37 -135 -1 -258 -801 -18 -1,406 -32 -99 -1,068 258 -2,365 Foreign exchange adjustments 2 -12 -35 -38 - - -83 - - 18 2 - - 20 New leases - - - 124 - - 124 - - - 268 - - 268 Non-cash interest expenses - - - 23 5 - 28 - - - 10 - - 10 Additions on companies acquired - - - - - - - Disposal on companies sold - - - - - - - - - - -16 - - -16 Disposal, leases - - - - - - - - - - -9 - - -9 Reclassification to current / non-current 464 -542 - - 78 - - -20 6,931 - - -6,911 - - Reclassification to working capital - - - - - - - - - -168 - - - -168 Other non-cash adjustments -15 - 26 8 -5 - 14 - 22 172 -7 51 - 238 Liabilities at December 31 7,846 717 721 429 1,823 - 11,536 465 8,571 767 447 1,746 258 12,254
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
157/195
4.6 Financial income and expenses
DKK million 2025 2024 Financial income Gains and fair value adjustments on ownership interests - 14 Dividend received from ownership interests 14 - Interest income* 80 92 Financial income, other 26 156 Fair value adjustments of derivative financial instruments, net 270 - Foreign exchange gain, net - 96 Total 390 358 Financial expenses Loss and fair value adjustments on ownership interests -24 - Interest expenses* -396 -379 Financial expenses, other -249 -326 Fair value adjustments of derivative financial instruments, net - -106 Foreign exchange loss, net -395 - Impairments on loans to dispensers -11 -39 Total -1,075 -850 * Interest income and expenses from financial assets and liabilities at amortized cost
Accounting policies
Financial income and expenses
Financial income and expenses comprise interest income and expense,
costs of permanent loan facilities, gains and losses on securities, receiva-
bles, payables and transactions denominated in foreign currencies, credit
card fees, amortization and impairment of financial assets and liabilities,
etc. Also included are realized and unrealized gains and losses on derivative
financial instruments that are not designated as hedges.
Borrowing costs that are directly attributable to the construction or
production of a qualifying asset form part of the cost of that asset. Other
borrowing costs are recognized as an expense. A qualifying asset is an asset
that necessarily takes a substantial period of time to get ready for its
intended use.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
158/195
Introduction
Statutory notes and other disclosures.
5.1 Acquisition and divestment of companies and operations 159
5.2 Share-based incentive plans 161
5.3 Contingent liabilities 164
5.4 Investments in associates 165
5.5 Other non-cash adjustments 165
5.6 Fees to statutory auditors 165
5.7 Related parties 165
5.8 Events after the reporting period 165
Section 5
-
Other disclosures
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
158/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
159/195
5.1 Acquisition and divestment of companies
and operations
Acquisitions
During 2025, there were no material business acquisitions (2024: no ma-
terial business acquisitions).
Divestments etc.
There were no divestments in 2025.
In 2024, Group entered into an agreement to divest Dansk HøreCenter
(DHC) to Demant. DHC was acquired by Group’s Hearing division in 2013
in connection with a generational transition and is a well-reputed hear-
ing aid retail chain operating 36 stores across Denmark. In 2023, DHC’s
retail revenue accounted for approximately 1% of the Hearing division’s
revenue, while the wholesale value for Group was insignificant.
The transaction was completed on September 2, 2024, and demon-
strates Group’s commitment to its successful strategy of not owning re-
tail and focus on being a key partner to strong independent hearing aid
dispensers. In line with this, Group has over the past couple of years di-
vested the vast majority of its retail stores to focus its investments on
synergetic assets that are accretive to growth and margins.
DKK million 2024 Non-current assets -55 Current assets -28 Non-current liabilities 14 Current liabilities 6 Disposed net assets -63 Cash consideration received 138 Directly attributable cost -3 Net proceeds 135 Gain on divestment of operations etc. 72
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
160/195
5.1 Acquisition and divestment of companies
and operations (Continued)
Accounting policies
Business Combinations
Enterprises acquired or formed during the year are recognized in the consoli-
dated financial statements from the date of acquisition or formation. The ac-
quisition date is the date when the parent company effectively obtains con-
trol of the acquired enterpris
e. Enterprises disposed of are recognized in the
consolidated income statement until the disposal date. The comparative fig-
ures are not restated for acquisitions.
For acquisitions of new enterprises in which the parent company is able to ex-
ercise control over the acquired enterprise, the purchase method is used. The
acquired enterprises’ identifiable assets, liabilities and contingent liabilities
are measured at fai
r value at the acquisition date. Identifiable intangible as-
sets are recognized if they are separable or arise from a contractual right. De-
ferred tax on revaluations is recognized.
Any excess of the cost over the fair value of the identifiable assets, liabilities
and contingent liabilities acquired is recognized as goodwill under intangible
assets. Goodwill is not amortized but is tested at least annually for impair-
ment. The first im
pairment test is performed within the end of the acquisition
year. Upon acquisition, goodwill is allocated to the cash
-generating units,
which subsequently form the basis for the impairment test. Goodwill and fair
value adjustments in connection with the a
cquisition of a foreign entity with
another functional currency than the presentation currency used by
Group
are treated as assets and liabilities belonging to the foreign entity and trans-
lated into the foreign entity’s functional currency at the exchange rate at the
transaction date.
The cost of a business combination comprises the fair value of the considera-
tion agreed upon. When a business combination agreement provides for an
adjustment to the cost of the combination contingent on future events, the
amount of that adjustment is incl
uded in the cost of the combination if the
adjustment is probable and can be measured in a reliable manner. Subsequent
changes to contingent considerations are recognized in the income state-
ment. If uncertainties regarding measurement of identifiable assets, liabilities
and contingent liabilities exist at the acquisition date, initial recognition will
take place based on preliminary fair values. If identifiable assets, liabilities and
contingent liabilities are subsequently determined to have different fair value
at the acquisition date than first assumed, goodwill is adjusted up until twelve
months after the acquisition. T
he effect of the adjustments is recognized in
the opening balance of equity, and the comparative figures are restated ac-
cordingly.
When acquiring a controlling interest in steps,
Group
assesses the fair value of
the acquired net assets at the time control is obtained. At such time, interests
acquired previously are also adjusted to fair value. The difference between the
fair value and the carrying amount is recognized in the income stat
ement.
Acquisition of additional equity interest after a business combination is not
accounted for using the acquisition method, but rather as equity transactions.
Disposals of equity interest while retaining control are also accounted for as
equity transactions.
Transactions resulting in a loss of control result in a gain
or loss being recognized in the income statement.
When acquiring less than 100% of the shares in a company,
Group recognizes
the goodwill on a transaction
-by-transaction basis or as a proportion of good-
will in accordance with
Group’s ownership interest.
In business combinations where put options have been issued regarding
shares held by non
-controlling interests the non-controlling interests are rec-
ognized initially. As long as the put options remain unexercised the non
-con-
trolling interests are updated at the end of each reporting period, including its
share of allocations of profit or loss. The non
-controlling interests are thereaf-
ter derecognized by recognizing a financial liability for the put options and the
difference is included as an equity transac
tion. If the put options are exer-
cised, the same treatment is applied up to the date of exercise. The amount
recognized as the financial liability at that date, is extinguished by the pay-
ment of the exercise price. If the put option expires unexercised, th
e position
is unwound so the non
-controlling interest is recognized at the amount it
would have been, had the put options never been issued. The financial liability
is derecognized in equity
.
Key accounting estimates
Purchase price allocation in business combinations
The application of the acquisition method for business combinations involves
the use of significant
estimates as the identifiable net assets of the acquiree
are recognized at
their fair value for which observable market prices are
typically not available.
This is particularly relevant for intangible assets which
require use of
valuation techniques. Accordingly, management makes
estimates of the fair value of acquired assets, liabilities and contingent
liabilities. Depending on the nature of the item, the de
termined fair value of
an item may be associated with uncertainty and possibly adjusted
subsequently.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
161/195
5.2 Share-based incentive plans
Option and performance share unit programs
The Group has an option-based and performance share unit-based long-
term equity-settled incentive program whereby the Executive Manage-
ment and other employees in key positions are granted options and per-
formance share unit linked to shares in GN Store Nord A/S. For members
of Executive Management, the grant size can vary between 50% - 100%
of their base salary. Performance share units and options are granted at
no consideration.
Performance unit program granted in 2025 and the option programs
granted from 2019-2024 are based on shares of GN Store Nord A/S. No
option program has been granted in 2025.
Vesting conditions and exercise of options
The 2019-2024 programs are long-term incentive programs with a three-
year vesting period from the grant date. The programs include a perfor-
mance multiplier, based on revenue growth and EBITDA improvement
relative to a broad peer group of comparable companies. This means,
that after the three-year vesting period, the initial share option grant
can either increase, decrease or stay the same, depending on the
Group’s performance relative to a peer group. The maximum effect of
the performance multiplier is to decrease the number of options to 0 or
increase the number of options by a factor of 2. For Executive Manage-
ment the gross return on each annual grant is capped at a value equal to
four times the annual base salary at the time of grant. Vested options
may be exercised at any time outside black-out periods for a three-year
period after vesting.
In 2025, the 2022 grant did not vest as the vesting criteria related to
EBITDA improvement in the period 2022-2025 was not met.
Vesting conditions of performance unit shares
The 2025 long-term incentive program with a three-year performance
and vesting commencing the first day of the financial year of the grant
date. The program includes a performance multiplier, based on revenue
growth, EBITA margin and total shareholder return. Thus, after the
three-year vesting period, the initial share option grant can either in-
crease, decrease or stay the same, depending on Group’s performance.
The maximum effect of the performance multiplier is to decrease the
number of options to 0 or increase the number of options by a factor of
2. For Executive Management the gross return on each annual grant is
capped at a value equal to four times the annual base salary at the time
of grant.
Valuation model and assumptions
The fair value of the options is calculated using the principles of the
Black-Scholes option pricing model. The fair values of options granted
during the year are based on the underlying market prices at the grant
dates.
The exercise price for the annual ordinary grant of options is based on
the average share price for GN Store Nord A/S in the five days following
the release of the annual report in the year in which the options are
awarded.
The fair value of the performance unit shares at grant date is based on
the market price of GN Store Nord A/S shares. The performance share
subject to non-market conditions, the fair value is based on the share
price at grant date without adjustment for expected performance out-
comes.
The following assumptions were applied for the calculation of the fair value at the grant date of Group options:
Executive Management
Other employees
2025
2024
2025
2024
Number of options granted in the year
-
200,360
-
1,333,958
Share price of GN Store Nord A/S at ordinary grant date
-
183
-
183
Vesting period
-
3 years
-
3 years
Life of option
-
6 years
-
6 years
Volatility*
-
45%
-
45%
Expected dividend
-
0.4%
-
0.4%
Risk-free interest rate**
-
2.37%
-
2.37%
Fair value per option at ordinary grant (DKK)***
-
45****
-
70
Total fair value at grant (DKK million)
-
9
-
93
Amortization period of the program
-
2024 - 2027
-
2024 - 2027
* Volatility is estimated by external experts, and is calculated based on data from a historical period matching the expected
time to expiry of the options
** Risk
-free interest rate is estimated by external experts and based on the zero yield curve derived from Danish government bonds with maturity equal to the expiry of the options
*** The fair value assumes a performance multiplier of 1
**** Weighted average of the fair value of options granted to Executive Management adjusted for the cap.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
162/195
5.2 Share-based incentive plans (Continued)
Exercise of warrants and options
In 2025, there has been no exercise of vested share options.
GN Store Nord A/S
DKK
Number of options*
Average
exercise price
Executive
Management
Other
employees
Total
Outstanding at January 1, 2024
279
851,864
3,192,994
4,044,858
Granted during the year
179
200,360
1,333,958
1,534,318
Exercised during the year
-
-
-
-
Forfeited during the year
507
-96,500
-379,297
-475,797
Outstanding at December 31, 2024
225
955,724
4,147,655
5,103,379
Granted during the year
na
-
-
-
Exercised during the year
-
-
-
-
Forfeited during the year
314
-459,225
-1,487,859
-1,947,084
Outstanding at December 31, 2025
171
496,499
2,659,796
3,156,295
Weighted average term to maturity (Years)
Exercisable at December 31, 2024
313,725
687,352
1,001,077
Exercisable at December 31, 2025
-
-
-
* Recognition of expenses on options granted are accelerated for participants not forfeiting the vesting conditions in connection with terminations (good leavers) unless a service is
provided in the remaining vesting period. The recognized expenses in 2025 include acceleration of 165,726 options granted to Other employees of the Group.
Accounting policies
Share-based incentive plans
The Executive Management and a number of key employees are included in
share-based incentive plans (equity-settled plans). For equity-settled pro-
grams, the warrants and options are measured at the fair value at the
grant date and recognized in the income statement as a staff cost of the
respective functions over the vesting period. The counter item is recog-
nized in equity. On initial recognition, an estimate is made of the number of
warrants and options expected to vest. This estimate is subsequently re-
vised for changes in the number of warrants and options expected to vest.
Accordingly, recognition is based on the number of warrants and options
that are ultimately vested. The fair value of granted warrants and options
is estimated using the Black-Scholes option pricing model. Vesting condi-
tions are taken into account when estimating the fair value of the warrants
and options.
Outstanding options at December 31, 2025, by grant date are shown below:
GN Store Nord A/S
DKK
Number of options*
Grant date
Exercise
price
Executive
Management
Other
employees
Total
February 2023
164
94,000
1,359,237
1,453,237
March 2023
151
97,300
-
97,300
April 2023
149
-
4,215
4,215
June 2023
170
104,839
-
104,839
October 2023
125
-
4,387
4,387
February 2024
179
200,360
1,280,009
1,480,369
April 2024
184
-
7,194
7,194
August 2024
176
-
4,754
4,754
Outstanding at December 31
496,499
2,659,796
3,156,295
* The performance multiplier can decrease the number of non-vested options to 0 or as maximum effect increase the number by a factor of two.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
163/195
5.2 Share-based incentive plans (Continued)
The following assumptions were applied for the calculation of the fair value at the grant date of Group performance share units:
Executive Management
Other employees
2025
2024
2025
2024
Number of shares granted
94,510
-
718,504
-
Grant Price (ordinary grant)
142
-
142
-
Vesting Period
3 years
-
3 years
-
Fair Value Per PSU at ordinary grant date
142
-
142
-
Total market value at grant (DKK million)
13
-
102
-
Amortisation period of the program
2025 - 2028
-
2025 - 2028
-
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
164/195
5.3 Contingent liabilities
Guarantees
The majority of guarantees are related to performance guarantees.
Security
The Group has not pledged any assets as security in the present or prior
financial years.
Purchase obligations
Group has agreed with a number of suppliers that the suppliers will pur-
chase components for the production of hearing instruments and head-
sets based on sales estimates prepared by Group. To the extent that
Group‘s sales estimates exceed actual purchases from suppliers, Group
is under an obligation to purchase any remaining components from the
suppliers.
Management assesses sales estimates on an ongoing basis. To the
extent that component inventories at suppliers exceed the volumes
expected to be used, Group recognizes a provision for onerous purchase
contracts.
Pending litigations and disputes
The Group is party to pending litigations, claims and disputes arising out
of the normal conduct of their business including various cases involving
patent infringements. While provisions that management deem to be
reasonable and appropriate have been made for probable losses, there
are uncertainties connected with these estimates. Group does not ex-
pect the pending litigations and claims to have a material impact on
Group’s financial position, operating profit or cash flows in addition to
the amounts recognized as provisions for legal disputes.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
165/195
5.4 Investments in associates
DKK million 2025 2024 Aggregated financial information for associates: Total share of profit (loss) in associates, including im- 3 -7 pairments Total share of net assets in associates 53 296 Carrying amount of associates 53 296
Transactions with associates comprise sale of goods of DKK 138 million
(2024: DKK 138 million). At year end Group has DKK 219 million (2024:
DKK 211 million) in receivables from associates and DKK 56 million
(2024: DKK 43 million) of payables to associates. There were no profit of
dividend received in excess of carrying value of the associates to be in-
cluded in Share of profit (loss) in associates in 2025 and 2024.
During 2025 HearX, a former associated company, has been merged into
LXE Hearing. As part of the transaction GN Store Nord A/S’ ownership
has been diluted. Consequently, the investment is accounted for as a fi-
nancial asset.
5.5 Other non-cash adjustments
DKK million 2025 2024 Share-based payment (granted) -41 -36 (Gain) loss on divestment of operations -9 -72 Loss allowance on trade receivables, inventory write-downs, etc. 62 -20 (Gain) or loss on sale of fixed assets - 9 Adjustment of provisions -41 38 Other adjustments 4 -32 Total -25 -113
5.6 Fees to statutory auditors
DKK million 2025 2024 Statutory audit -11 -12 Tax advice services -2 -1 Other assurance engagements -2 -3 Other services -4 -3 Total -20 -19
Note: PwC's global other service fees amount to 30% of total Statutory audit fees.
Fees for services other than statutory audit of the financial statements
and other assurance engagements amount to DKK 6 million (2024: DKK
4 million).
Services other than statutory audit of the financial statements provided
by PricewaterhouseCoopers Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab
(PricewaterhouseCoopers Denmark) mainly consist of tax related advice,
transaction/project support, technical accounting advisory services,
other advisory services and limited assurance on sustainability state-
ment.
5.7 Related parties
No single entity or person has control or exercises significant influence
over the Group as a whole. Key Management personnel and associated
companies are the sole related parties of the Group. Transactions with
Key Management personnel constitute remuneration, as disclosed in
note 2.3 Staff costs and management remuneration and 5.2 Share-
based incentive plans, and transactions with associates are disclosed in
note 5.4 Investments in associates.
5.8 Events after the reporting period
No material subsequent events have occurred.
Accounting policies
Investments in Associates in the Consolidated Financial Statements
On acquisition of investments in associates, the purchase method is used,
cf. Business Combinations.
In the consolidated financial statements investments in associates are rec-
ognized according to the equity method. Investments in associates are
measured at the proportionate share of the enterprises’ net asset values
calculated in accordance with the Group’s accounting policies minus or
plus the proportionate share of unrealized intra-group profits and losses
and plus the carrying amount of goodwill.
Profit (loss) from Investments in Associates
The proportionate share of the profit (loss) after tax of the individual asso-
ciates is recognized in the income statement of the Group after elimination
of the proportionate share of intra-group profits (losses).
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
166/195
Domicile Currency Ownership % Share capital GN Store Nord A/S Denmark DKK 603,650,860 GN Financing A/S Denmark DKK 100 400,000 GN Hearing A/S Denmark DKK 100 65,252,600 Falcom A/S Denmark DKK 100 88,504,000 GN Audio DK Sales A/S Denmark DKK 100 400,000 GN Audio Australia Pty Ltd. Australia AUD 100 2,500,000 GN Áudio Brasil Importacão & Comércio Ltda. Brazil BRL 100 407,821 GN Audio Canada Inc. Canada CAD 100 409,800 GN Audio (China) Ltd. China CNY 100 65,252,600 GN Audio (Shanghai) Co., Ltd. China CNY 100 15,481,000 GN Audio Logistic (Xiamen) Ltd. China CNY 100 4,133,738 GN Audio France SA France EUR 100 80,000 GN Audio Germany GmbH Germany EUR 100 51,100 GN Audio Hong Kong Limited Hong Kong HKD 100 33,500,000 GN Audio India Private Limited India INR 100 40,000,000 Jabra Connect India Private Limited India INR 51 20,000,000 GN Audio Italy s.r.l. Italy EUR 100 10,200 GN Audio Japan Ltd. Japan JPY 100 10,000,000 GN Audio Benelux B.V. Netherlands EUR 100 18,000 GN Audio Philippines, Inc. Philippines PHP 100 10,000,000 GN Audio Poland Sp. Z.o.o. Poland PLN 100 50,000 GN SDC Poland Sp. Z.o.o. Poland PLN 100 50,000 GN Audio Singapore Pte. Ltd. Singapore USD 100 700,000 Jabra Connect Singapore Pte.Ltd. Singapore USD 51 12,000 GN Audio Spain, S.A. Spain EUR 100 66,111 GN Audio UK Ltd. United Kingdom GBP 100 100,000 Falcom US, LLC* USA USD 100 - SteelSeries France S.A.S France EUR 100 2,363,600 3D Aim Trainer BV Belgium EUR 100 2,079,502
Domicile Currency Ownership % Share Capital GN Hearing Australia Pty. Ltd. Australia AUD 100 4,000,002 GN Hearing Austria GmbH Austria EUR 100 482,500 GN ReSound Produtos Médicos Ltda. Brazil BRL 100 1,019,327 GN Hearing Care Canada Ltd. Canada CAD 100 8,435,000 GN Hearing Shanghai Ltd. China CNY 100 20,491,300 GN ReSound China Ltd. China CNY 100 34,000,000 GN Hearing Czech Republic spol. s r.o. Czech Republic CZK 100 102,000 Audigy Group International A/S Denmark DKK 100 400,000 GN Hearing Finland Oy/Ab Finland EUR 100 55,502 GN Hearing SAS France EUR 100 2,300,000 GN Hearing GmbH Germany EUR 100 296,549 GN ReSound GmbH Hörtechnologie Germany EUR 100 2,162,253 GN Hearing India Private Limited India INR 100 20,983,210 GN Hearing S.r.l. Italy EUR 100 181,190 GN Hearing Japan K.K. Japan JPY 100 499,000,000 GN Hearing Korea Co., Ltd. Korea KRW 100 136,700,000 GN Hearing (Malaysia) Sdn Bhd Malaysia MYR 100 2,500,000 GN Hearing Benelux B.V. Netherlands EUR 100 680,670 GN Hearing New Zealand Limited New Zealand NZD 100 2,000,000 GN Hearing Norway AS Norway NOK 100 2,000,000 GN Hearing Care S.A. Spain EUR 100 66,110 GN Hearing Sverige AB Sweden SEK 100 100,000 GN Hearing Switzerland AG Switzerland CHF 100 500,000 GN Hearing UK Ltd. United Kingdom GBP 100 7,376,000 GN Consumer Hearing Cooperation USA USD 100 35,232,370 GN US Holdings Inc. USA USD 100 36,000,000 Great Hearing Benefits, LLC* USA USD 100 - Beltone Holdings US, LLC USA USD 100 3,000 Beltone Hearing Care Foundation* USA USD 100 - GN Hearing Care Corporation USA USD 100 190,000 Audigy Group, LLC* USA USD 100 - GN NB Holdings Inc USA USD 100 100,000 GN HX Holdings Inc USA USD 100 1
Companies in GN Group
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
167/195
Companies in GN Group (Continued)
Domicile Currency Ownership % Share capital Associates Himpp A/S** Denmark DKK 9 1,600,000 K/S Himpp** Denmark USD 9 19,950,000 HIMSA II A/S Denmark DKK 17 500,000 Himsa II K/S Denmark DKK 15 3,250,000 Progetto Udire S.R.L. Italy EUR 35 838,700 Audio Nova S.R.L. Romania ROL 49 1,000 Louqe AB Corporation* Sweden SEK 26 - BelMart LLC USA USD 30 3,556,822 Bold North Beltone, LLC USA USD 30 375,000 AXE Audiology, LLC USA USD 30 493,300 Beltopia LLC USA USD 25 1,734,500 Other Investments LXE Hearing USA USD 9 - Nations Benefits LLC USA USD 19 9,900,000 * Without par value** The company is directly owned by the Parent Company GN Store Nord A/S Note: Minor companies have been omitted from the list.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
168/195
In this annual report the following financial terms
and non-IFRS measures are used:
Divisional profit (loss)
Revenue subtracted by production costs and selling and distribution costs
Operating profit (loss)
Profit (loss) before tax and financial items.
EBITDA
Operating profit (loss) before depreciation and impairment of property, plant and equipment, amor-
tization and impairment of intangible assets, except development projects, impairment of goodwill
and gains (losses) on divestment of operations etc..
EBITDA therefore include amortization of devel-
opment projects developed in-house.
EBITA
Operating profit (loss) before amortization and impairment of acquired intangible assets, impair-
ment of goodwill and gains (losses) on divestment of operations etc. EBITA therefore include amor-
tization of development projects and software developed in-house.
Free cash flow
Cash flow from operating and investing activities
Key Ratio Definitions
Organic growth
=
Absolute organic revenue growth
Revenue in comparative period
Organic growth is a measure of growth excluding the impact of acquisitions, divestments and for-
eign exchange adjustments from year-on-year comparisons.
Net working capital (NWC)
=
Inventories + receivables + other operating assets - trade payables - other operating liabilities
Net interest bearing debt (NIBD)
=
Bank loans and issued bonds +
Overdraft facilities + Lease liabilities - Cash and cash equivalents -
Loans to dispensers
Dividend payout ratio
=
Total dividend
Profit (loss) for the year
Gross margin
=
Gross profit
Revenue
Divisional profit margin
Divisional profit
Revenue
EBITA margin
=
EBITA
Revenue
ROIC (Return on invested
capital including goodwill)
=
EBITA
Average invested capital including goodwill
Invested capital
=
NWC + property, plant and equipment and intangible assets + loans to dispensers of Hearing prod-
ucts + pre-paid discounts + ownership interests provisions
Cash conversion
=
Free cash flow excl. company acquisitions and divestments
EBITA
Leverage
=
NIBD
EBITDA
Return on equity (ROE)
=
Profit (loss) for the year
Average equity of the Group
Equity ratio
=
Equity of the Group
Total assets
Earnings per share, basic (EPS)
=
Profit (loss) for the year attributable to shareholders in GN Store Nord A/S
Average number of shares outstanding
Earnings per share, fully diluted
(EPS diluted)
=
Profit (loss) for the year attributable to shareholders in GN Store Nord A/S
Average number of shares outstanding, fully diluted
Market capitalization
Number of shares outstanding x share price at the end of the period
Outstanding shares
Number of shares listed - treasury shares
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Consolidated
Content
169/195
Income statements 170
Statement of comprehensive income 170
Balance sheet at December 31 171
Statement of cash flow 172
Statement of equity 173
Parent Company
Financial
statements
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Parent Company
Content
169/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Parent Company
Content
170/195
DKK million
Note
2025
2024
Revenue
828
898
Gross profit
828
898
Development costs
-67
-194
Management and administrative expenses
1,2,3,4
-989
-1,059
Other operating income and costs, net
-
-12
Operating profit (loss)
-228
-367
Share of profit after tax in subsidiaries
10
1,593
1,712
Financial income
5
121
224
Financial expenses
5
-742
-690
Profit (loss) before tax
744
879
Tax on profit (loss)
6
-91
109
Profit (loss) for the year
653
988
DKK million
2025
2024
Profit (loss) for the year
653
988
Other comprehensive income
Items that may be reclassified subsequently to the income statement
Adjustment of cash flow hedges
-85
-
Foreign exchange adjustments, etc.
-473
269
Other changes in equity in subsidiaries
4
53
Tax relating to other comprehensive income
18
-10
Other comprehensive income for the year
-536
312
Total comprehensive income for the year
117
1,300
Income statement
Statement of
comprehensive income
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Parent Company
Content
171/195
DKK million
Note
2025
2024
Assets
Intangible assets
7
1,972
1,809
Property, plant and equipment
8, 9
13
30
Investments in subsidiaries
10
19,565
18,549
Amounts owed by subsidiaries
13
592
214
Other non-current assets
2
4
Total non-current assets
22,144
20,606
Tax receivables
-
59
Other receivables
13
177
327
Cash and cash equivalents
23
688
Total current assets
200
1,074
Total assets
22,344
21,680
Equity and liabilities
Share capital
604
604
Other reserves
5,642
4,446
Retained earnings
4,652
5,774
Total equity
10,898
10,824
Bank loans and issued bonds, non-current
13, 16
8,135
8,571
Lease liabilities, non-current
9, 13
-
8
Provisions, non-current
1
26
Deferred tax liabilities
11
187
44
Total non-current liabilities
8,323
8,649
Bank loans and issued bonds, current
13, 16
1,801
1,725
Lease liabilities, current
9, 13
1
8
Trade payables
13
83
116
Tax payables
230
-
Amounts owed to subsidiaries, interest bearing
13, 16
627
-
Amounts owed to subsidiaries, current
13, 16
187
57
Other current liabilities
194
301
Total current liabilities
3,123
2,207
Total equity and liabilities
22,344
21,680
Balance sheet at December 31
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Parent Company
Content
172/195
DKK million
Note
2025
2024
Operating activities
Operating profit (loss)
-228
-367
Depreciation, amortization and impairment
3
172
152
Other non-cash adjustments
-33
2
Cash flow from operating activities before changes in working capital
-89
-213
Change in receivables
-362
117
Change in trade payables and other payables
46
-663
Total changes in working capital
-316
-546
Cash flow from operating activities before financial items and tax
-405
-759
Interest and dividends, etc. received
122
219
Interest paid
-494
-635
Tax paid, net
339
71
Cash flow from operating activities
-438
-1,104
Investing activities
Investments in intangible assets
7
-328
-264
Investments in tangible assets
8
-2
-
Cash flow from investing activities
-330
-264
Cash flow from operating and investing activities (free cash flow)
-768
-1,368
DKK million
Note
2025
2024
Financing activities
Proceeds from issuance of borrowings
7,695
-
Repayment of bank loans
-759
-1,068
Repayment of issued bonds
-7,300
-1,406
Repayment of lease liabilities
-1
-7
Amounts owed to subsidiaries
468
-
Cash flow from financing activities
103
-2,481
Net cash flow
-665
-3,849
Cash and cash equivalents, beginning of period
688
4,537
Cash and cash equivalents, end of period
23
688
Statement of cash flows
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Parent Company
Content
173/195
2025
Other reserves
DKK million
Share
capital*
Hedging
reserve
Treasury
shares
Reserve
according
to the
equity
method
Reserve
for devel-
opment
projects
Proposed
dividends
for the
year
Retained
earnings
Total
equity
Balance at January 1, 2025
604
-
-2,725
6,231
940
-
5,774
10,824
Profit (loss) for the period
-
-
-
1,593
179
-
-1,119
653
Adjustment of cash flow hedges
-
-
-
-85
-
-
-
-85
Other changes in equity in subsidiaries
-
-
-
4
-
-
-
4
Foreign currency translation adjust-
ments of investments in subsidiaries etc.
-
-
-
-473
-
-
-
-473
Tax relating to other comprehensive in-
come
-
-
-
18
-
-
-
18
Other comprehensive income for the
year
-
-
-
-536
-
-
-
-536
Total comprehensive income for the
year
-
-
-
1,057
179
-
-1,119
117
Tax related to share-based incentive
plans
-
-
-
-7
-
-
-
-7
Share-based payment (granted)
-
-
-
57
-
-
6
63
Share-based payment (reversed)
-
-
-
-95
-
-
-9
-104
Other changes in equity in subsidiaries
-
-
-
5
-
-
-
5
Balance at December 31, 2025
604
-
-2,725
7,248
1,119
-
4,652
10,898
The reserve according to the equity method includes foreign exchange adjustments of DKK 1,259 million
(2024: DKK -786 million). Retained earnings, which are available for distribution from the Parent Company
amounts to DKK 1,927 million (2024: DKK 3,049 million).
2024
Other reserves
DKK million
Share
capital*
Hedging
reserve
Treasury
shares
Reserve
according
to the
equity
method
Reserve
for devel-
opment
projects
Proposed
dividends
for the
year
Retained
earnings
Total
equity
Balance at January 1, 2024
604
-
-2,725
4,269
801
-
6,638
9,587
Profit (loss) for the period
-
-
-
1,712
139
-
-863
988
Adjustment of cash flow hedges
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Other changes in equity in subsidiaries
-
-
-
53
-
-
-
53
Foreign currency translation adjust-
ments of investments in subsidiaries etc.
-
-
-
269
-
-
-
269
Tax relating to other comprehensive in-
come
-
-
-
-10
-
-
-
-10
Other comprehensive income for the
year
-
-
-
312
-
-
-
312
Total comprehensive income for the
year
-
-
-
2,024
139
-
-863
1,300
Tax related to share-based incentive
plans
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Share-based payment (granted)
-
-
-
57
-
-
-
57
Share-based payment (reversed)
-
-
-
-92
-
-
-1
-93
Other changes in equity in subsidiaries
-
-
-
-27
-
-
-
-27
Balance at December 31, 2024
604
-
-2,725
6,231
940
-
5,774
10,824
Statement of changes in equity
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Parent Company
Content
174/195
Notes Income statement and balance sheet
1 Staff costs and management remuneration 175
2 Share-based incentive plans 175
3 Depreciation, amortization and impairment 178
4 Fees to statutory auditors 178
5 Financial income and expenses 178
6 Tax 178
7 Intangible assets 179
8 Property, plant and equipment 180
9 Leases 181
10 Investments in subsidiaries 182
11 Deferred tax 182
12 Contingent assets and liabilities 182
Notes Other disclosures
13 Financial instruments 183
14 Share capital and capital structure 184
15 Related party transactions 184
16 Liabilities from financing activities 185
17 Accounting policies 185
Parent Company
notes
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Parent Company
Content
174/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Parent Company
Content
175/195
1 Staff costs and management
remuneration
DKK million
2025
2024
Wages, salaries and remuneration
291
296
Pensions
33
30
Cost of current share-based incentive
6
9
Value of reversed share-based incentive
-9
-10
Other social security costs
2
2
Total
323
327
Executive Management remuneration can be specified
as follows:
Fixed pay*
15
15
Short term incentives
8
12
Cost of current share-based incentive
6
7
Value of reversed share-based incentive
-7
-
Total
22
34
Board of Directors remuneration
10
10
Total remuneration
32
44
Staff costs are included in Management and adminis-
trative expenses.
Average number of FTEs
414
372
Number of FTEs at year-end
439
397
* Fixed pay include Base salary and Other benefits. Other benefits include car allowances,
company paid telephone and internet cost.
For information regarding Executive Management and Board of Direc-
tors total remuneration please refer to Note 2.3 Staff cost and man-
agement remuneration in the consolidated financial statements.
2 Share-based incentive plans
For 2020-2025 a share-based incentive plan has been implemented in
GN Store Nord A/S. For a description of this, see note 5.2 Share-based
incentive plans in the consolidated financial statements. The following
assumption was applied for the calculation of the fair value at the
grant date of the options:
Recognition of expenses on options granted are accelerated for partici-
pants not forfeiting the vesting conditions in connection with termina-
tions (good leavers) unless a service is provided in the remaining vest-
ing period. The recognized expenses in 2025 include acceleration of
2,614 options granted to Other employees of GN Store Nord A/S
(2024: 83,271 options accelerated).
Executive Management
Other employees
2025
2024
2025
2024
Number of options awarded in the year
-
200,360
-
119,709
Share price of GN Store Nord A/S at ordinary grant date
-
183
-
183
Vesting period
-
3 years
-
3 years
Life of option
-
6 years
-
6 years
Volatility*
-
45%
-
45%
Expected dividend
-
0.4%
-
0.4%
Risk-free interest rate**
-
2.37%
-
2.36%
Fair Value per option at ordinary grant (DKK)***
-
45****
-
70
Total market value at grant (DKK million)
-
9
-
8
Amortization period of the program
-
2024 - 2027
-
2024 - 2027
* Volatility is estimated by external experts, and is calculated based on data from a historical period matching the expected time to expiry of the options
** Risk-free interest rate is estimated by external experts and based on the zero-yield curve derived from Danish government bonds with maturity equal to the expiry of the options
*** The fair value assumes a performance multiplier of 1
****
Weighted average of the fair value of options granted to executive management adjusted for the cap.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Parent Company
Content
176/195
2 Share-based incentive plans (Continued)
DKK
Number
Average
exercise price
Executive
Management
Other
employees
Total
Outstanding options at January 1, 2024
284
355,548
265,945
621,493
Options granted during the year
179
200,360
119,709
320,069
Options forfeited during the year/corrections
502
-18,250
-41,474
-59,724
Outstanding options at December 31, 2024
217
537,658
344,180
881,838
Options granted during the year
-
-
-
-
Option increase from multiplier at vesting
-
-
-
-
Options exercised during the year
-
-
-
-
Options forfeited during the year/corrections
326
-135,159
-126,055
-261,214
Outstanding options at December 31, 2025
174
402,499
218,125
620,624
Weighted average term to maturity (Years)
3.7
3.7
3.7
Number of exercisable options at December 31, 2024
108,659
85,004
193,663
Number of exercisable options at December 31, 2025
-
-
-
*The performance multiplier can decrease the number of options to 0 or as maximum effect increase the number of options by a factor of 2.
DKK
Number
Grant date
Exercise
price
Executive
Management
Other
employees
Total
February 2023
164
-
101,398
101,398
March 2023
151
97,300
-
97,300
June 2023
170
104,839
-
104,839
February 2024
179
200,360
104,779
305,139
April 2024
184
-
7,194
7,194
August 2024
176
-
4,754
4,754
Outstanding options at December 31, 2025
402,499
218,125
620,624
* The performance multiplier can decrease the number of non-vested options to 0 or as maximum effect increase the number by a factor of 2.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Parent Company
Content
177/195
2 Share-based incentive programs
(Continued)
For 2025, performance share units have been established in GN Nord
Store A/S. For description of this see note 5.2 Shared based incentive
plans in the consolidated financial statements. The following grant
date parameters were considered for the fair value calculation of the
performance share units:
Executive Management
Other employees
2025
2024
2025
2024
Number of shares granted
94,510
-
73,326
-
Grant Price (ordinary grant)
142
-
142
-
Vesting Period
3 years
-
3 years
-
Fair Value Per PSU at ordinary grant date
142
-
142
-
Total market value at grant (DKK million)
13
-
11
-
Amortisation period of the program
2025 - 2028
-
2025 - 2028
-
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Parent Company
Content
178/195
3 Depreciation, amortization and
impairment
Depreciation, amortization and impairment for the year of property,
plant and equipment (incl. leased assets) and intangible assets of DKK
172 million (2024: DKK 150 million), is recognized in the income state-
ment as management and administrative expenses.
4 Fees to statutory auditors
DKK million
2025
2024
Statutory audit
-2
-3
Tax advice services
-2
-1
Other assurance engagements
-2
-3
Other services
-4
-1
Total
-10
-8
Services other than statutory audit are described in note 5.6 Fees to
statutory auditors in the consolidated financial statements.
5 Financial income and expenses
DKK million
2025
2024
Financial income
Interest income from subsidiaries*
73
164
Interest income from bank balances*
-
20
Fair value adjustment of derivative financial instru-
ments, net
48
40
Total
121
224
Financial expenses
Interest expense to subsidiaries*
-101
-139
Interest expenses on bank loans and issued bonds*
-380
-313
Financial expenses, other
-118
-183
Foreign exchange loss, net
-143
-55
Total
-742
-690
*Interest income and expenses from financial assets and liabilities at amortized cost
6 Tax
DKK million
2025
2024
Tax on profit (loss)
Current tax for the year
-
149
Deferred tax for the year
142
-31
Adjustment to current tax in respect of prior years
52
-82
Adjustment to deferred tax in respect of prior years
-285
73
Total
-91
109
Reconciliation of effective tax rate
Danish tax rate
22.0%
22.0%
Non-taxable income
0.0%
-0.4%
Non-deductible expenses
4.3%
7.7%
Adjustment of tax with respect of prior years
29.2%
1.1%
Share of profit (loss) in subsidiaries
-44.1%
-42.7%
Other, including provisions for uncertain tax positions
0.0%
-0.1%
Effective tax rate
11.4%
-12.4%
In 2025, the company paid preliminary taxes of DKK 20 million in Dan-
ish corporate income tax for the year on behalf of the joint Group taxa-
tion (2024: DKK 85 million was paid in final tax for the year in Danish
corporate income tax).
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Parent Company
Content
179/195
7 Intangible assets
The carrying amount includes software in progress of DKK 774 million
(2024: DKK 813 million).
2025
2024
DKK million
Software
Patents & License
Total
Software
Patents & License
Total
Cost at January 1
1,885
667
2,552
1,687
667
2,354
Additions
328
-
328
264
-
264
Disposals
-347
-
-347
-66
-
-66
Cost at December 31
1,866
667
2,533
1,885
667
2,552
Amortization and impairment at January 1
-681
-62
-743
-660
-
-660
Amortization
-89
-65
-154
-76
-62
-138
Disposals
348
-
348
55
-
55
Impairment
-12
-
-12
-
-
-
Amortization and impairment at December 31
-434
-127
-561
-681
-62
-743
Carrying amount at December 31
1,432
540
1,972
1,204
605
1,809
Amortized over
3-10 years
3-10 years
3-10 years
3-10 years
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Parent Company
Content
180/195
8 Property, plant and equipment
Operating assets and equipment are depreciated over 2-7 years.
2025
2024
DKK million
Factories and
office buildings
Operating
assets and
equipment
Assets under
construction
Total
Factories and
office buildings
Operating
assets and
equipment
Assets under
construction
Total
Cost at January 1
-
64
-
64
-
64
-
64
Additions
-
-
2
2
-
-
-
-
Disposals
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
-
Cost at December 31
-
64
2
66
-
64
-
64
Depreciation and impairment at January 1
-
-49
-
-49
-
-43
-
-43
Depreciation
-
-5
-
-5
-
-6
-
-6
Depreciation and impairment at December 31
-
-54
-
-54
-
-49
-
-49
Carrying amount at December 31
-
10
2
12
-
15
-
15
Leased assets, c.f. note 9
-
1
-
1
13
2
-
15
Total carrying amount at December 31
-
11
2
13
13
17
-
30
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Parent Company
Content
181/195
9 Leases
Lease liabilities
DKK million
2025
2024
Contractual maturity analysis of lease liabilities:
Less than one year
1
9
Between one and three years
-
10
More than three years
-
-
Total
1
19
The Parent Company’s leases mainly consist of property leases of cars
and office equipment. Rental contracts are typically made for fixed pe-
riods but may have extension options. Contracts may contain both
lease and non-lease components. In such cases the consideration in the
contract is allocated to the lease and non-lease components based on
their relative stand-alone prices. Lease terms are negotiated on an indi-
vidual basis and contain a wide range of different terms and conditions.
Amounts expensed in the income statement and total cash outflow
DKK million
2025
2024
Expense relating to low-value assets and short-term leases
3
5
Total cash outflow re. lease liabilities
1
7
The following right-of-use assets from leases are included in property, plant and equipment:
Leased assets
2025
2024
DKK million
Factories
and office
buildings
Operating
assets and
equipment
Total
Factories
and office
buildings
Operating
assets and
equipment
Total
Carrying amount at January 1
13
2
15
19
2
21
Transfer to a group company
-13
-
-13
-
-
-
Additions
-
-
-
-
1
1
Remeasurements
-
-
-
-
-
-
Disposal
-
-
-
-
-
-
Depreciation
-
-1
-1
-6
-1
-7
Carrying amount at December 31
-
1
1
13
2
15
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Parent Company
Content
182/195
10 Investments in subsidiaries
TDKK million
2025
2024
Cost at January 1
12,318
12,318
Additions, capital contribution
-
-
Other adjustments
-
-
Cost at December 31
12,318
12,318
Value adjustment at January 1
6,231
4,269
Share of profit after tax in subsidiaries
1,593
1,712
Foreign currency translation adjustments
-473
269
Direct equity postings in subsidiaries
-104
-19
Value adjustments at December 31
7,247
6,231
Carrying amount at December 31
19,565
18,549
Group companies are listed on pp. 166-167.
11 Deferred tax
DKK million
2025
2024
Deferred tax, net
Deferred tax at January 1, net
-44
-86
Adjustment in respect of prior years
-285
73
Deferred tax for the year recognized in profit (loss) for
the year
142
-31
Tax related to other comprehensive income
-
-
Deferred tax at December 31, net
-187
-44
Deferred tax, net relates to
Intangible assets
-263
-228
Other
76
184
Total
-187
-44
12 Contingent assets and liabilities
The Parent Company has not issued any guarantees on behalf of sub-
sidiaries in 2025 (2024: DKK 0 million).
The company is jointly taxed with all Danish subsidiaries. The company
is jointly and severally liable with the other companies in the joint taxa-
tion for Danish corporate taxes and withholding taxes on dividend, in-
terests and royalties within the joint taxation.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Parent Company
Content
183/195
13 Financial instruments
Categories of financial assets and liabilities
DKK million
2025
2024
Financial assets
Other receivables
91
181
Amounts owed by subsidiaries
592
214
Financial assets at amortized cost
683
395
Derivative financial instruments included in Other receivables
86
146
Financial assets at fair value through profit or loss
86
146
Financial liabilities
Issued bonds (bond-with-warrant units), non-current
373
8,199
Issued EMTN bonds, non-current
344
372
Bank Loans, non-current
7,418
-
Bank loans and issued bonds, current
1,801
1,725
Lease liabilities
1
16
Trade payables
83
116
Amounts owed to subsidiaries, current
187
57
Amounts owed to subsidiaries, interest bearing
627
-
Financial liabilities at amortized cost
10,834
10,485
Derivative financial instruments included in Other payables
82
141
Financial liabilities at fair value through profit or loss
82
141
For a description of loans in Group, as well as interest rate and foreign
exchange risk on these, please refer to note 4.2 Financial risks in the
consolidated financial statements.
Contractual maturity analysis for financial liabilities
DKK million
Less than
one year
Between one
and three
years
More than
three years
Total
2025
Issued bonds
25
37
856
918
Bank loans
1,871
7,003
448
9,322
Lease liabilities
1
-
-
1
Trade payables
83
-
-
83
Amounts owed to subsidiaries, current
187
-
-
187
Amounts owed to subsidiaries
, inter-
est bearing
627
-
-
627
Total non-derivative financial liabilities
2,794
7,040
1,304
11,138
Derivative financial liabilities
82
-
-
82
Total financial liabilities
2,876
7,040
1,304
11,220
2024
Issued Bonds
26
38
895
959
Bank loans
1,862
6,039
1,850
9,751
Lease liabilities
9
10
-
19
Trade payables
116
-
-
116
Amounts owed to subsidiaries
57
-
-
57
Total non-derivative financial liabilities
2,070
6,087
2,745
10,902
Derivative financial liabilities
141
-
-
141
Total financial liabilities
2,211
6,087
2,745
11,043
The maturity analysis is based on non-discounted cash flows.
Economic hedges
Fair value disclosures re. financial instruments at amortized cost
Based on observable inputs (fair value hierarchy level 2), the fair value
of EMTN bonds amounted to DKK 548 million (2024: DKK 546 million).
For other financial assets and liabilities, the fair value is approximately
equal to the carrying amount.
The foreign currency risk in GN Store Nord A/S mainly arises from
translation of receivables, debt and cash balances related to EUR and
USD, of which a large part of the USD risk is related to intercompany
balances. The foreign currency risk is mitigated through non-desig-
nated derivatives. At year-end 2025 the FX derivatives had a fair value
of DKK 4 million (2024: DKK 5 million), of which DKK -1 million (2024:
DKK 5 million) are related to derivatives of USD vs EUR or DKK and
DKK 5 million (2024: DKK 0 million) are related to derivatives of GBP vs
DKK. The fair value of derivatives is categorized as level 2 (observable
inputs) in the fair value hierarchy.
2025
2024
DKK million
Average rate
(DKK)
Contract
amount, net*
Fair value,
assets
Fair value,
liabilities
Average rate
(DKK)
Contract
amount, net*
Fair value,
assets
Fair value,
liabilities
USD / DKK
639
-2,014
37
-54
705
-3,453
114
-53
EUR / USD
741
-2,002
17
-1
704
-3,109
-
-56
Other currency pairs
-51
31
-27
-350
32
-31
Total
85
-82
146
-140
* Positive contract amounts indicate sale of currencies vs. DKK or EUR
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Parent Company
Content
184/195
14 Share capital and capital structure
For information regarding outstanding shares and treasury shares
please refer to note 4.1 Outstanding shares and treasury shares in the
consolidated financial statements.
15 Related party transactions
In addition to disclosures given in note 5.7 Related parties, related par-
ties for the parent company comprise group enterprises and associates
over which GN Store Nord A/S exercises control or significant influ-
ence.
Group companies are listed on pp. 166-167. Trade with group enter-
prises comprised:
DKK million
2025
2024
Sale of services to group enterprises
828
933
Lease income from group enterprises
-
20
Purchase of services from group enterprises
-182
-191
Lease costs paid to group enterprises
-
-30
The Parent Company's balances with group enterprises at December
31, 2025 are disclosed in the balance sheet. Interest income and
expenses with respect to group enterprises are disclosed in note 5
Financial income and expenses. Further, balances with Group enter-
prises comprise trade balances related to the purchase and sale of
goods and services.
Sale of services to group enterprises consists of facility services, can-
teen services, management fee and IT costs. Purchase of services from
group enterprises mainly consists of facility services and canteen ser-
vices. Furthermore, the parent company has purchased development
services from subsidiaries related to the exploring research projects.
No transactions have been carried out with the Board of Directors, the
Executive Management, senior employees, major shareholders or other
related parties, apart from remuneration disclosed in notes 2.3 Staff
costs and management remuneration and 5.2 Share-based incentive
plans in the consolidated financial statements.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025 Financial Statements Parent Company
Content
185/195
16 Liabilities from financing activities
17 Accounting policies
The financial statements of the parent company, GN Store Nord A/S
have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as
adopted by the EU and Danish disclosure requirements for annual re-
ports of listed companies. The financial statements have been pre-
pared in accordance with the historical cost convention, as modified by
the revaluation of certain financial instruments (including derivative fi-
nancial instruments) at fair value.
The accounting policies for the financial statements of the parent com-
pany have been changed in line with the changes to accounting policies
described in note 1.1 in the consolidated financial statements. These
changes have not had any material impact on recognition and meas-
urement in the parent company. Apart from the above-mentioned
changes, the accounting policies for the financial statements of the
parent company are unchanged from the last financial year and are the
same as for the consolidated financial statements with the following
additions:
Supplementary accounting policies for the parent company
Investments in subsidiaries
Revenue in the parent company primarily relates to services rendered
to Group companies during the year.
Investments in subsidiaries are accounted for using the equity method
whereby the investment is initially recognized at cost and adjusted
thereafter for the post-acquisition change in the share of the subsidi-
ary’s net assets. The share of the subsidiariesprofit or loss, less unreal-
ized intra-Group profits, is included in the income statement of the par-
ent company and the share of the subsidiaries’ other comprehensive in-
come is included in other comprehensive income of the parent com-
pany. Received dividends reduce the carrying amount of the invest-
ments in subsidiaries.
To the extent net profit in subsidiaries exceeds declared or proposed
dividends from such companies, net revaluation of investments in sub-
sidiaries is transferred to Net revaluation reserve under Equity accord-
ing to the equity method.
Management’s report for the Parent Company
The Parent Company reports corporate level activities and
investments into subsidiaries. Revenue in 2025 amounted to DKK 828
million (2024: DKK 898 million). The Parent Company applies the eq-
uity method for recognizing share of profit and investments in subsidi-
aries and profit for the year and total equity developed in line with the
Group’s overall development. In 2025, cash flow from operating activi-
ties was positively impacted by interests received in the total amount
of DKK 122 million (2024: DKK 219 million).
DKK million
Bank loans,
non-current
Issued bonds
Lease liabilities
Bank loans and
issued bonds,
current
Amounts owed
to subsidiaries
Total
Liabilities at January 1
-
8,571
16
1,725
-
10,312
Cash flows
6,943
-7,300
-1
-7
469
104
Foreign exchange adjustments
-
-
-
-
158
158
New leases
-
-
-
-
-
-
Reclassified to current/non-current
473
-553
-
80
-
-
Reclassified to working capital
-
-
-
-
-
-
Non-cash interest expenses
-
-
-
3
-
3
Other non-cash adjustments
2
-1
-14
-
-
-13
Liabilities at December 31, 2025
7,418
717
1
1,801
627
10,564
Liabilities at January 1
-
3,024
29
9,674
749
13,476
Cash flows
-
-1,406
-7
-1,068
-
-2,481
Foreign exchange adjustments
-
-
-
-
-
-
New leases
-
-
-
-
-
-
Reclassified to current/non-current
-
6,931
-
-6,931
-
-
Reclassified to working capital
-
-
-
-
-749
-749
Non-cash interest expenses
-
-
-
-
-
-
Other non-cash adjustments
-
22
-6
50
-
66
Liabilities at December 31, 2024
-
8,571
16
1,725
-
10,312
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
186/195
Statements by the Executive Management and
the Board of Directors
187
Independent Auditor’s Reports
188
Independent Auditor’s limited assurance
report on the Sustainability Statement
192
Statements
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
186/195
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
187/195
The Board of Directors and Executive Board have today considered and
adopted the Annual Report of GN Store Nord A/S for the financial year
1 January 31 December 2025.
The Consolidated Financial Statements and the Parent Company Fi-
nancial Statements have been prepared in accordance with IFRS Ac-
counting Standards as adopted by the EU and further requirements in
the Danish Financial Statements Act. Management’s Report has been
prepared in accordance with the Danish Financial Statements Act.
In our opinion, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Parent
Company Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the financial
position at 31 December 2025 of the Group and the Parent Company
and of the results of the Group and Parent Company operations and
cash flows for 2025.
In our opinion, Management’s Report includes a fair review of the de-
velopment in the operations and financial circumstances of the Group
and the Parent Company, of the results for the year and of the finan-
cial position of the Group and the Parent Company as well as a descrip-
tion of the most significant risks and elements of uncertainty, which
the Group and the Parent Company are facing.
Additionally, the sustainability statement, which is part of Manage-
ment’s Report, has been prepared, in all material respects, in accord-
ance with paragraph 99 a of the Danish Financial Statements Act. This
includes compliance with the European Sustainability Reporting Stand-
ards (ESRS) including that the process undertaken by Management to
identify the reported information (the “Process”) is in accordance with
the description set out in the section “Double Materiality Assessment
(DMA)”. Furthermore, disclosures within “EU Taxonomy Regulation
disclosure of the sustainability statement are, in all material respects,
in accordance with Article 8 of EU Regulation 2020/852 (the “Taxon-
omy Regulation”).
The sustainability statement includes forward-looking statements
based on disclosed assumptions about events that may occur in the
future and possible future actions by the Group. Actual outcomes are
likely to be different since anticipated events frequently do not occur
as expected.
In our opinion, the annual report of GN Store Nord A/S for the financial
year 1 January to 31 December 2025 with the file name GNStoreNord-
2025-12-31-en.zip is prepared, in all material respects, in compliance
with the ESEF Regulation.
We recommend that the Annual Report be adopted at the Annual Gen-
eral Meeting.
Statements by the Executive Management
and the Board of Directors
Ballerup, February 5, 2026
Executive Management
Peter Karlstromer
Group CEO
Søren Jelert
Group CFO
Board of Directors
Jukka Pekka Pertola
Chair
Klaus Holse
Deputy Chair
Hélène Barnekow
Kim Vejlby Hansen
Jørgen Bundgaard Hansen
Charlotte Johs
Lise Skaarup Mortensen
Leo Larsen
Cathrin Inge Hansen
Claus Holmbeck-Madsen
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
188/195
To the shareholders of GN Store Nord A/S
Report on the audit of the Financial Statements
Our opinion
In our opinion, the Consolidated Financial Statements and the Parent
Company Financial Statements give a true and fair view of the Group’s
and the Parent Company’s financial position at 31 December 2025 and
of the results of the Group’s and the Parent Company’s operations and
cash flows for the financial year 1 January to 31 December 2025 in ac-
cordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as adopted by the EU and
further requirements in the Danish Financial Statements Act.
Our opinion is consistent with our Auditor’s Long-form Report to the
Audit Committee and the Board of Directors.
What we have audited
The Consolidated Financial Statements and Parent Company Financial
Statements of GN Store Nord A/S for the financial year 1 January to 31
December 2025, comprise income statement and statement of com-
prehensive income, balance sheet, statement of cash flow, statement
of equity and notes, including material accounting policy information
for the Group as well as for the Parent Company. Collectively referred
to as the “Financial Statements”.
Basis for opinion
We conducted our audit in accordance with International Standards on
Auditing (ISAs) and the additional requirements applicable in Denmark.
Our responsibilities under those standards and requirements are fur-
ther described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Fi-
nancial Statements section of our report.
We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and
appropriate to provide a basis for our opinion.
Independence
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International
Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ International Code of Ethics
for Professional Accountants (IESBA Code) as applicable to audits of fi-
nancial statements of public interest entities, and the additional ethical
requirements applicable in Denmark. We have also fulfilled our other
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements and the
IESBA Code.
To the best of our knowledge and belief, prohibited non-audit services
referred to in Article 5(1) of Regulation (EU) No 537/2014 were not
provided.
Appointment
We were first appointed auditors of GN Store Nord A/S on 21 March
2019 for the financial year 2019. We have been reappointed annually
by shareholder resolution for a total period of uninterrupted engage-
ment of seven years including the financial year 2025.
Independent Auditor’s Reports
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
189/195
Key audit matters
Key audit matters are those matters that, in our professional judge-
ment, were of most significance in our audit of the Financial State-
ments for 2025. These matters were addressed in the context of our
audit of the Financial Statements as a whole, and in forming our opin-
ion thereon, and we do not provide a separate opinion on these mat-
ters.
Key audit matter
How our audit addressed the key audit matter
Capitalisation and valuation of development costs
The Group capitalises development costs within the Hearing, Enterprise and Gaming seg-
ment when certain criteria according to IFRS Accounting Standards are met.
The criterias for recognition and measurement of development costs are subject to Man-
agement’s estimates and judgments, which are uncertain by nature.
Completed development projects are assessed for impairment indications during the year.
For in
-progress development projects impairment tests are performed at least yearly. The
impairment tests are based on a strategy plan approved by Management and value
-in-use
calculations based on expected future cash flows.
We focused on this area because the criterias for recognition and measurement of develop-
ment projects are subject to Management estimates and judgments.
Refer to note 3.1 in the Financial
Statements
We assessed whether the Group’s material accounting policies related to capitalisation and
valuation of development costs are in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards.
We updated our understanding of relevant controls, including Group controlling proce-
dures, IT systems and business processes regarding development costs. For the controls,
we assessed whether they were designed and implemented to effectively address the ri
sk
of material misstatement. For selected controls which we planned to rely upon, we tested
the operating effectiveness.
We selected a sample of in
-progress development projects and considered whether all cri-
terias described in IFRS Accounting Standards were met as a basis for capitalisation. We
performed substantive audit procedures to verify capitalised amounts.
We evaluated and challenged Management’s assessment of impairment indicators of com-
pleted development projects based on the commercial prospects of the projects.
For in
-progress development projects and completed projects where there are indications
of impairment, we challenged the significant assumptions applied in the value
-in-use calcu-
lations. Our work was based on our understanding of the business cases and key
assump-
tions applied. We challenged whether the intend to finalise the projects remain and
whether the projects are expected to generate future economic benefits exceeding the car-
rying values.
We assessed the completeness and accuracy of the disclosures of development projects
and related impairment tests against the disclosure requirements in IAS 36 and IAS 38.
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
190/195
Statement on Management’s Report
Management is responsible for Management’s Report.
Our opinion on the Financial Statements does not cover Management’s
Report, and we do not as part of the audit express any form of assur-
ance conclusion thereon.
In connection with our audit of the Financial Statements, our responsi-
bility is to read Management’s Report and, in doing so, consider
whether Management’s Report is materially inconsistent with the Fi-
nancial Statements or our knowledge obtained in the audit, or other-
wise appears to be materially misstated.
Moreover, we considered whether Management’s Report includes the
disclosures required by the Danish Financial Statements Act. This does
not include the requirements in paragraph 99 a related to the sustaina-
bility statement covered by the separate auditor’s limited assurance re-
port hereon.
Based on the work we have performed, in our view, Management’s Re-
port is in accordance with the Consolidated Financial Statements and
the Parent Company Financial Statements and has been prepared in
accordance with the requirements of the Danish Financial Statements
Act, except for the requirements in paragraph 99 a related to the sus-
tainability statement, cf. above. We did not identify any material mis-
statement in Management’s Report.
Management’s responsibilities for the Financial Statements
Management is responsible for the preparation of consolidated finan-
cial statements and parent company financial statements that give a
true and fair view in accordance with IFRS Accounting Standards as
adopted by the EU and further requirements in the Danish Financial
Statements Act, and for such internal control as Management deter-
mines is necessary to enable the preparation of financial statements
that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or er-
ror.
In preparing the Financial Statements, Management is responsible for
assessing the Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as
a going concern, disclosing, as applicable, matters related to going
concern and using the going concern basis of accounting unless Man-
agement either intends to liquidate the Group or the Parent Company
or to cease operations, or has no realistic alternative but to do so.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the audit of the Financial Statements
Our objectives are to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the
Financial Statements as a whole are free from material misstatement,
whether due to fraud or error, and to issue an auditor’s report that in-
cludes our opinion. Reasonable assurance is a high level of assurance,
but is not a guarantee that an audit conducted in accordance with ISAs
and the additional requirements applicable in Denmark will always de-
tect a material misstatement when it exists. Misstatements can arise
from fraud or error and are considered material if, individually or in the
aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to influence the eco-
nomic decisions of users taken on the basis of these Financial State-
ments.
As part of an audit in accordance with ISAs and the additional require-
ments applicable in Denmark, we exercise professional judgement and
maintain professional scepticism throughout the audit. We also:
Identify and assess the risks of material misstatement of the
Financial Statements, whether due to fraud or error, design
and perform audit procedures responsive to those risks, and
obtain audit evidence that is sufficient and appropriate to pro-
vide a basis for our opinion. The risk of not detecting a mate-
rial misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one
resulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery,
intentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of
internal control.
Obtain an understanding of internal control relevant to the
audit in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate
in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an
opinion on the effectiveness of the Group’s and the Parent
Company’s internal control.
Evaluate the appropriateness of accounting policies used and
the reasonableness of accounting estimates and related dis-
closures made by Management.
Conclude on the appropriateness of Management’s use of the
going concern basis of accounting and based on the audit evi-
dence obtained, whether a material uncertainty exists related
to events or conditions that may cast significant doubt on the
Group’s and the Parent Company’s ability to continue as a go-
ing concern. If we conclude that a material uncertainty exists,
we are required to draw attention in our auditor’s report to
the related disclosures in the Financial Statements or, if such
disclosures are inadequate, to modify our opinion. Our conclu-
sions are based on the audit evidence obtained up to the date
of our auditor’s report. However, future events or conditions
may cause the Group or the Parent Company to cease to con-
tinue as a going concern.
Evaluate the overall presentation, structure and content of
the Financial Statements, including the disclosures, and
whether the Financial Statements represent the underlying
transactions and events in a manner that gives a true and fair
view.
Plan and perform the group audit to obtain sufficient appro-
priate audit evidence regarding the financial information of
the entities or business units within the group as a basis for
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
191/195
forming an opinion on the Consolidated Financial Statements
and the Parent Company Financial Statements. We are re-
sponsible for the direction, supervision and review of the audit
work performed for purposes of the group audit. We remain
solely responsible for our audit opinion.
We communicate with those charged with governance regarding,
among other matters, the planned scope and timing of the audit and
significant audit findings, including any significant deficiencies in inter-
nal control that we identify during our audit.
We also provide those charged with governance with a statement that
we have complied with relevant ethical requirements regarding inde-
pendence, and to communicate with them all relationships and other
matters that may reasonably be thought to bear on our independence
and, where applicable, actions taken to eliminate threats or safeguards
applied.
From the matters communicated with those charged with governance,
we determine those matters that were of most significance in the audit
of the Financial Statements of the current period and are therefore the
key audit matters. We describe these matters in our auditor’s report
unless law or regulation precludes public disclosure about the matter.
Report on compliance with the ESEF Regulation
As part of our audit of the Financial Statements we performed proce-
dures to express an opinion on whether the annual report of GN Store
Nord A/S for the financial year 1 January to 31 December 2025 with
the filename GNStoreNord-2025-12-31-en.zip is prepared, in all mate-
rial respects, in compliance with the Commission Delegated Regulation
(EU) 2019/815 on the European Single Electronic Format (ESEF Regu-
lation) which includes requirements related to the preparation of the
annual report in XHTML format and iXBRL tagging of the Consolidated
Financial Statements including notes.
Management is responsible for preparing an annual report that com-
plies with the ESEF Regulation. This responsibility includes:
The preparing of the annual report in XHTML format;
The selection and application of appropriate iXBRL tags, in-
cluding extensions to the ESEF taxonomy and the anchoring
thereof to elements in the taxonomy, for all financial infor-
mation required to be tagged using judgement where neces-
sary;
Ensuring consistency between iXBRL tagged data and the
Consolidated Financial Statements presented in human-reada-
ble format; and
For such internal control as Management determines neces-
sary to enable the preparation of an annual report that is com-
pliant with the ESEF Regulation.
Our responsibility is to obtain reasonable assurance on whether the an-
nual report is prepared, in all material respects, in compliance with the
ESEF Regulation based on the evidence we have obtained, and to issue
a report that includes our opinion. The nature, timing and extent of
procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgement, including the
assessment of the risks of material departures from the requirements
set out in the ESEF Regulation, whether due to fraud or error. The pro-
cedures include:
Testing whether the annual report is prepared in XHTML for-
mat;
Obtaining an understanding of the company’s iXBRL tagging
process and of internal control over the tagging process;
Evaluating the completeness of the iXBRL tagging of the Con-
solidated Financial Statements including notes;
Evaluating the appropriateness of the company’s use of iXBRL
elements selected from the ESEF taxonomy and the creation
of extension elements where no suitable element in the ESEF
taxonomy has been identified;
Evaluating the use of anchoring of extension elements to ele-
ments in the ESEF taxonomy; and
Reconciling the iXBRL tagged data with the audited Consoli-
dated Financial Statements.
In our opinion, the annual report of GN Store Nord A/S for the financial
year 1 January to 31 December 2025 with the file name GNStoreNord-
2025-12-31-en.zip is prepared, in all material respects, in compliance
with the ESEF Regulation.
Hellerup, 5 February 2026
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab
CVR no 3377 1231
Mads Melgaard
State Authorised Public Accountant
mne34354
Søren Ørjan Jensen
State Authorised Public Accountant
mne33226
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
192/195
To the stakeholders of GN Store Nord A/S
Limited assurance conclusion
We have conducted a limited assurance engagement on the sustaina-
bility statement of GN Store Nord A/S (the “Group”) included in the
Management’s Report (the “Sustainability Statement”), for the finan-
cial year 1 January 31 December 2025.
Based on the procedures we have performed and the evidence we have
obtained, nothing has come to our attention that causes us to believe
that the Sustainability Statement is not prepared, in all material re-
spects, in accordance with the Danish Financial Statements Act para-
graph 99 a, including:
compliance with the European Sustainability Reporting Stand-
ards (ESRS), including that the process carried out by the
management to identify the information reported in the Sus-
tainability Statement (the “Process”) is in accordance with the
description set out in the section “Double Materiality Assess-
ment (DMA)” on page 49; and
compliance of the disclosures in the section “EU Taxonomy
Regulation disclosures” of the Sustainability Statement with
Article 8 of EU Regulation 2020/852 (the “Taxonomy Regula-
tion”).
Basis for conclusion
We conducted our limited assurance engagement in accordance with
International Standard on Assurance Engagements (ISAE) 3000 (Re-
vised), Assurance engagements other than audits or reviews of
historical financial information (“ISAE 3000 (Revised)”) and the addi-
tional requirements applicable in Denmark.
The procedures in a limited assurance engagement vary in nature and
timing from, and are less in extent than for, a reasonable assurance en-
gagement. Consequently, the level of assurance obtained in a limited
assurance engagement is substantially lower than the assurance that
would have been obtained had a reasonable assurance engagement
been performed.
We believe that the evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appro-
priate to provide a basis for our conclusion. Our responsibilities under
this standard are further described in the Auditor’s responsibilities for
the assurance engagement section of our report.
Our independence and quality management
We are independent of the Group in accordance with the International
Ethics Standards Board for Accountants’ International Code of Ethics
for Professional Accountants (IESBA Code) and the additional ethical
requirements applicable in Denmark. We have also fulfilled our other
ethical responsibilities in accordance with these requirements and the
IESBA Code.
Our firm applies International Standard on Quality Management 1,
which requires the firm to design, implement and operate a system of
quality management including policies or procedures regarding compli-
ance with ethical requirements, professional standards and applicable
legal and regulatory requirements.
Management’s responsibilities for the Sustainability Statement
Management is responsible for designing and implementing a process
to identify the information reported in the Sustainability Statement in
accordance with the ESRS and for disclosing this Process as included in
the section “Double Materiality Assessment (DMA)” of the Sustainabil-
ity Statement. This responsibility includes:
understanding the context in which the Group’s activities and
business relationships take place and developing an under-
standing of its affected stakeholders;
the identification of the actual and potential impacts (both
negative and positive) related to sustainability matters, as
well as risks and opportunities that affect, or could reasonably
be expected to affect, the Group’s financial position, financial
performance, cash flows, access to finance or cost of capital
over the short-, medium-, or long-term;
the assessment of the materiality of the identified impacts,
risks and opportunities related to sustainability matters by se-
lecting and applying appropriate thresholds; and
making assumptions that are reasonable in the circumstances.
Management is further responsible for the preparation of the Sustaina-
bility Statement, which includes the information identified by the Pro-
cess, in accordance with the Danish Financial Statements Act para-
graph 99 a, including:
compliance with the ESRS;
preparing the disclosures as included in the section “EU Tax-
onomy Regulation disclosures” of the Sustainability
Independent Auditor’s limited assurance report
on the Sustainability Statement
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
193/195
Statement, in compliance with Article 8 of the Taxonomy Reg-
ulation;
designing, implementing and maintaining such internal con-
trol that management determines is necessary to enable the
preparation of the Sustainability Statement that is free from
material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error; and
the selection and application of appropriate sustainability re-
porting methods and making assumptions and estimates that
are reasonable in the circumstances.
Inherent limitations in preparing the Sustainability Statement
In reporting forward-looking information in accordance with ESRS,
management is required to prepare the forward-looking information
on the basis of disclosed assumptions about events that may occur in
the future and possible future actions by the Group. Actual outcomes
are likely to be different since anticipated events frequently do not oc-
cur as expected.
Auditor’s responsibilities for the assurance engagement
Our responsibility is to plan and perform the assurance engagement to
obtain limited assurance about whether the Sustainability Statement is
free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error, and to
issue a limited assurance report that includes our conclusion. Misstate-
ments can arise from fraud or error and are considered material if, indi-
vidually or in the aggregate, they could reasonably be expected to in-
fluence decisions of users taken on the basis of the Sustainability
Statement as a whole.
As part of a limited assurance engagement in accordance with ISAE
3000 (Revised) we exercise professional judgement and maintain pro-
fessional scepticism throughout the engagement.
Our responsibilities in respect of the Process include:
Obtaining an understanding of the Process, but not for the
purpose of providing a conclusion on the effectiveness of the
Process, including the outcome of the Process;
Considering whether the information identified addresses the
applicable disclosure requirements of the ESRS; and
Designing and performing procedures to evaluate whether the
Process is consistent with the Group’s description of its Pro-
cess, as disclosed in the section “Double Materiality Assess-
ment (DMA)”.
Our other responsibilities in respect of the Sustainability Statement in-
clude:
Identifying where material misstatements are likely to arise,
whether due to fraud or error; and
Designing and performing procedures responsive to disclo-
sures in the Sustainability Statement where material misstate-
ments are likely to arise. The risk of not detecting a material
misstatement resulting from fraud is higher than for one re-
sulting from error, as fraud may involve collusion, forgery, in-
tentional omissions, misrepresentations, or the override of in-
ternal control.
Summary of the work performed
A limited assurance engagement involves performing procedures to
obtain evidence about the Sustainability Statement. The nature, timing
and extent of procedures selected depend on professional judgement,
including the identification of disclosures where material misstate-
ments are likely to arise, whether due to fraud or error, in the Sustaina-
bility Statement.
In conducting our limited assurance engagement, with respect to the
Process, we:
Obtained an understanding of the Process by performing in-
quiries to understand the sources of the information used by
management; and reviewing the Group’s internal documenta-
tion of its Process; and
Evaluated whether the evidence obtained from our proce-
dures about the Process implemented by the Group was con-
sistent with the description of the Process set out in the sec-
tion “Double Materiality Assessment (DMA)”.
In conducting our limited assurance engagement, with respect to the
Sustainability Statement, we:
Obtained an understanding of the Group’s reporting processes
relevant to the preparation of its Sustainability Statement in-
cluding the consolidation processes by obtaining an under-
standing of the Group’s control environment, processes and
information systems relevant to the preparation of the Sus-
tainability Statement but not evaluating the design of particu-
lar control activities, obtaining evidence about their imple-
mentation or testing their operating effectiveness;
Evaluated whether the information identified by the Process is
included in the Sustainability Statement;
Evaluated whether the structure and the presentation of the
Sustainability Statement are in accordance with the ESRS;
Performed inquiries of relevant personnel and analytical pro-
cedures on selected information in the Sustainability State-
ment;
Performed substantive assurance procedures on selected in-
formation in the Sustainability Statement;
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
194/195
Where applicable, compared disclosures in the Sustainability
Statement with the corresponding disclosures in the financial
statements and Management’s Report;
Evaluated the methods, assumptions and data for developing
estimates and forward-looking information; and
Obtained an understanding of the Group’s process to identify
taxonomy-eligible and taxonomy-aligned economic activities
and the corresponding disclosures in the Sustainability State-
ment.
Hellerup, 5 February 2026
PricewaterhouseCoopers
Statsautoriseret Revisionspartnerselskab
CVR no 3377 1231
Mads Melgaard
State Authorised Public Accountant
mne34354
Søren Ørjan Jensen
State Authorised Public Accountant
mne33226
GN Store Nord
Annual Report 2025
Content
195/195
Forward-looking statements
The forward-looking statements in this report reflect the management's current
expectations of certain future events and financial results. Statements regard-
ing the future are, naturally, subject to risks and uncertainties, which may result
in considerable deviations from the outlook set forth. Furthermore, some of
these expectations are based on assumptions regarding future events, which
may prove incorrect. Changes to such expectation and assumptions will not be
disclosed on an ongoing basis, unless required pursuant to general disclosure
obligations to which GN is subject.
Factors that may cause actual results to deviate materially from expectations
include but are not limited to general economic developments and develop-
ments in the financial markets as well as foreign exchange rates, technological
developments, changes and amendments to legislation and regulations govern-
ing GN’s markets, changes in the demand for GN's products, competition, fluc-
tuations in sub-contractor supplies, and developments in ongoing litigation (in-
cluding but not limited to class action and patent infringement litigation in the
United States).
For more information, please see the "Management's report" and "Risk manage-
ment” sections in this Annual Report. This Annual Report should not be consid-
ered an offer to sell securities in GN.
GN Store Nord A/S
Lautrupbjerg 7
2750 Ballerup
Denmark
+45 45 75 00 00
info@gn.com
gn.com
Co.reg. no 24257843
© 2026 GN Store Nord A/S. All rights reserved. Beltone, BlueParrott, Danavox,
FalCom
, Interton, Jabra, ReSound, and SteelSeries are trademarks of the GN
Group.
Apple, the Apple logo, iPhone, iPad and iPod touch are trademarks of Ap-
ple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. App Store is a service mark of
Apple Inc., registered in the U.S. and other countries. Android, Google Play and
the Google Play log
o are trademarks of Google LLC. The Bluetooth word mark
and logos are registered trademarks owne
d by Bluetooth SIG, Inc. The Auracast
word mark and logos are trademarks owned by Bluetooth SIG.
Annual reportAuditor's report on audited financial statementsParsePort XBRL Converter2025-01-012025-12-312024-01-012024-12-315493008U3H3W0NKPFL10Reporting class DOpinionBasis for Opinion2026-02-055493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-315493008U3H3W0NKPFL102024-01-012024-12-315493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-12-315493008U3H3W0NKPFL102024-12-315493008U3H3W0NKPFL102023-12-315493008U3H3W0NKPFL102024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102024-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102024-12-31GNS:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31GNS:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-12-31GNS:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102023-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:IssuedCapitalMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfExchangeDifferencesOnTranslationMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102023-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:ReserveOfCashFlowHedgesMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102023-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:TreasurySharesMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102023-12-31GNS:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102024-01-012024-12-31GNS:DividendsProposedOrDeclaredBeforeFinancialStatementsAuthorisedForIssueButNotRecognisedAsDistributionToOwnersRecognisedInEquityMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102023-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:RetainedEarningsMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102023-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:EquityAttributableToOwnersOfParentMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102023-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102024-01-012024-12-31ifrs-full:NoncontrollingInterestsMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember5493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember15493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember25493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember15493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember25493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember35493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember45493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember55493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember65493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember75493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember85493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember95493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember105493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember15493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember25493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember15493008U3H3W0NKPFL102025-01-012025-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMember25493008U3H3W0NKPFL102024-01-012024-12-31cmn:ConsolidatedMemberiso4217:DKKiso4217:DKKxbrli:sharesxbrli:pure